Critical care- Ettinger Flashcards

(619 cards)

1
Q

Acid-Base, Oximetry, and Blood Gas Emergencies:

Blood gas testing may be performed using either arterial or venous blood; however, only
arterial blood can be used to assess ………..

Acid-base parameters other than
partial pressure of ………………. may be evaluated using either arterial or mixed venous samples.

A

Blood gas testing may be performed using either arterial or venous blood; however, only
arterial blood can be used to assess oxygenation. Acid-base parameters other than
partial pressure of oxygen (PO2) may be evaluated using either arterial or mixed venous samples.

In most emergencies, venous blood is easier to obtain. Samples should be drawn into syringes that are coated with 1  :  1000 heparin to prevent clot formation, or into specialized blood gas syringes (Vital Signs, Englewood, Colo.) containing pelleted heparin (Figure 124-1, A and B). Immediately after sample acquisition, the syringe should be made airtight to prevent contamination with room air, which could alter gas measurements. The sample should be analyzed within 15 minutes or placed on ice.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

BASIC ACID-BASE PHYSIOLOGY
An acid is a hydrogen ion (H+) (i.e., proton) ……….., and a base is a proton ………

A

An acid is a hydrogen ion (H+) (i.e., proton) donor, and a base is a proton acceptor.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

Hydrogen ions are ……volatile or …….. ………produced by normal metabolism of ………. and ………. They are excreted by the ………………..

A

Hydrogen ions are nonvolatile or fixed acids produced by normal metabolism of proteins and phospholipids. They are excreted by the kidneys.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

Acids are represented by the notation ….., which signifies a …………………..and any ……………. charged particle.

A

Acids are represented by the notation HA, which signifies a hydrogen ion and any negatively charged particle.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

When placed in solution, HA dissociates into ….. (acid) and ……(base).

A

When placed in solution, HA dissociates into H+ (acid) and A− (base).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

A base combines with an acid to …….. the amount of acid in solution, or to ………. the solution.

A

A base combines with an acid to lower the amount of acid in solution, or to buffer the solution.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

Carbon dioxide (CO2) is a ………. acid, or fat-soluble gas, that can combine with ………. in the presence of carbonic anhydrase to form ………….. (H2CO3).

A

Carbon dioxide (CO2) is a volatile acid, or fat-soluble gas, that can combine with water in the presence of carbonic anhydrase to form carbonic acid (H2CO3).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

Carbon dioxide is formed during normal ……… and …….. metabolism and is excreted via the respiratory system. These two sources of acid (….. and …….) are interrelated, as is shown in the carbonic acid equation.

A

Carbon dioxide is formed during normal carbohydrate and fat metabolism and is excreted via the respiratory system. These two sources of acid (H+ and CO2) are interrelated, as is shown in the carbonic acid equation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

Carbonic acid equation?

A

H + HCO3+ H2CO3 H2O + CO2

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

This chemical reaction can go either direction, depending on the availability of substrate on either side of the equation. The enzyme ………… catalyzes this reaction; therefore, any cell containing carbonic anhydrase is capable of this reaction.

A

This chemical reaction can go either direction, depending on the availability of substrate on either side of the equation. The enzyme carbonic anhydrase catalyzes this reaction; therefore, any cell containing carbonic anhydrase is capable of this reaction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

By definition, pH is the …………….. log of the hydrogen ion concentration.

A

By definition, pH is the negative log of the hydrogen ion concentration.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

An acid gain results in a decrease in blood pH (………), whereas an acid loss results in an increased pH (…………).

A

An acid gain results in a decrease in blood pH (acidemia), whereas an acid loss results in an increased pH (alkalemia).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

Acid can be gained systemically from ………….. renal elimination of a naturally occurring compound or from ……….. of an exogenous acid source.

A

Acid can be gained systemically from reduced renal elimination of a naturally occurring compound or from ingestion of an exogenous acid source.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

Changes in CO2 influence the H+ concentration, as evidenced by the carbonic acid equation. As CO2 is eliminated by increasing ………………, carbonic acid dissociates to form ………….. CO2. In turn, H+ and bicarbonate (HCO3−) combine to form more …………This effectively …………… the H+ concentration and ………… pH.

A

Changes in CO2 influence the H+ concentration, as evidenced by the carbonic acid equation. As CO2 is eliminated by increasing respiratory rate and alveolar ventilation, carbonic acid dissociates to form more CO2. In turn, H+ and bicarbonate (HCO3−) combine to form more carbonic acid. This effectively lowers the H+ concentration and increases pH.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

Conversely, as CO2 ……….. from ventilation impairment, pH ………………………………

A

Conversely, as CO2 increases from ventilation impairment, pH decreases.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

Buffers act to bind …………, preventing large fluctuations in pH. A variety of buffer systems exist in the body, including nonbicarbonate buffers (…………. and …………..), which are primarily …………cellular, and …………., which is the primary ……………cellular buffer.

A

Buffers act to bind H+, preventing large fluctuations in pH. A variety of buffer systems exist in the body, including nonbicarbonate buffers (proteins and phosphates), which are primarily intracellular, and HCO3−, which is the primary extracellular buffer.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

Bicarbonate is an effective buffer. Why?

A

Because it exists in relatively large concentrations compared with other buffers, and it participates in the carbonic acid equation to produce CO2 gas, which can be eliminated through ventilation.

The HCO3− buffer system, therefore, is considered an open system that can continue to buffer as long as the respiratory system is functional.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

In disease states causing HCO3− to be lost excessively from the ……………..or………….. system, CO2 and H2O combine to form ……………….., which dissociates to increase H+ and cause ………………

A

In disease states causing HCO3− to be lost excessively from the urinary or gastrointestinal (GI) system, CO2 and H2O combine to form carbonic acid, which dissociates to increase H+ and cause acidemia.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

According to the Henderson-Hasselbalch equation; pH can be characterized by changes in ………….− and partial pressure of carbon dioxide …………

A

pH can be characterized by changes in HCO3− and partial pressure of carbon dioxide (PCO2).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

Because a predictable change in HCO3− occurs with gain or loss of………….. ions, HCO3− can be used to correctly identify acid-base abnormalities arising from metabolic disorders.

A

Because a predictable change in HCO3− occurs with gain or loss of H+ ions, HCO3− can be used to correctly identify acid-base abnormalities arising from metabolic disorders.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

Acidemia or alkalemia resulting from a primary respiratory disorder should show a corresponding change in …………..

A

Acidemia or alkalemia resulting from a primary respiratory disorder should show a corresponding change in PCO2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

Increases in PCO2 result in respiratory ……….., and decreases in PCO2 result in respiratory …………..

A

Increases in PCO2 result in respiratory acidosis, and decreases in PCO2 result in respiratory alkalosis.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

In metabolic acidosis, an H+………… shifts the carbonic acid equation to result in a ………….. in HCO3−; and in metabolic alkalosis, an H+ ……….. has the opposite effect.

A

In metabolic acidosis, an H+ increase shifts the carbonic acid equation to result in a decrease in HCO3−; and in metabolic alkalosis, an H+ decrease has the opposite effect.

Commonly available commercial blood gas analyzers typically measure pH and PCO2 and calculate HCO3−.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

This equation can also be used to predict how compensatory mechanisms engage to………….. the degree of change in the pH.
When metabolic acidosis develops, the respiratory system is stimulated to …………. the respiratory rate to eliminate ……..from the lungs and create respiratory …………

A

This equation can also be used to predict how compensatory mechanisms engage to lessen the degree of change in the pH. When metabolic acidosis develops, the respiratory system is stimulated to increase the respiratory rate to eliminate CO2 from the lungs and create respiratory alkalosis.

Likewise, with a primary respiratory disorder, the opposite metabolic disorder is generated.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
The respiratory system provides ......... ......................, changing with the onset of a metabolic disorder in ...........Metabolic compensation occurs ................, taking ........before becoming maximally effective. With either system, compensatory mechanisms should slow as the pH approaches normal, and compensation should .................... the pH.
The respiratory system provides rapid compensation, changing with the onset of a metabolic disorder in minutes. Metabolic compensation occurs more slowly, taking days before becoming maximally effective. With either system, compensatory mechanisms should slow as the pH approaches normal, and compensation should never completely normalize the pH.
26
Base excess, which is expressed in milliequivalents per liter (mEq/L), is the amount of base ................... the normal buffer base, a value calculated by taking into account the expected change in ............ secondary to acute changes in ................
Base excess, which is expressed in milliequivalents per liter (mEq/L), is the amount of base above or below the normal buffer base, a value calculated by taking into account the expected change in HCO3− secondary to acute changes in PCO2.
27
The general rule of thumb is that the .............. concentration rises about ... to .... mEq/L for each acute ..... mm Hg increase in PaCO2 above ...... mm Hg to a maximum increase of ..... mEq/L, and that the HCO3− concentration falls ... to .... mEq for each acute ...... mm Hg decrease in PaCO2 below ....., to a maximum decrease of .....mEq/L. This negative base excess may be referred to as a ...........
The general rule of thumb is that the HCO3− concentration rises about 1 to 2 mEq/L for each acute 10 mm Hg increase in PaCO2 above 40 mm Hg to a maximum increase of 4 mEq/L, and that the HCO3− concentration falls 1 to 2 mEq for each acute 10 mm Hg decrease in PaCO2 below 40, to a maximum decrease of 6 mEq/L. This negative base excess may be referred to as a base deficit.
28
By convention, a simple acid-base disorder is limited to the ............. disorder and the appropriate .............. response. A mixed disorder is one in which at least two separate abnormalities occur simultaneously.
By convention, a simple acid-base disorder is limited to the ............. disorder and the appropriate .............. response. A mixed disorder is one in which at least two separate abnormalities occur simultaneously. These abnormalities may both result in acidosis (i.e., metabolic acidosis and respiratory acidosis), may both result in alkalosis (i.e., metabolic alkalosis and respiratory alkalosis), or may be a combination of acidosis and alkalosis (e.g., metabolic acidosis and respiratory alkalosis). It takes cautious examination of a patient and blood gas results to avoid attributing the latter scenario to simple compensation.
29
Normal values at sea level for venous blood gas interpretation are: pH, 7....to 7.....; PCO2, .... to ...... mm Hg; HCO3−, .... to ..... mEq/L. Base excess normally should be ...... to ......mEq/L.
Normal values at sea level for venous blood gas interpretation are: pH, 7.35 to 7.45; PCO2, 40 to 45 mm Hg; HCO3−, 19 to 24 mEq/L. Base excess normally should be −5 to 5 mEq/L.
30
An algorithm for interpretation of blood gas values is provided in Figure 124-2
An algorithm for interpretation of blood gas values is provided in Figure 124-2
31
Respiratory acidosis results from an increased partial pressure of .............. in the blood (................).
Respiratory acidosis results from an increased partial pressure of CO2 in the blood (hypercapnia).
32
Hypercapnia can be caused by any condition that prevents normal pulmonary gas exchange, including impaired ........... reduced ................... or ..........., circulation of blood to ..................... portions of the lung, or impaired ............... diffusion
Hypercapnia can be caused by any condition that prevents normal pulmonary gas exchange, including impaired circulation, reduced respiratory rate or effort, circulation of blood to nonventilated portions of the lung, or impaired gas diffusion.
33
Diffusion impairment is the............... likely cause of hypercapnia, because CO2 is approximately 20 times more diffusible than oxygen.
Diffusion impairment is the least likely cause of hypercapnia, because CO2 is approximately 20 times more diffusible than oxygen. Therefore, profound diffusion impairment is necessary before hypercapnia results.
34
Disorders that can cause respiratory acidosis include?
1. Circulatory failure from cardiopulmonary arrest, 2. nervous system disease (central, spinal, or neuromuscular junction), 3. respiratory muscle failure (e.g. severe hypokalemia), 4. physical impairment of ventilation (e.g., pleural space disease, pain, thoracic wall disease, external constriction), or primary pulmonary disease (e.g., alveolar flooding, interstitial disease, pulmonary thromboembolism). 5. Iatrogenic respiratory acidosis results from inadequate ventilatory monitoring and assistance under general anesthesia.
35
Clinical signs of hypercapnia are consistent with the underlying disorder. Situations that might cause respiratory acidosis must be anticipated since there are no specific clinical signs that would clue the clinician in to its presence. ................ can be monitored noninvasively in animals with endotracheal tubes in place on closed-circuit breathing loops under general anesthesia or on mechanical ventilation. In animals with regular respirations in which alveolar gas exchange is occurring, ............. approximates PaCO2.
Clinical signs of hypercapnia are consistent with the underlying disorder. Situations that might cause respiratory acidosis must be anticipated since there are no specific clinical signs that would clue the clinician in to its presence. End-tidal CO2 can be monitored noninvasively in animals with endotracheal tubes in place on closed-circuit breathing loops under general anesthesia or on mechanical ventilation. In animals with regular respirations in which alveolar gas exchange is occurring, end-tidal CO2 approximates PaCO2.
36
Treatment for respiratory acidosis involves...?
1. Correcting the underlying disorder by increasing alveolar ventilation. Chronic respiratory acidosis should be corrected slowly. 2. Increasing the inspired oxygen concentration may be lifesaving; however, with severe hypercapnia, stimulation for respiration becomes driven by hypoxia. In those situations, administration of oxygen therapy and resolution of the hypoxia may result in decreasing the rate of voluntary respiration, which may in turn promote hypercapnia. The hypoxic drive for respiration remains adequate below a dissolved oxygen content of .............blood (PaO2) of ......... mm Hg. It is not necessary to administer supplemental oxygen with a goal of normalization of oxygenation.
37
Why should sodium bicarbonate not be used to treat respiratory acidosis?
Sodium bicarbonate should not be administered to treat respiratory acidosis because this drug exacerbates hypercapnia by donating substrate for the carbonic acid equation.
38
Respiratory alkalosis results from an ........... in ventilation through which more CO2 is .........than is ............ by normal metabolic function. .............. develops, and ................ ensues.
Respiratory alkalosis results from an increase in ventilation through which more CO2 is eliminated than is produced by normal metabolic function. Hypocapnia develops, and alkalemia ensues.
39
Causes of respiratory alkalosis include hypoxemia produced by?
1. Pulmonary or circulatory abnormalities that result in hyperventilation, 2. Primary pulmonary diseases that stimulate ventilation independent of hypercapnia, 3. Central nervous system disorders, and iatrogenic tachypnea/hyperpnea in animals receiving assisted ventilation. Chronic respiratory alkalosis is usually well compensated.
40
Treatment of animals with respiratory alkalosis?
Primarily aimed at the underlying cause of tachypnea or hyperpnea (e.g., treatment for bacterial pneumonia, resolution of anxiety-associated tachypnea with sedation). As with respiratory acidosis, there are few if any clinical signs suggesting this specific acid-base disorder. Again, oxygen supplementation can be useful in support of these animals while the underlying disease is addressed.
41
Metabolic acidosis results commonly from?
1. Gain of H+ through ingestion of an acid into the body, 2. increased production of an endogenous acid, 3. failure to eliminate an acid load by the renal tubular cells. 4. Metabolic acidosis can also be caused by a loss of HCO3− buffering ability. Differentiating between increased acid gain or loss of HCO3- buffering ability causes (4) of metabolic acidosis is important both for diagnosis of the underlying disorder and for determining correct therapeutic intervention.
42
Anions are atoms or radicals which are a group of atoms, that have gained electrons. Since they now have more electrons than protons, anions have a negative charge. For example Chloride ions Cl- , Bromide Br- , Iodide I-. These are monovalent anions as it has a combining capacity with only one ion of Hydrogen. Similarly there are bivalent anions, etc. Anions are one of the two types of ions. The other type is called a cation, and these have a positive charge. Ions are atoms that have an electrical charge. Anions are termed so because they get attracted towards the Anode(the positive electrode). All Anions tend to accept a proton H+ thus they are categorized as bases
Anions are atoms or radicals which are a group of atoms, that have gained electrons. Since they now have more electrons than protons, anions have a negative charge. For example Chloride ions Cl- , Bromide Br- , Iodide I-. These are monovalent anions as it has a combining capacity with only one ion of Hydrogen. Similarly there are bivalent anions, etc. Anions are one of the two types of ions. The other type is called a cation, and these have a positive charge. Ions are atoms that have an electrical charge. Anions are termed so because they get attracted towards the Anode(the positive electrode). All Anions tend to accept a proton H+ thus they are categorized as bases
43
Dissociation of acid into the H+ ion and the corresponding ............ occurs in the circulation. When acid accumulates, ............... combines with H+ to buffer the acid load, while the .............. remains in solution.
Dissociation of acid into the H+ ion and the corresponding anion occurs in the circulation. When acid accumulates, HCO3− combines with H+ to buffer the acid load, while the anion remains in solution.
44
Because electroneutrality must be maintained as anions accumulate following acid dissociation, some other circulating anion must ............correspondingly. Anion gap (AG), the difference between measured ........... and measured ............., is useful in the classification of disorders causing metabolic acidosis.
Because electroneutrality must be maintained as anions accumulate following acid dissociation, some other circulating anion must decrease correspondingly. Anion gap (AG), the difference between measured cations and measured anions, is useful in the classification of disorders causing metabolic acidosis.
45
Anion gap (AG), which is calculated from 4 common cations and anions measured on a serum chemistry profile, is stated:
AG = (Na+ + K+) - (Cl- + HCO3-)
46
Although ranges for anion gap can vary somewhat based upon the reference ranges of electrolytes for various laboratories, a reference value of .... ± ...is typical. When metabolic acidosis exists with an increased anion gap, there has usually been a ........................................
Although ranges for anion gap can vary somewhat based upon the reference ranges of electrolytes for various laboratories, a reference value of 16 ± 4 is typical. When metabolic acidosis exists with an increased anion gap, there has usually been a gain of organic acid.
47
Causes of anion gap metabolic acidosis include..?
1. ethylene glycol intoxication, 2. uremia, 3. tissue hypoxia (e.g., lactic acidosis), 4. diabetic ketoacidosis, 5. salicylate intoxication, 6. other unusual intoxications (e.g., drugs, alcohol).
48
Metabolic acidosis characterized by a normal anion gap is caused by? (often referred to as...?
Loss of bicarbonate buffers or a failure to excrete H+ ions, with a corresponding increase in chloride to maintain electroneutrality. This is often referred to as a hyperchloremic metabolic acidosis.
49
Hyperchloremic metabolic acidosis occurs ................than metabolic acidosis with an increased anion gap and is caused by...? (3)
Hyperchloremic metabolic acidosis occurs less commonly than metabolic acidosis with an increased anion gap and is caused by 1. renal tubular acidosis (failure of the renal bicarbonate buffer or hydrogen excretory system) or by 2. severe diarrhea and loss of intestinal bicarbonate. 3. Iatrogenic hyperchloremic metabolic acidosis can also occur with administration of an alkali-free chloride-containing crystalloid solution, such as 0.9% sodium chloride (0.9% NaCl) for intravenous volume replacement.
50
Abnormalities associated with metabolic acidosis include?
1. lethargy, 2. decreased cardiac output, 3. decreased blood pressure, and 4. decreased hepatic and renal blood flow. These changes may be referable to the acidemia, to the underlying cause of the acid-base disorder, or both.
51
Unless the patient has some impairment of normal ventilatory ability, compensatory mechanisms cause an ........... in the respiratory rate, which allows the animal to eliminate .......... generated by ..............formation, mitigating acidosis.
Unless the patient has some impairment of normal ventilatory ability, compensatory mechanisms cause an increase in the respiratory rate, which allows the animal to eliminate CO2 generated by carbonic acid formation, mitigating acidosis.
52
Treatment of metabolic acidosis?
1. should be aimed at correcting the underlying disorder. This might involve improving tissue perfusion (e.g., appropriate intravenous fluid therapy), eliminating ingested toxin, or correcting metabolic, renal, or GI disease. 2. With severe metabolic acidosis (pH of <12 mEq/L), injectable sodium bicarbonate may be administered judiciously.
53
Injectable sodium bicarbonate may be administered judiciously according to the following formula:
Bicarbonate dose =0.3 x (body weight (kg)) x base deficit
54
Half of bicarbonate dose should be administered slowly intravenously over .... hours, and the acid-base status should be reevaluated prior to continuation of therapy. Rapid correction of metabolic acidosis can cause a number of undesired side effects, including......
1. Hyperosmolarity, 2. hypernatremia, 3. hypokalemia. 4. Hypocalcemic tetany may be caused by shifting of calcium from the ionized to the protein-bound form after bicarbonate administration. 5. Paradoxical central nervous system acidosis occurs when CO2 generated following bicarbonate administration crosses the blood-brain barrier and takes part in the carbonic acid equation, essentially fueling acid production in the CNS. 6. Iatrogenic metabolic alkalosis can also occur after administration of bicarbonate.
55
1. Metabolic alkalosis is generated by loss of .......................in excess of extracellular fluid volume, which often occurs as a result of .............. or ............... 2. Additionally, administration of a ....................... diuretic may cause chloride wasting. 3. Rarely, metabolic alkalosis may be caused by overzealous administration of ............................. or another organic anion 4. or by ..............................., which causes .......... retention in excess of ...............
1. Metabolic alkalosis is generated by loss of chloride in excess of extracellular fluid volume, which often occurs as a result of upper GI fluid loss or sequestration. 2. Additionally, administration of a thiazide diuretic may cause chloride wasting. 3. Rarely, metabolic alkalosis may be caused by overzealous administration of sodium bicarbonate or another organic anion 4. or by hyperaldosteronism (i.e., Conn's syndrome), which causes sodium retention in excess of chloride.
56
The most common clinical problem associated with metabolic alkalosis in small animal practice is?
Gastric outflow obstruction.
57
During gastric outflow obstruction, appropriate renal compensation prevents an acid-base disorder until hypvolemia induced by ................ results in .....................
During gastric outflow obstruction, appropriate renal compensation prevents an acid-base disorder until hypovolemia induced by vomiting results in aldosterone release.
58
Aldosterone increases renal uptake of .............. Normally, sodium is reabsorbed with .......... or ........... or is exchanged for ................... Because gastric fluid has high chloride and potassium concentrations, animals with gastric outflow obstruction become systemically depleted of these electrolytes so that renal reabsorption of sodium can only occur with concurrent ................ uptake.
Aldosterone increases renal uptake of sodium. Normally, sodium is reabsorbed with bicarbonate or chloride or is exchanged for potassium. Because gastric fluid has high chloride and potassium concentrations, animals with gastric outflow obstruction become systemically depleted of these electrolytes so that renal reabsorption of sodium can only occur with concurrent bicarbonate uptake.
59
Clinical signs of metabolic acidosis?
As with other acid-base disorders, clinical signs of metabolic alkalosis are dictated by the underlying disorder generating the acid-base abnormality. Muscle twitching and seizures have been reported in animals with metabolic alkalosis. Signs associated with concurrent potassium depletion may include weakness, cardiac arrhythmias, renal dysfunction, and GI motility disturbances.
60
Treatment of metabolic alkalosis?
1. Directed at resolving the underlying cause. 2. Intravenous 0.9% NaCl is the fluid of choice to replace volume deficits and normalize chloride concentrations since these patients are often chloride-depleted. Fluids should not contain buffer (e.g., not lactated Ringer's solution). 3. Pyloric outflow obstruction is often addressed surgically, or by removal of an obstructing foreign body. 4. In animals with profuse vomiting unassociated with obstruction, drug therapy to minimize gastric hydrochloric acid (HCl) excretion may be warranted (e.g., famotidine, omeprazole). 5. Because animals with metabolic alkalosis often have concurrent hypokalemia, cautious intravenous potassium chloride supplementation is often indicated.
61
OXYGENATION Hypoxemia may occur as a result of ?
1. a low concentration of inspired oxygen, 2. hypoventilation, 3. diffusion impairment, 4. ventilation-perfusion mismatch, 5. pulmonary shunting.
62
Two methods are available to assess oxygenation in an emergency setting:
Measurement of PaO2 Measurement of peripheral oxygen saturation (SpO2) by pulse oximetry.
63
What is a pulse oximeter?
A noninvasive device that calculates hemoglobin oxygen saturation by measuring differences in absorption of two wavelengths of light (red and infrared) by oxygenated and deoxygenated hemoglobin. The measured light absorption values are applied to a preset nomogram, and a value for SpO2 is determined. If tissue perfusion is adequate, SpO2 approximates arterial hemoglobin saturation (SaO2).
64
The advantage of oximetry as a monitoring tool is that it provides continuous, noninvasive determination of ................. saturation. Technical aspects that help ensure accuracy include placing the probe on nonpigmented, moist skin with adequate perfusion (usually the tongue, the buccal, vaginal, or preputial mucosa, or the ear pinna), avoiding probe movement and light pollution, and monitoring the pulse rate to ensure accurate pulse signal transmittance. In poorly perfused tissues, the SpO2 may be ...............compared with the SaO2. If inaccuracy of oximetry is suspected, the ......................may be obtained to evaluate oxygenation. In patients with alterations of hemoglobin concentration causing increased .................. or ....................., oximetry may be normal despite severe patient hypoxemia. Oximetry does not evaluate the .............. and cannot be used to determine ventilation status.
The advantage of oximetry as a monitoring tool is that it provides continuous, noninvasive determination of hemoglobin oxygen saturation. Technical aspects that help ensure accuracy include placing the probe on nonpigmented, moist skin with adequate perfusion (usually the tongue, the buccal, vaginal, or preputial mucosa, or the ear pinna), avoiding probe movement and light pollution, and monitoring the pulse rate to ensure accurate pulse signal transmittance. In poorly perfused tissues, the SpO2 may be falsely low compared with the SaO2. If inaccuracy of oximetry is suspected, the arterial blood gas PaO2 may be obtained to evaluate oxygenation. In patients with alterations of hemoglobin concentration causing increased carboxyhemoglobin or methemoglobin, oximetry may be normal despite severe patient hypoxemia. Oximetry does not evaluate the PCO2 and cannot be used to determine ventilation status.
65
The ...................of oxygen and ................ of oxygen (PaO2) both contribute to..................... (CaO2)
The hemoglobin saturation of oxygen and partial pressure of oxygen (PaO2) both contribute to arterial oxygen content (CaO2) (according to a formula)
66
Therefore, SpO2, which approximates ............, provides an estimation of ..........., whereas PaO2 estimates ............ in blood.
Therefore, SpO2, which approximates SaO2, provides an estimation of hemoglobin saturation, whereas PaO2 estimates dissolved oxygen in blood.
67
According to the formula listed, ................... is the biggest determinant of arterial oxygen content. Increasing the ............ by increasing the ..................concentration has a minimal effect, whereas increasing the ........... has a greater potential effect.
According to the formula listed, hemoglobin saturation is the biggest determinant of arterial oxygen content. Increasing the PaO2 by increasing the inspired oxygen concentration has a minimal effect, whereas increasing the SaO2 has a greater potential effect.
68
In an anemic patient, increasing the arterial oxygen content would best be accomplished by increasing ................ by transfusion of a product containing ...............or purified ...........................
In an anemic patient, increasing the arterial oxygen content would best be accomplished by increasing hemoglobin by transfusion of a product containing red blood cells or purified hemoglobin.
69
By the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve, an SaO2 of ......% corresponds to a PaO2 of ......mm Hg. This value is clinically important in that small decreases beyond this point in either partial pressure of oxygen or oxygen saturation of hemoglobin may have tremendous clinical consequences for oxygenation.
By the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve, an SaO2 of 90% corresponds to a PaO2 of 60 mm Hg. This value is clinically important in that small decreases beyond this point in either partial pressure of oxygen or oxygen saturation of hemoglobin may have tremendous clinical consequences for oxygenation.
70
The goal of treatment for hypoxemia is to maintain the SpO2 above ......% and the PaO2 above ...... mm Hg. Sometimes this can be accomplished through supplemental oxygen therapy. Methods of increasing the inspired oxygen content include?
Use of an oxygen chamber, tent or mask administration, placement of an indwelling nasal oxygen catheter, or mechanical ventilation with an increased fraction of inspired oxygen. Other methods to correct hypoxemia are related to correcting the underlying cause. For instance, hypoxemia in an animal with severe pneumothorax or pleural effusion would be accomplished through thoracic drainage while hypoxemia related to airway obstruction would be addressed by relief of the obstruction.
71
Acute Abdomen Definitively diagnosing the cause of acute abdomen can be challenging. The goal of early and aggressive treatment is to minimize the impact of the systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), sepsis and to avoid multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS).
Definitively diagnosing the cause of acute abdomen can be challenging. The goal of early and aggressive treatment is to minimize the impact of the systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), sepsis and to avoid multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS). The abdominal pain characteristic of this condition is typically caused by inflammation, especially of the peritoneal lining, stretching of or traction on a hollow viscus such as a gall bladder or loop of intestine, stretching of or traction on the capsule of a solid organ such as the liver, or ischemia. Typically the pain is severe. Patients that present collapsed in a state of hemodynamic shock may not exhibit signs of pain until resuscitation has been instituted. Extraabdominal causes of abdominal pain that need to be ruled out include conditions such as intervertebral disc disease, steatitis and myositis.
72
Altered levels of consciousness, collapse, tachycardia with weak or absent peripheral pulses, tachypnea, and pale mucous membranes with delayed capillary refill time and cool extremities indicate serious ..................and the need for immediate fluid resuscitation. Findings of fever, tachycardia with bounding pulses, and injected mucous membranes with capillary refill times of less than 1 second are consistent with a ............. phase of shock. These patients usually have a ............hypovolemia due to decreased ......................... and also need immediate fluid resuscitation.
Altered levels of consciousness, collapse, tachycardia with weak or absent peripheral pulses, tachypnea, and pale mucous membranes with delayed capillary refill time and cool extremities indicate serious perfusion abnormalities and the need for immediate fluid resuscitation. Findings of fever, tachycardia with bounding pulses, and injected mucous membranes with capillary refill times of less than 1 second are consistent with a hyperdynamic phase of shock. These patients usually have a relative hypovolemia due to decreased systemic vascular resistance and also need immediate fluid resuscitation.
73
Treatment of acute abdomen?
The goal of resuscitation is to reverse the signs of shock and provide effective oxygen delivery to the cells. Efforts should be aimed at maximizing 1. hemoglobin levels (oxygen-carrying capacity), 2. blood volume, and 3. cardiac function. Oxygen and intravenous fluid therapy should be provided. Patients presenting in extremis may require rapid intubation and ventilatory support. Hypoglycemic patients should be treated with dextrose. Antibiotics may not be indicated in all cases
74
Analgesia is an essential part of the early therapeutic plan. Why should non steroid anitinflammtory drugs be avoided?
Nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs should be avoided due to their negative effects on splanchnic organs. Opioids such as butorphanol, hydromorphone, morphine, and fentanyl are recommended. Pure mu agonists are preferred, although butorphanol can be useful in the cat due to side effects of some of the pure mu agonists in this species. Drugs should be given intravenously since absorption from subcutaneous or intramuscular sites may be unpredictable.
75
Examination findings Abdominal flid examination: In the dog a blood glucose concentration that is at least ......... mg/dL more than that in the abdominal fluid is strongly supportive of ............... A blood-to-fluid lactate difference of less than ........ mmol/L is also suggestive of ............... in the dog.
Examination findings Abdominal flid examination: In the dog a blood glucose concentration that is at least 20 mg/dL more than that in the abdominal fluid is strongly supportive of septic peritonitis. A blood-to-fluid lactate difference of less than 2 mmol/L is also suggestive of septic peritonitis in the dog.
76
Concentrations of abdominal fluid amylase or alkaline phosphatase that are higher than serum suggest .................... or ............... disease. Concentrations of ............. that are higher in the abdominal fluid than serum indicate a disruption of the biliary tract. High potassium concentrations are consistent with .............. rupture. Urea nitrogen will equilibrate rapidly between the serum and peritoneum, but in an ....................... the peritoneal urea concentration will be higher than serum.
Concentrations of abdominal fluid amylase or alkaline phosphatase that are higher than serum suggest pancreatitis or intestinal disease. Concentrations of bilirubin that are higher in the abdominal fluid than serum indicate a disruption of the biliary tract. High potassium concentrations are consistent with urinary tract rupture. Urea nitrogen will equilibrate rapidly between the serum and peritoneum, but in an acute bladder rupture the peritoneal urea concentration will be higher than serum.
77
Abdominocentesis has a high incidence of false-negative results. Diagnostic peritoneal lavage has an extremely low rate of false results and should be performed if a confirmation of the diagnosis is required
Abdominocentesis has a high incidence of false-negative results. Diagnostic peritoneal lavage has an extremely low rate of false results and should be performed if a confirmation of the diagnosis is required
78
Cardiac Emergencies: Arrhythmias present during cardiopulmonary arrest (CPA) include?
1. Asystole (complete absence of QRS-T complexes), 2. Ventricular fibrillation (chaotic depolarization of the ventricles characterized by a lack of QRS-T complexes with unorganized fibrillation waves), 3. Electromechanical dissociation (little or no myocardial contractile activity with a normal ECG tracing). All these arrhythmias require immediate intervention using standard CPR recommendations. Other potentially lethal arrhythmias include continuous (sustained) or intermittent (paroxysmal) ventricular tachycardia, ventricular flutter, paroxysmal or sustained supraventricular tachycardia, sick sinus syndrome (SSS), complete or high-grade second-degree atrioventricular block, and sinus standstill. Sinus bradycardia frequently precedes CPA in critically ill patients.
79
Antiarrhythmic therapy should be initiated if treatment of the underlying disorder does not improve the arrhythmia, if hemodynamic impairment is identified, or if the risk of sudden death exists.
Antiarrhythmic therapy should be initiated if treatment of the underlying disorder does not improve the arrhythmia, if hemodynamic impairment is identified, or if the risk of sudden death exists.
80
HEART FAILURE Heart failure is a clinical syndrome caused by cardiac disease that results in systolic or diastolic cardiac dysfunction or both. Systolic failure describes decreased myocardial performance, and diastolic failure results from abnormal filling of the ventricles during diastole. Decompensated heart failure manifests either as congestion/edema (............ heart failure) or circulatory failure (...............,...........heart failure). Right-sided congestive heart failure results in systemic venous congestion and may manifest as jugular distention, subcutaneous edema, hepatic congestion, ascites, and/or pleural effusion. Left-sided congestive heart failure presents as pulmonary edema.
HEART FAILURE Heart failure is a clinical syndrome caused by cardiac disease that results in systolic or diastolic cardiac dysfunction or both. Systolic failure describes decreased myocardial performance, and diastolic failure results from abnormal filling of the ventricles during diastole. Decompensated heart failure manifests either as congestion/edema (backward heart failure) or circulatory failure (low-output, forward heart failure). Right-sided congestive heart failure results in systemic venous congestion and may manifest as jugular distention, subcutaneous edema, hepatic congestion, ascites, and/or pleural effusion. Left-sided congestive heart failure presents as pulmonary edema.
81
The immediate goals of medical therapy in acute congestive heart failure are the................. of pulmonary venous pressure (use of a diuretic to ....................... and a vasodilator to ..................... intravascular fluid volume), inotropic support, and adjunct therapy (oxygen, anxiolytics).
The immediate goals of medical therapy in acute congestive heart failure are the reduction of pulmonary venous pressure (use of a diuretic to reduce total blood volume and a vasodilator to redistribute intravascular fluid volume), inotropic support, and adjunct therapy (oxygen, anxiolytics).
82
Furosemide is the diuretic of choice for relieving acute pulmonary edema and normalizing cardiac filling pressures. High doses of furosemide (up to 4 mg/kg given intravenously or intramuscularly every 2 hours) may be used initially to induce diuresis. Intravenous furosemide acts within 5 minutes, peaks within 30 minutes, and dissipates after 2 to 3 hours. Use of the intravenous route is preferred, but this must be weighed against the potential stress of administration. Lasix can also be given using a constant rate infusion (CRI) (0.5 to 1.0 mg/kg/hr) after an initial loading dose is given.
Furosemide is the diuretic of choice for relieving acute pulmonary edema and normalizing cardiac filling pressures. High doses of furosemide (up to 4 mg/kg given intravenously or intramuscularly every 2 hours) may be used initially to induce diuresis. Intravenous furosemide acts within 5 minutes, peaks within 30 minutes, and dissipates after 2 to 3 hours. Use of the intravenous route is preferred, but this must be weighed against the potential stress of administration. Lasix can also be given using a constant rate infusion (CRI) (0.5 to 1.0 mg/kg/hr) after an initial loading dose is given.
83
Intramuscular administration of furosemide is an alternative to the IV route. The dose is highly variable and depends on the response desired. The dose and frequency should be reduced as a clinical response (diuresis, respiratory rate reduction, and respiratory character improvement) is achieved. Cats tend to be more sensitive to furosemide than dogs and respond to lower doses (2 mg/kg).
Intramuscular administration of furosemide is an alternative to the IV route. The dose is highly variable and depends on the response desired. The dose and frequency should be reduced as a clinical response (diuresis, respiratory rate reduction, and respiratory character improvement) is achieved. Cats tend to be more sensitive to furosemide than dogs and respond to lower doses (2 mg/kg).
84
Nitroglycerin, a ...........dilator, may further reduce congestion, although information in the veterinary literature is merely anecdotal. Nitroglycerin paste can be applied to the inner surface of the pinna of the ear (¼ to 1 inch every 6 hours in the dog; ⅛to ¼ inch every 6 hours in the cat). Nitroglycerin is typically used for only 48 hours due to the .................. that develops.
Nitroglycerin, a venodilator, may further reduce congestion, although information in the veterinary literature is merely anecdotal. Nitroglycerin paste can be applied to the inner surface of the pinna of the ear (¼ to 1 inch every 6 hours in the dog; ⅛to ¼ inch every 6 hours in the cat). Nitroglycerin is typically used for only 48 hours due to the drug tolerance that develops.
85
Hydralazine, a potent ............ dilator, can be used in the emergency management of a .........tensive congestive heart failure patient (0.5 to 2.0 mg/kg given orally).
Hydralazine, a potent arteriolar dilator, can be used in the emergency management of a normotensive congestive heart failure patient (0.5 to 2.0 mg/kg given orally).
86
Nitroprusside is both a potent ......dilator and a potent .......... dilator for use in severe, refractory congestive heart failure (1 to 2 µg/kg/min given intravenously initially).
Nitroprusside is both a potent venodilator and a potent arteriolar dilator for use in severe, refractory congestive heart failure (1 to 2 µg/kg/min given intravenously initially). Continual blood pressure monitoring is essential with nitroprusside.
87
Augmentation of systolic performance is important with acute congestive heart failure due to DCM and severely decompensated mitral regurgitation. The positive inotropic agents most commonly used increase ................................). As a result, there is enhanced ventricular ..................... (a result of increased ............. entry into ..............), ventricular..................., and peripheral..............
Augmentation of systolic performance is important with acute congestive heart failure due to DCM and severely decompensated mitral regurgitation. The positive inotropic agents most commonly used increase cytosolic cyclic adenosine phosphate (cAMP). As a result, there is enhanced ventricular contraction (a result of increased calcium entry into the cell), ventricular relaxation, and peripheral vasodilatation.
88
Dobutamine and dopamine are sympathomimetic agents that bind to ........ receptors, thereby increasing production of ..............
Dobutamine and dopamine are sympathomimetic agents that bind to B1 receptors, thereby increasing production of cAMP.
89
Dobutamine increases ................ with little effect on ....................
Dobutamine increases contractility with little effect on heart rate or afterload. It is administered by CRI (5.0 to 15 µg/kg/min).
90
Dopamine stimulates .....receptors and at high doses also releases ....................... At low doses (
Dopamine stimulates B1 receptors and at high doses also releases norepinephrine. At low doses (
91
Amrinone and milrinone are potent positive inotropes with direct-acting ................... properties. These bipyridines increase ............... by ............................. inhibition. Amrinone and milrinone are available as IV preparations. Unfortunately, both the sympathomimetics and the bipyridines can promote tachycardia and ventricular arrhythmias.
Amrinone and milrinone are potent positive inotropes with direct-acting arterial vasodilator properties. These bipyridines increase cAMP by phosphodiesterase inhibition. Amrinone and milrinone are available as IV preparations. Unfortunately, both the sympathomimetics and the bipyridines can promote tachycardia and ventricular arrhythmias.
92
Pimobendan is a ...................... derivative approved for the treatment of congestive heart failure due to DCM and MVI in dogs. Pimobendan is classified as an ................. (i.e., positive ................. and ..................). The positive inotropic effects are primarily through sensitization of the cardiac contractile apparatus to .................. This is done with little or no increase in myocardial .................. consumption. There is improved efficiency with limited arrhythmogenic side effects seen with other positive inotropes. The ......................... properties of pimobendan are due to the .........................inhibition.
Pimobendan is a benzimidazole-pyridazinone derivative approved for the treatment of congestive heart failure due to DCM and MVI in dogs. Pimobendan is classified as an inodilator (i.e., positive inotrope and arteriovenous dilator). The positive inotropic effects are primarily through sensitization of the cardiac contractile apparatus to intracellular calcium. This is done with little or no increase in myocardial oxygen consumption. There is improved efficiency with limited arrhythmogenic side effects seen with other positive inotropes. The vasodilating properties of pimobendan are due to the phospodiesterase inhibition.
93
Pimobendan has a rapid onset of action and can be used in the treatment of acute congestive heart failure when a positive oral inotrope is needed. Following oral administration (0.1 to 0.3 mg/kg q12h) peak hemodynamic effects are achieved in 1 hour and last 8 to 12 hours.
Pimobendan has a rapid onset of action and can be used in the treatment of acute congestive heart failure when a positive oral inotrope is needed. Following oral administration (0.1 to 0.3 mg/kg q12h) peak hemodynamic effects are achieved in 1 hour and last 8 to 12 hours.
94
A low dose of ............... (0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg given subcutaneously or intramuscularly) can reduce the anxiety associated with pulmonary edema and provide mild .................dilatation.* The dose is repeated up to four times a day, as necessary, to achieve the desired effect.
A low dose of morphine (0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg given subcutaneously or intramuscularly) can reduce the anxiety associated with pulmonary edema and provide mild venodilatation.* The dose is repeated up to four times a day, as necessary, to achieve the desired effect. The primary adverse consequence of using morphine is respiratory depression; therefore, it must be used with caution in hypoxic animals.
95
Acepromazine (0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg given subcutaneously) is an anxiolytic that ..................... depress respiration. Acepromazine is an ............. blocker that ................... peripheral vascular resistance, which may also be beneficial.
Acepromazine (0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg given subcutaneously) is an anxiolytic that does not depress respiration. Acepromazine is an alpha-adrenergic blocker that decreases peripheral vascular resistance, which may also be beneficial.
96
Dogs and cats with severe pulmonary edema are hypoxic due to the ....................... of oxygen to diffuse from the ................into the ..................... Supplemental oxygen increases this ............ gradient, resulting in an increase in ..................... Therefore, it is of critical importance that patients with severe edema have supplemental oxygen. This can be achieved using an oxygen cage (..............% oxygen) adjusted to maintain a normal temperature (........° to .....° C [68° to 72° F]) and appropriate humidity (......% to ......%). Oxygen cages are generally better tolerated and less stressful than other means of administration. In a larger dog, oxygen can be administered through a nasal cannula. An oxygen mask is an alternative but should not be used if the animal is struggling against the mask.
Dogs and cats with severe pulmonary edema are hypoxic due to the decreased ability of oxygen to diffuse from the alveoli into the pulmonary capillaries. Supplemental oxygen increases this pressure gradient, resulting in an increase in arterial oxygen tension. Therefore, it is of critical importance that patients with severe edema have supplemental oxygen. This can be achieved using an oxygen cage (40% oxygen) adjusted to maintain a normal temperature (20° to 22° C [68° to 72° F]) and appropriate humidity (45% to 55%). Oxygen cages are generally better tolerated and less stressful than other means of administration. In a larger dog, oxygen can be administered through a nasal cannula. An oxygen mask is an alternative but should not be used if the animal is struggling against the mask.
97
Endotracheal intubation may be required in animals with extreme respiratory distress and fulminant pulmonary edema to provide controlled ventilation and ........% oxygen administration. In addition, copious amounts of pulmonary edema may be removed physically by suction or postural drainage. Intravenous fluids are rarely indicated in the treatment of acute, cardiogenic pulmonary edema because they often ................ the edema.
Endotracheal intubation may be required in animals with extreme respiratory distress and fulminant pulmonary edema to provide controlled ventilation and 100% oxygen administration. In addition, copious amounts of pulmonary edema may be removed physically by suction or postural drainage. Intravenous fluids are rarely indicated in the treatment of acute, cardiogenic pulmonary edema because they often exacerbate the edema.
98
PERICARDIAL EFFUSION Pericardial effusion is an abnormal accumulation of fluid in the pericardial sac. The hemodynamic effects of pericardial effusion depend on the rate and volume of the fluid accumulation and the compliance of the pericardium itself. If the effusion develops slowly, the pericardium will expand and the intracardiac pressure will not increase enough to compromise ................ In contrast, acute cardiac tamponade is characterized by rapid accumulation of fluid in the pericardial space, leading to a rise in ..................pressure. The results are ............. of ventricular filling, decreased ............... and arterial ....................
PERICARDIAL EFFUSION Pericardial effusion is an abnormal accumulation of fluid in the pericardial sac. The hemodynamic effects of pericardial effusion depend on the rate and volume of the fluid accumulation and the compliance of the pericardium itself. If the effusion develops slowly, the pericardium will expand and the intracardiac pressure will not increase enough to compromise cardiac filling. In contrast, acute cardiac tamponade is characterized by rapid accumulation of fluid in the pericardial space, leading to a rise in intrapericardial pressure. The results are restriction of ventricular filling, decreased cardiac output, and arterial hypotension. C
99
PERICARDIAL EFFUSION Clinical signs of right-sided congestive heart failure or reduced ................. predominate and include anorexia, lethargy, syncope, dyspnea, weakness, exercise intolerance, and abdominal distention (hepatomegaly, ascites). Common physical examination findings are muffled heart sounds, jugular venous distension, sinus ................, and weak femoral pulses. Pulsus paradoxus (an exaggerated ............... greater than ......... mm Hg in systemic .........pressure during .....................) is a valuable clinical sign that may also be appreciated in cardiac tamponade.
Clinical signs of right-sided congestive heart failure or reduced cardiac output predominate and include anorexia, lethargy, syncope, dyspnea, weakness, exercise intolerance, and abdominal distention (hepatomegaly, ascites). Common physical examination findings are muffled heart sounds, jugular venous distension, sinus tachycardia, and weak femoral pulses. Pulsus paradoxus (an exaggerated decline greater than 10 mm Hg in systemic arterial pressure during inspiration) is a valuable clinical sign that may also be appreciated in cardiac tamponade.
100
Attempts to lower .............. pressures with medical therapy (i.e., diuretics) should be avoided because the patient's cardiac............... depends on these elevated pressures. The result can be a significantly reduced cardiac output, manifested as hypotension or syncope or both.
Attempts to lower venous pressures with medical therapy (i.e., diuretics) should be avoided because the patient's cardiac preload depends on these elevated pressures. The result can be a significantly reduced cardiac output, manifested as hypotension or syncope or both.
101
ARTERIAL THROMBOEMBOLISM Arterial thromboembolism is a common sequela to all types of feline myocardial disease (hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, dilated cardiomyopathy, and restrictive cardiomyopathy); it is uncommon in the setting of a structurally normal or mildly abnormal heart. Arterial thromboembolism results in significant morbidity and mortality. Systemic thromboembolism is rarely reported in the dog and is usually associated with...?
Neoplasia, sepsis, Cushing's disease, protein-losing nephropathy, or other hypercoagulable states.
102
Distal aortic embolization (saddle thrombus at the distal aortic ...................) occurs in more than .....% of feline cases. Corresponding clinical signs may occur with embolization of other organs, such as the lungs (respiratory distress), kidneys (acute renal failure), brain (central nervous system signs), gastrointestinal tract (bowel ischemia), and ......(more commonly than ......) ......... artery (pain and paresis).
Distal aortic embolization (saddle thrombus at the distal aortic trifurcation) occurs in more than 90% of feline cases. Corresponding clinical signs may occur with embolization of other organs, such as the lungs (respiratory distress), kidneys (acute renal failure), brain (central nervous system signs), gastrointestinal tract (bowel ischemia), and right (more commonly than left) brachial artery (pain and paresis).
103
A distal aortic embolism presents as peracute paresis or paralysis with vocalization due to intense pain. The clinical consequences depend on the site, extent, and duration of the embolization, as well as the degree of functional collateral circulation. The four Ps characterize the clinical signs of changes observed in the extremities: ......?
Paralysis, Pain, Pulselessness (lack of palpable femoral pulses), Pallor (cold, pale distal extremities and pads).
104
Absence of bleeding from a cut nail on the affected limb may also be seen. Ten to 12 hours after the embolization, the anterior ......... and ............... muscles often become firm as a result of ischemic ............. In most cases these muscles become ............ after 24 to 72 hours.
Absence of bleeding from a cut nail on the affected limb may also be seen. Ten to 12 hours after the embolization, the anterior tibial and gastrocnemius muscles often become firm as a result of ischemic myopathy. In most cases these muscles become softer after 24 to 72 hours.
105
Respiratory distress is commonly associated with systemic thromboembolism in cats because most have concurrent congestive heart failure. Acute aortic blockade by the thromboembolus increases .............. to the left ventricle. The clinician must differentiate the respiratory changes seen with congestive heart failure from those seen with pain.
Respiratory distress is commonly associated with systemic thromboembolism in cats because most have concurrent congestive heart failure. Acute aortic blockade by the thromboembolus increases afterload to the left ventricle. The clinician must differentiate the respiratory changes seen with congestive heart failure from those seen with pain.
106
A variety of therapeutic measures can be used to offset the consequences of a thromboembolism. These range from attempts to limit thrombus growth or formation and pain control to supportive care and treatment of accompanying congestive heart failure. Although heparin has no effect on established thrombi, it is commonly administered in hopes of ...................* Heparin can be administered at an initial dose of 220 U/kg given intravenously, followed by a maintenance dose of 70 to 200 U/kg given subcutaneously every 6 hours.
Although heparin has no effect on established thrombi, it is commonly administered in hopes of limiting thrombus growth.* Heparin can be administered at an initial dose of 220 U/kg given intravenously, followed by a maintenance dose of 70 to 200 U/kg given subcutaneously every 6 hours.
107
Thrombolytic agents such as ............, ...........,and..............(3) are used extensively in humans and infrequently in cats. These agents are expensive, have not been studied extensively, and are associated with high mortality and poor outcomes. Risks of .................complications, death from reperfusion syndrome (............, ................), and rethrombosis are common.
Thrombolytic agents such as streptokinase, urokinase, and tissue plasminogen activator (t-PA) are used extensively in humans and infrequently in cats. These agents are expensive, have not been studied extensively, and are associated with high mortality and poor outcomes. Risks of bleeding complications, death from reperfusion syndrome (hyperkalemia, metabolic acidosis), and rethrombosis are common.
108
During the initial stages of the disease, most cats experience intense pain. The pain subsides as sensory nervous function is lost. Common choices for pain control include oxymorphone (0.05 to 0.15 mg/kg given intramuscularly or intravenously every 6 hours), butorphanol (0.1 mg/kg given intravenously or 0.02 to 0.4 mg/kg given intramuscularly or subcutaneously every 4 hours), and/or acepromazine (0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg given intravenously). Euthanasia should be considered as an option when severe, unrelenting pain is present
During the initial stages of the disease, most cats experience intense pain. The pain subsides as sensory nervous function is lost. Common choices for pain control include oxymorphone (0.05 to 0.15 mg/kg given intramuscularly or intravenously every 6 hours), butorphanol (0.1 mg/kg given intravenously or 0.02 to 0.4 mg/kg given intramuscularly or subcutaneously every 4 hours), and/or acepromazine (0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg given intravenously). Euthanasia should be considered as an option when severe, unrelenting pain is present
109
General supportive care consists of maintaining hydration and normal electrolyte status, massaging firm muscles, expressing the bladder as necessary, and preventing self-mutilation. Management of concomitant congestive heart failure is discussed above.
General supportive care consists of maintaining hydration and normal electrolyte status, massaging firm muscles, expressing the bladder as necessary, and preventing self-mutilation. Management of concomitant congestive heart failure is discussed above.
110
Cardiopulmonary Arrest and Resuscitation: DEFINITIONS Cardiopulmonary arrest is defined as the cessation of effective ventilation and circulation. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) provides artificial ventilation and circulation to restore spontaneous cardiopulmonary function and includes ......life support (BLS), ....... life support (ALS), and .......... life support (PLS). The term cardiopulmonary ............... resuscitation was coined in recognition of the severe central nervous system complications of prolonged CPR. CPCR is aimed at restoration of blood flow to the brain, not only the heart and the lungs, to avoid cases in which return of spontaneous circulation (ROSC) results in a poor neurologic outcome such as a .....................
Cardiopulmonary arrest is defined as the cessation of effective ventilation and circulation. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) provides artificial ventilation and circulation to restore spontaneous cardiopulmonary function and includes basic life support (BLS), advanced life support (ALS), and prolonged life support (PLS). The term cardiopulmonary cerebral resuscitation was coined in recognition of the severe central nervous system complications of prolonged CPR. CPCR is aimed at restoration of blood flow to the brain, not only the heart and the lungs, to avoid cases in which return of spontaneous circulation (ROSC) results in a poor neurologic outcome such as a vegetative state.
111
PREPAREDNESS Preparedness includes ascertaining that each patient has a code status upon hospitalization, the presence of a fully equipped crash cart (Table 127-2), a minimum of three people trained in CPCR, a ready area, and a routine plan of action.
PREPAREDNESS Preparedness includes ascertaining that each patient has a code status upon hospitalization, the presence of a fully equipped crash cart (Table 127-2), a minimum of three people trained in CPCR, a ready area, and a routine plan of action. All hospitalized patients should have one of three code assignments: do not resuscitate (DNR or no code), closed chest code (external compressions only), or open chest code (internal compressions). The code status should be discussed at the time of admission, and owner's wishes should be clearly stated on the chart. The ready area and the crash cart should be inspected and stocked daily.
112
RECOGNITION OF CPA In general, patients experiencing CPA can be divided into three broad categories: which ones?
(1) those who succumb to an underlying terminal or multisystemic illness—a DNR code status may be appropriate for these patients for ethical reasons and since their prognosis is generally grave; (2) those suffering from a severe, but potentially reversible, medical condition such as trauma (e.g., hemorrhage, pneumothorax, diaphragmatic hernia), upper respiratory obstruction, or electrolyte abnormalities—this population has a slightly higher chance for ROSC, assuming the underlying cause can be quickly reversed; and (3) those with anesthetic complications, drug reactions, and accidental drug overdoses. Three retrospective studies published in veterinary medicine concluded that the last group has the highest survival rates as they are usually witnessed arrests and in some cases already have an endotracheal tube in place.[1-3]
113
Prior to initiation of CPCR, the senior person on the scene should take a few seconds to confirm full CPA. Respiratory arrests alone carry a better prognosis and do not necessitate chest compressions. In addition, the animal may not be pulseless but rather bradycardic, which will alter the order of drugs used during ALS such that atropine is given prior to epinephrine.
Prior to initiation of CPCR, the senior person on the scene should take a few seconds to confirm full CPA. Respiratory arrests alone carry a better prognosis and do not necessitate chest compressions. In addition, the animal may not be pulseless but rather bradycardic, which will alter the order of drugs used during ALS such that atropine is given prior to epinephrine.
114
Signs that precede CPA include...?
bradycardia or other cardiac arrhythmias, hypotension, hypothermia, irregular respiratory pattern, and vagally mediated activities such as vomiting or urination in a critically ill patient.
115
BASIC LIFE SUPPORT Basic life support is the foundation of CPCR (class I AHA recommendation) and follows the mnemonic of ABC (...................(3). It should be initiated immediately upon recognition of CPA to establish an airway, ensure adequate ventilation, and generate blood flow. Basic life support includes?
Basic life support is the foundation of CPCR (class I AHA recommendation) and follows the mnemonic of ABC (airway, breathing, circulation). Endotracheal intubation, ventilation with an Ambu bag or an anesthesia machine connected to 100% oxygen (with the inhalant anesthetic turned off), and external or internal cardiac compressions. Time should be taken to ensure that the endotracheal tube is in place, secured, and inflated. If intubation is not possible due to upper airway obstruction, emergency tracheostomy is performed. The mouth and trachea should be suctioned if secretions are present.
116
Respiratory rate is aimed at ..... to .....breaths/min, a tidal volume of .....to ....... mL/kg, and a peak inflation pressure of ........ cm H2O. Some animals may require a higher respiratory rate, but hyperventilation should be avoided.
Respiratory rate is aimed at 10 to 24 breaths/min, a tidal volume of 10 to 15 mL/kg, and a peak inflation pressure of 20 cm H2O. Some animals may require a higher respiratory rate, but hyperventilation should be avoided.
117
The volume delivered should produce a visible chest rise of approximately ....% to ....% of resting state, but should not be too forceful to avoid .....trauma. If an anesthesia machine or Ambu bag is not available, mouth-to-tube or mouth-to-nose ventilation can be performed. For chest compressions, the animal is positioned in right lateral recumbency, and compression rate is aimed for ......to ........compressions/min. If the animal is already in dorsal recumbency, such as during a surgical procedure, it may remain this way.
The volume delivered should produce a visible chest rise of approximately 25% to 30% of resting state, but should not be too forceful to avoid barotrauma. If an anesthesia machine or Ambu bag is not available, mouth-to-tube or mouth-to-nose ventilation can be performed. For chest compressions, the animal is positioned in right lateral recumbency, and compression rate is aimed for 100 to 120 compressions/min. If the animal is already in dorsal recumbency, such as during a surgical procedure, it may remain this way.
118
If the first recorded arrest rhythm is ventricular fibrillation (VF), defibrillation should be performed as soon as possible, but BLS should not be delayed. In anesthetic-related incidents,.................should be turned off immediately, and anesthetics, sedatives, or analgesics should be ............. if possible.
If the first recorded arrest rhythm is ventricular fibrillation (VF), defibrillation should be performed as soon as possible, but BLS should not be delayed. In anesthetic-related incidents, inhalant anesthetics should be turned off immediately, and anesthetics, sedatives, or analgesics should be reversed if possible.
119
ADVANCED LIFE SUPPORT Advanced life support consists of drug administration, electrocardiography (ECG) interpretation, and electrical defibrillation (D and E). Drug and defibrillation doses are listed in Table 127-3.
ADVANCED LIFE SUPPORT Advanced life support consists of drug administration, electrocardiography (ECG) interpretation, and electrical defibrillation (D and E). Drug and defibrillation doses are listed in Table 127-3. Drugs given IT (intratracheal) should be diluted with 2-3 mL of water for injection and given at the level of the carina using a red-rubber or polyethylene catheter
120
Drug Administration and Access Establishing access for drug administration is vital during CPCR. A ......... is the preferred route because of short circulation times, but if not already in place, time should not be wasted on establishing a central line during CPCR. ............. catheterization using a large-bore catheter should be established as soon as possible, and if not feasible, an ....................... catheter may be placed (class IIa). Drug administration via a peripheral catheter should be followed by .................... to facilitate drug delivery to the central circulation. If intravenous (IV) access is not possible, drugs can also be given intratracheally (IT). Epinephrine, atropine, lidocaine, naloxone, and vasopressin are all absorbed via the trachea but may result in lower blood concentrations and a less predictable drug delivery and pharmacologic effect than the same dose given IV. The optimal endotracheal dose of most drugs is unknown, but typically the dose given is twice the recommended IV dose. Endobronchial administration of epinephrine diluted with water for injection, instead of sterile saline, was shown to achieve the highest blood concentrations.[17] In summary, if IT administration is used, drug doses should be doubled; the drug should be diluted with a few milliliters of water for injection and administered via a red rubber or polypropylene tube that is passed through the endotracheal tube to the level of the carina.[5] ..................and............................ should not be given IT.
Drug Administration and Access Establishing access for drug administration is vital during CPCR. A central line is the preferred route because of short circulation times, but if not already in place, time should not be wasted on establishing a central line during CPCR.[6] Peripheral catheterization using a large-bore catheter should be established as soon as possible, and if not feasible, an intraosseous catheter may be placed (class IIa). Drug administration via a peripheral catheter should be followed by large flush volumes to facilitate drug delivery to the central circulation.[7] If intravenous (IV) access is not possible, drugs can also be given intratracheally (IT). Epinephrine, atropine, lidocaine, naloxone, and vasopressin are all absorbed via the trachea but may result in lower blood concentrations and a less predictable drug delivery and pharmacologic effect than the same dose given IV.[8-16] The optimal endotracheal dose of most drugs is unknown, but typically the dose given is twice the recommended IV dose. Endobronchial administration of epinephrine diluted with water for injection, instead of sterile saline, was shown to achieve the highest blood concentrations.[17] In summary, if IT administration is used, drug doses should be doubled; the drug should be diluted with a few milliliters of water for injection and administered via a red rubber or polypropylene tube that is passed through the endotracheal tube to the level of the carina.[5] Sodium bicarbonate and calcium gluconate should not be given IT.
121
Epinephrine is the drug of choice for all types of CPA (class IIb). Epinephrine is a potent ................. with strong affinity to both.....- and .....-adrenergic receptors.
Epinephrine is the drug of choice for all types of CPA (class IIb). Epinephrine is a potent catecholamine with strong affinity to both α- and β-adrenergic receptors.
122
Administration of epinephrine causes immediate peripheral faso.................. mediated by its .............. effects; however, the β-adrenergic activity may cause significant..................., which will shorten ............ and decrease myocardial ...............
Administration causes immediate peripheral vasoconstriction mediated by its alpha effects; however, the β-adrenergic activity may cause significant tachycardia, which will shorten diastole and decrease myocardial perfusion.
123
Atropine is a ....................... agent that acts to increase heart rate by ..................... of ....................... receptors. If sinus bradycardia is present on initial auscultation, atropine should be administered before epinephrine (class IIa). Otherwise, atropine is given following epinephrine.
Atropine is a parasympatholytic agent that acts to increase heart rate by antagonism of muscarinic receptors. If sinus bradycardia is present on initial auscultation, atropine should be administered before epinephrine (class IIa). Otherwise, atropine is given following epinephrine.
124
Amiodarone affects ......................(3) channels as well as ...- and ......-adrenergic blocking properties. It can be considered for the treatment of VF or pulseless VT unresponsive to shock delivery, CPR, and vasopressors (class IIb).
Amiodarone affects sodium, potassium, and calcium channels as well as α- and β-adrenergic blocking properties. It can be considered for the treatment of VF or pulseless VT unresponsive to shock delivery, CPR, and vasopressors (class IIb). Intravenous amiodarone is rarely maintained in most veterinary hospitals, is expensive, and is not a drug that an inexperienced individual should probably use.
125
Lidocaine, a sodium channel blocker, is an alternative antiarrhythmic with fewer immediate side effects than may be encountered with other antiarrhythmics. Lidocaine, however, has no proven short-term or long-term efficacy in cardiac arrest (class indeterminate). In addition, lidocaine should not be used in cats.
Lidocaine, a sodium channel blocker, is an alternative antiarrhythmic with fewer immediate side effects than may be encountered with other antiarrhythmics. Lidocaine, however, has no proven short-term or long-term efficacy in cardiac arrest (class indeterminate). In addition, lidocaine should not be used in cats.
126
.................... can effectively terminate torsades de pointes (irregular/polymorphic VT associated with prolonged QT interval).
Magnesium can effectively terminate torsades de pointes (irregular/polymorphic VT associated with prolonged QT interval).
127
Electrocardiography (ECG) Changes in ECG throughout CPCR dictate the type of interventions that should be implemented and serve as a monitoring tool. The three recognized arrest rhythms are asystole, ....................electrical activity, and VF (Figure 127-1). ..................... is the most common arrest rhythm in companion animals, while VF is more common in humans. ...................... has the highest likelihood of being converted with the aid of defibrillation and CPCR, which is most likely one of the reasons for the higher success rates reported in some human studies.
Electrocardiography (ECG) Changes in ECG throughout CPCR dictate the type of interventions that should be implemented and serve as a monitoring tool. The three recognized arrest rhythms are asystole, pulseless electrical activity, and VF (Figure 127-1). Asystole is the most common arrest rhythm in companion animals, while VF is more common in humans. Ventricular fibrillation has the highest likelihood of being converted with the aid of defibrillation and CPCR, which is most likely one of the reasons for the higher success rates reported in some human studies.
128
Figure 127-1 Algorithm for basic and advanced life support. CPCR, Cardiopulmonary cerebral resuscitation; ECG, Electrocardiography; ETCO2, end-tidal carbon dioxide; IO, intraosseous; IV, intravenous; VF, ventricular fibrillation.
Figure 127-1 Algorithm for basic and advanced life support. CPCR, Cardiopulmonary cerebral resuscitation; ECG, Electrocardiography; ETCO2, end-tidal carbon dioxide; IO, intraosseous; IV, intravenous; VF, ventricular fibrillation.
129
Although the most common initial arrest rhythm in companion animals is asystole, this rhythm can often change as CPCR progresses, and .................. may be indicated. ECG interpretation should be performed concurrently to auscultation, as ........................... can appear as a normal rhythm on the ECG screen with no audible pulse or heart rate. Pulse palpation should also be interpreted with caution, as it is the ....................... that determines the blood pressure and not the ..................
Although the most common initial arrest rhythm in companion animals is asystole, this rhythm can often change as CPCR progresses, and defibrillation may be indicated. ECG interpretation should be performed concurrently to auscultation, as pulseless electrical activity can appear as a normal rhythm on the ECG screen with no audible pulse or heart rate. Pulse palpation should also be interpreted with caution, as it is the pulse pressure that determines the blood pressure and not the pulse quality
130
Fluid Therapy Administration of large fluid boluses during CPCR should not be performed routinely because it may ............... coronary .................... (CPP), which represents the difference between ................... and ....................... during ................. Large fluid volumes may ............ CPP as they ............right aortic (atrial??)
Fluid Therapy Administration of large fluid boluses during CPCR should not be performed routinely because it may decrease coronary perfusion pressure (CPP), which represents the difference between aortic pressure and right atrial pressure during diastole. Large fluid volumes may decrease CPP as they increase right aortic pressure.
131
In animals suffering CPA due to congestive heart failure, fluid therapy should be avoided. If the animal is euvolemic, conservative fluid therapy may be considered. However, large fluid volumes should be reserved for those cases suffering CPA due to ..............shock.
In animals suffering CPA due to congestive heart failure, fluid therapy should be avoided. If the animal is euvolemic, conservative fluid therapy may be considered. However, large fluid volumes should be reserved for those cases suffering CPA due to hypovolemic shock.
132
MONITORING DURING CPCR Monitoring tools for CPCR include a stethoscope, ECG, Doppler blood pressure monitor, pulse oximeter, and capnograph. ECG monitoring was discussed earlier. A capnograph is one of the most important monitoring tools during CPCR. Higher end-tidal carbon dioxide (ETCO2) levels during CPCR are associated with increased myocardial perfusion pressure and increased success rates in human beings and dog models of CPCR, whereas a low ETCO2 represents ineffective elimination of CO2 due to low flow.[18] Rising levels of ETCO2 during a successful CPCR indicate tissue perfusion and ROSC. However, arterial blood gases should be interpreted cautiously during CPCR, as they may not provide a reliable indicator of the severity of tissue hypoxemia, hypercarbia, or tissue acidosis.
MONITORING DURING CPCR Monitoring tools for CPCR include a stethoscope, ECG, Doppler blood pressure monitor, pulse oximeter, and capnograph. ECG monitoring was discussed earlier. A capnograph is one of the most important monitoring tools during CPCR. Higher end-tidal carbon dioxide (ETCO2) levels during CPCR are associated with increased myocardial perfusion pressure and increased success rates in human beings and dog models of CPCR, whereas a low ETCO2 represents ineffective elimination of CO2 due to low flow.[18] Rising levels of ETCO2 during a successful CPCR indicate tissue perfusion and ROSC. However, arterial blood gases should be interpreted cautiously during CPCR, as they may not provide a reliable indicator of the severity of tissue hypoxemia, hypercarbia, or tissue acidosis.
133
PROLONGED LIFE SUPPORT PLS refers to the time period following ROSC and the measures required to support continued perfusion, maintain adequate circulation and oxygenation, and treat underlying conditions. As the likelihood of recurrence of CPA in an animal that already suffered one is high, intensive monitoring is required in post-CPCR patients. The following parameters should be monitored: pulse rate, rhythm, and character, mental status, ECG, pulse oximetry, body temperature, lung sounds, mucous membrane color, capillary refill time, urine output, electrolytes, blood gases, PCV and total solids, blood glucose concentration, serum lactate concentration, central venous pressure, neurologic function, and patient comfort. Oxygen supplementation should be provided initially. Some patients may need mechanical ventilation to maintain adequate oxygenation. Positive ..................... and ............... (e.g., dobutamine, dopamine, or vasopressin) may need to be used to support .............. and maintain ................ ................(0.5 to 1 g/kg over 20 minutes administered via a filter) may be considered in patients with suspected cerebral edema or neurologic dysfunction.
PROLONGED LIFE SUPPORT PLS refers to the time period following ROSC and the measures required to support continued perfusion, maintain adequate circulation and oxygenation, and treat underlying conditions. As the likelihood of recurrence of CPA in an animal that already suffered one is high, intensive monitoring is required in post-CPCR patients. The following parameters should be monitored: pulse rate, rhythm, and character, mental status, ECG, pulse oximetry, body temperature, lung sounds, mucous membrane color, capillary refill time, urine output, electrolytes, blood gases, PCV and total solids, blood glucose concentration, serum lactate concentration, central venous pressure, neurologic function, and patient comfort. Oxygen supplementation should be provided initially. Some patients may need mechanical ventilation to maintain adequate oxygenation. Positive inotropes and vasopressors (e.g., dobutamine, dopamine, or vasopressin) may need to be used to support circulation and maintain blood pressure. Mannitol (0.5 to 1 g/kg over 20 minutes administered via a filter) may be considered in patients with suspected cerebral edema or neurologic dysfunction.
134
OLD CONTROVERSIES AND NEW RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CPCR Open- versus Closed-Chest CPCR As no prospective randomized studies of open-chest CPCR for resuscitation have been published, performing it remains controversial and largely depends on clinician and owner preference. In humans, open-chest CPCR is considered a class IIa recommendation only for patients with cardiac arrest in the early postoperative period after cardiothoracic surgery and when the chest or abdomen is already open.[5] In addition, several retrospective studies suggest there may be a role for open thoracotomies in patients with penetrating thoracic and cardiac trauma. In veterinary medicine, open-chest CPCR is recommended for patients in which external compressions are unlikely to be effective, such as very large dogs and patients with pleural or pericardial effusion, pneumothorax, diaphragmatic hernia, or thoracic trauma, or if the thoracic or abdominal cavities are already open.
OLD CONTROVERSIES AND NEW RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CPCR Open- versus Closed-Chest CPCR As no prospective randomized studies of open-chest CPCR for resuscitation have been published, performing it remains controversial and largely depends on clinician and owner preference. In humans, open-chest CPCR is considered a class IIa recommendation only for patients with cardiac arrest in the early postoperative period after cardiothoracic surgery and when the chest or abdomen is already open.[5] In addition, several retrospective studies suggest there may be a role for open thoracotomies in patients with penetrating thoracic and cardiac trauma. In veterinary medicine, open-chest CPCR is recommended for patients in which external compressions are unlikely to be effective, such as very large dogs and patients with pleural or pericardial effusion, pneumothorax, diaphragmatic hernia, or thoracic trauma, or if the thoracic or abdominal cavities are already open.
135
Epinephrine Dosage Although epinephrine has been used universally in resuscitation, there is a paucity of evidence to show that it improves survival in humans. Administration of high dose epinephrine (0.1 to 0.2 mg/kg, IV) has been called into question, as the..........-adrenergic properties of epinephrine cause significant ............., decreased .......... filling, and decreased ...................... and have been associated with decreased survival. Based on several clinical trials, the 2005 AHA guidelines recommend the use of low-dose epinephrine (0.01 to 0.02 mg/kg, IV). For in-hospital witnessed CPA, the author is in favor of using low-dose epinephrine in veterinary patients.
Epinephrine Dosage Although epinephrine has been used universally in resuscitation, there is a paucity of evidence to show that it improves survival in humans. Administration of high dose epinephrine (0.1 to 0.2 mg/kg, IV) has been called into question, as the β-adrenergic properties of epinephrine cause significant tachycardia, decreased diastolic filling, and decreased coronary perfusion and have been associated with decreased survival. Based on several clinical trials, the 2005 AHA guidelines recommend the use of low-dose epinephrine (0.01 to 0.02 mg/kg, IV). For in-hospital witnessed CPA, the author is in favor of using low-dose epinephrine in veterinary patients.
136
Vasopressin versus Epinephrine Vasopressin is a potent ........adrenergic ............., acting through direct stimulation of vasopressin (...........) receptors in ............................ As opposed to ....................., its vasoconstrictive effects are not blunted in the presence of ............and, following ROSC, there is no increase in myocardial ............ demand. In a recent human clinical trial comparing IV vasopressin (two doses of 40 IU) with epinephrine (two doses of 1 mg) in 1219 out-of-hospital cardiac arrests, patients with VF, asystole, and pulseless electrical activity did not have survivability differences compared to patients with only VF or pulseless electrical activity; however, vasopressin was superior to epinephrine in ...................patients.[19] In addition, recovery from CPA has been reported in one case in veterinary medicine using vasopressin with no epinephrine.[20] The single use of vasopressin, at a dose of 0.1 to 0.8 U/kg IV, has otherwise been anecdotally used in veterinary CPCR. A CRI of 0.01 to 0.08 U/kg/hr can be used for the postresuscitation period. The authors have successfully resuscitated patients with vasopressin in conjunction with epinephrine; however, more studies are needed to confirm the role of vasopressin in veterinary CPCR.
Vasopressin versus Epinephrine Vasopressin is a potent noradrenergic vasopressor, acting through direct stimulation of vasopressin (V1) receptors in vascular smooth muscle. As opposed to catecholamines, its vasoconstrictive effects are not blunted in the presence of acidosis and, following ROSC, there is no increase in myocardial oxygen demand. In a recent human clinical trial comparing IV vasopressin (two doses of 40 IU) with epinephrine (two doses of 1 mg) in 1219 out-of-hospital cardiac arrests, patients with VF, asystole, and pulseless electrical activity did not have survivability differences compared to patients with only VF or pulseless electrical activity; however, vasopressin was superior to epinephrine in asystolic patients.[19] In addition, recovery from CPA has been reported in one case in veterinary medicine using vasopressin with no epinephrine.[20] The single use of vasopressin, at a dose of 0.1 to 0.8 U/kg IV, has otherwise been anecdotally used in veterinary CPCR. A CRI of 0.01 to 0.08 U/kg/hr can be used for the postresuscitation period. The authors have successfully resuscitated patients with vasopressin in conjunction with epinephrine; however, more studies are needed to confirm the role of vasopressin in veterinary CPCR.
137
Hyperventilation and Interruptions during CPCR An observational study found that emergency medical service personnel consistently hyperventilated human patients in the arrest scene,[21] and several small case series in humans showed that during CPR, health care providers delivered an inadequate number and depth of compressions, interrupted compressions frequently, and provided excessive ventilation.[22-24] The 2005 AHA guidelines stress the importance of early initiation of chest compressions with minimal interruptions and a 50 : 50 compression/relaxation rate to allow diastolic filling of the heart and maximize myocardial perfusion. Although establishing an airway is the first step in CPCR, chest compressions should not be delayed if an airway cannot be captured immediately.
Hyperventilation and Interruptions during CPCR An observational study found that emergency medical service personnel consistently hyperventilated human patients in the arrest scene,[21] and several small case series in humans showed that during CPR, health care providers delivered an inadequate number and depth of compressions, interrupted compressions frequently, and provided excessive ventilation.[22-24] The 2005 AHA guidelines stress the importance of early initiation of chest compressions with minimal interruptions and a 50 : 50 compression/relaxation rate to allow diastolic filling of the heart and maximize myocardial perfusion. Although establishing an airway is the first step in CPCR, chest compressions should not be delayed if an airway cannot be captured immediately.
138
Traumatic Brain Injury PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Primary versus Secondary Injury There are two described phases following TBI: primary and secondary injury. Primary injury refers to pathologic changes that take place at the time that injury is sustained—it is complete at the time of trauma and there is little that can be done to alter its course. Examples of primary injury include direct .......... damage and ........... disruption.
Traumatic Brain Injury PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Primary versus Secondary Injury There are two described phases following TBI: primary and secondary injury. Primary injury refers to pathologic changes that take place at the time that injury is sustained—it is complete at the time of trauma and there is little that can be done to alter its course. Examples of primary injury include direct axonal damage and vascular disruption.
139
Secondary injury refers to a variety of pathologic processes that occur after the primary insult, resulting in progressive ..............damage, not only at the initial site of trauma but .....................
Secondary injury refers to a variety of pathologic processes that occur after the primary insult, resulting in progressive neuronal damage, not only at the initial site of trauma but extending to the brain globally.
140
Because the brain has high metabolic requirements, decreased cerebral ......... delivery or ................ can rapidly result in .................. depletion, cell membrane ................,and loss of ............. homeostasis. This can lead to........?
Because the brain has high metabolic requirements, decreased cerebral oxygen delivery or hypoglycemia can rapidly result in adenosine triphosphate depletion, cell membrane pump failure, and loss of ion homeostasis. This can lead to excitotoxicity, oxidative stress, cytotoxic and vasogenic cerebral edema, inflammatory mediator release, activation of the coagulation cascade, vasospasm, and cell death.
141
With ongoing anaerobic metabolism, ........glycemia has been documented to exacerbate neurologic damage by increasing ............... acid accumulation in the brain, resulting in neuronal and glial cell .....................
With ongoing anaerobic metabolism, hyperglycemia has been documented to exacerbate neurologic damage by increasing lactic acid accumulation in the brain, resulting in neuronal and glial cell death.
142
Since secondary injury occurs after the initial insult and has a progressive nature, medical intervention should focus on preventing the development of this type of injury. Two factors that have significant impact on the perpetuation of secondary injury are?
Systemic hypoxia and hypotension, both of which can be easily recognized and treated clinically.
143
Intracranial Pressure and Cerebral Perfusion Pressure In the healthy brain, pressure ........regulation ensures that cerebral blood flow (CBF) is maintained within an acceptable range over a wide spectrum of systemic mean arterial blood pressures (..... to ..... mm Hg). In response to changes in blood pressure, parallel changes in cerebral vascular ......... occur to maintain blood flow to the brain. Pressure autoregulation is often impaired (either globally or regionally) in pets with TBI, at which time CBF becomes linearly dependant upon systemic blood pressure.
In the healthy brain, pressure autoregulation ensures that cerebral blood flow (CBF) is maintained within an acceptable range over a wide spectrum of systemic mean arterial blood pressures (50 to 150 mm Hg). In response to changes in blood pressure, parallel changes in cerebral vascular resistance occur to maintain blood flow to the brain. Pressure autoregulation is often impaired (either globally or regionally) in pets with TBI, at which time CBF becomes linearly dependant upon systemic blood pressure.
144
Intracranial pressure (ICP) is defined as the pressure exerted between the .... and its ........... contents. The components of ICP are the ......, brain ....., and ........... within the cranial vault. In TBI, intracranial volume will ......with hemorrhage or edema. Compensatory decreases in ........production, shunting of ....... into the cisterna magna, or by arterial .......... to lower blood volume attempt to maintain ICP within a normal range (... to .....mm Hg in cats and dogs). ICP increases when changes in ........ volume exceed the ability for compensatory ........ in the other components.
Intracranial pressure (ICP) is defined as the pressure exerted between the skull and its intracranial contents. The components of ICP are the volume of blood, brain tissue, and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) within the cranial vault. In TBI, intracranial volume will increase with hemorrhage or edema. Compensatory decreases in CSF production, shunting of CSF into the cisterna magna, or by arterial vasoconstriction to lower blood volume attempt to maintain ICP within a normal range (4 to 12 mm Hg in cats and dogs). ICP increases when changes in intracranial volume exceed the ability for compensatory decreases in the other components.
145
Cerebral .................(CPP) is the primary determinant of CBF in patients with TBI. With intracranial hypertension, ...... is equal to .......................blood pressure less ....... Maintaining CPP at or above a .... to ...... mm Hg is recommended to optimize oxygen and nutrient delivery to the brain.
Cerebral perfusion pressure (CPP) is the primary determinant of CBF in patients with TBI. With intracranial hypertension, CPP is equal to systemic mean arterial blood pressure (MAP) less ICP (CPP = MAP − ICP). Maintaining CPP at or above a 50 to 70 mm Hg is recommended to optimize oxygen and nutrient delivery to the brain.
146
PATIENT ASSESSMENT An altered level of consciousness indicates abnormalities in the ......... or ..........(...............).
An altered level of consciousness indicates abnormalities in the cerebral cortex or brainstem (reticular activating system).
147
Level of consciousness can be divided into four main categories: which ones?
alert, depressed/obtunded, stuporous, comatose.
148
An obtunded animal should still respond to noise or touch. Stupor indicates a severely impaired level of consciousness, with response only to .......... stimuli. A comatose animal exhibits .................
An obtunded animal should still respond to noise or touch. Stupor indicates a severely impaired level of consciousness, with response only to noxious stimuli. A comatose animal exhibits no response to stimuli, including repeated noxious stimuli. It is important to remember that shock (decreased tissue oxygen delivery) can cause moderate alterations in consciousness that should improve with restoration of tissue perfusion.
149
Brainstem reflex assessment should focus on pupil ....., ............, and ............, pupillary..........., and physiologic .............
Brainstem reflex assessment should focus on pupil size, symmetry, and position, pupillary light responses, and physiologic nystagmus.
150
Miotic pupils indicate a lesion above ...?
the brainstem, leaving the oculomotor nerve intact and unopposed from higher centers.
151
Mydriatic pupils are seen with brainstem lesions affecting the.....?
The oculomotor nerve on the side of the injury.
152
Anisocoria may indicate a neurologic lesion affecting.........
...one side exclusively or more than the other.
153
In the absence of an underlying ophthalmologic disorder, the lack of a pupillary light response indicates disruption of the ...................... .................. to the injury.
In the absence of an underlying ophthalmologic disorder, the lack of a pupillary light response indicates disruption of the oculomotor nerve tracts ipsilateral to the injury.
154
Physiologic nystagmus refers to the normal tracking movements of the eye in response to turning the head from side to side. The absence of this reflex indicates injury to the ..................of the brainstem, as may be seen with .......... or ........... caused by ..................
Physiologic nystagmus refers to the normal tracking movements of the eye in response to turning the head from side to side. The absence of this reflex indicates injury to the central region of the brainstem, as may be seen with hemorrhage or compression caused by swelling or herniation.
155
Abnormalities in any of these brainstem reflexes can help localize neurologic lesions and grade severity. Pupils that are of normal size but not responsive to light represent significant ........................., and are only one step less severe than a fixed and dilated pupil.
Abnormalities in any of these brainstem reflexes can help localize neurologic lesions and grade severity. Pupils that are of normal size but not responsive to light represent significant brainstem dysfunction, and are only one step less severe than a fixed and dilated pupil.
156
Serial evaluation of these reflexes assists in monitoring of progression or improvement of neurologic function. For example, if midrange or mydriatic pupils without a pupillary light reflex are present on initial examination and no progression is noted, one may suspect ..................... These signs, in conjunction with a comatose state and loss of physiologic nystagmus, are associated with a grave prognosis. Alternatively, a gradual progression of pupils toward mydriasis or loss of pupillary light response may indicate the development of .......... that may respond to therapy to lower ICP.
Serial evaluation of these reflexes assists in monitoring of progression or improvement of neurologic function. For example, if midrange or mydriatic pupils without a pupillary light reflex are present on initial examination and no progression is noted, one may suspect brainstem hemorrhage. These signs, in conjunction with a comatose state and loss of physiologic nystagmus, are associated with a grave prognosis. Alternatively, a gradual progression of pupils toward mydriasis or loss of pupillary light response may indicate the development of cerebral edema that may respond to therapy to lower ICP.
157
Notation of the patient's motor activity and posture may help to localize neurologic lesions. Following TBI, the presence of ataxia, hemiparesis, or tetraparesis may be the result of lesion in the.............or...............
Notation of the patient's motor activity and posture may help to localize neurologic lesions. Following TBI, the presence of ataxia, hemiparesis, or tetraparesis may be the result of lesion in the cerebral cortex or brainstem.
158
The evidence of other cranial nerve abnormalities will help differentiate ....... from.......... lesions. Decerebrate rigidity (extension of all four limbs and opisthotonus) indicates a .................... lesion and is often associated with brainstem compression secondary to marked .......................
The evidence of other cranial nerve abnormalities will help differentiate intracranial from cervical lesions. Decerebrate rigidity (extension of all four limbs and opisthotonus) indicates a rostral brainstem lesion and is often associated with brainstem compression secondary to marked intracranial hypertension and/or herniation.
159
Decerebellate rigidity (extension of the front legs with hindlimb flexion) indicates a ............... lesion, as may be seen with cerebellar herniation.
Decerebellate rigidity (extension of the front legs with hindlimb flexion) indicates a cerebellar lesion, as may be seen with cerebellar herniation.
160
Patients with decerebrate posturing will have markedly altered levels of consciousness while those with decerebellate posturing are usually alert and aware of their surroundings.
Patients with decerebrate posturing will have markedly altered levels of consciousness while those with decerebellate posturing are usually alert and aware of their surroundings.
161
The Cushing (or CNS ischemic) response is a compensatory mechanism that can be seen with markedly elevated ICP. Intracranial hypertension results in decreased ............ In response to CO2 accumulation from decreased blood flow, the vasomotor center emits a sympathetic discharge, resulting in peripheral .................., which elevates ............to maintain CPP. The increased blood pressure sensed at baroreceptors results in a reflex ...................
The Cushing (or CNS ischemic) response is a compensatory mechanism that can be seen with markedly elevated ICP. Intracranial hypertension results in decreased CBF. In response to CO2 accumulation from decreased blood flow, the vasomotor center emits a sympathetic discharge, resulting in peripheral vasoconstriction, which elevates MAP to maintain CPP. The increased blood pressure sensed at baroreceptors results in a reflex bradycardia.
162
The combination of hypertension and bradycardia in a patient with a decreased level of consciousness should alert the clinician to the possibility of increased........... and prompt aggressive treatment.
The combination of hypertension and bradycardia in a patient with a decreased level of consciousness should alert the clinician to the possibility of increased ICP and prompt aggressive treatment.
163
THERAPEUTICS AND PATIENT CARE Extracranial Stabilization In patients with TBI, it is essential that extracranial organ systems be assessed and stabilizing therapy be instituted before initiating therapy directed at lowering ICP. The goals of extracranial stabilization should focus on early optimization of systemic oxygenation, ventilation, and tissue perfusion to minimize perpetuation of secondary neurologic injury. Hypoxemia should be avoided with TBI, as desaturation worsens outcome in humans with head trauma. Oxygen supplementation should be provided to maintain a hemoglobin saturation above ......% or a PaO2 >..... mm Hg. When in doubt, supplemental oxygen should be given to avoid any potential adverse consequences. Intranasal and intratracheal routes should be avoided, as they can cause sneezing or coughing, which transiently increases ICP.
THERAPEUTICS AND PATIENT CARE Extracranial Stabilization In patients with TBI, it is essential that extracranial organ systems be assessed and stabilizing therapy be instituted before initiating therapy directed at lowering ICP. The goals of extracranial stabilization should focus on early optimization of systemic oxygenation, ventilation, and tissue perfusion to minimize perpetuation of secondary neurologic injury. Hypoxemia should be avoided with TBI, as desaturation worsens outcome in humans with head trauma. Oxygen supplementation should be provided to maintain a hemoglobin saturation above 97% or a PaO2 >90 mm Hg. When in doubt, supplemental oxygen should be given to avoid any potential adverse consequences. Intranasal and intratracheal routes should be avoided, as they can cause sneezing or coughing, which transiently increases ICP.
164
Hypoventilation, resulting in an elevated partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide (PaCO2), can occur with TBI secondary to direct damage to the ................,..........., thoracic trauma causing .............. or ...........space disease, and mechanical airway obstruction. Acute hypercarbia (respiratory ........) is sensed at the central .................. and results in cerebral ................., increasing CBF and exacerbating elevations in ICP. PaCO2 should be maintained below ........ mm Hg with TBI. If PaCO2 cannot be maintained within a normal range, intubation alone or in combination with mechanical ventilation is required.
Hypoventilation, resulting in an elevated partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide (PaCO2), can occur with TBI secondary to direct damage to the respiratory center, sedatives, thoracic trauma causing pain or pleural space disease, and mechanical airway obstruction. Acute hypercarbia (respiratory acidosis) is sensed at the central chemoreceptors and results in cerebral vasodilation, increasing CBF and exacerbating elevations in ICP. PaCO2 should be maintained below 40 mm Hg with TBI. If PaCO2 cannot be maintained within a normal range, intubation alone or in combination with mechanical ventilation is required.
165
The primary goal of fluid therapy with TBI is rapid restoration of tissue perfusion and blood pressure, such that CPP is maintained above .......... mm Hg. Fluid restriction should be avoided, as it will achieve only minimal decreases in ICP and will place the animal at greater risk for hypovolemia and decreased CPP and exacerbate cerebral ischemia.
The primary goal of fluid therapy with TBI is rapid restoration of tissue perfusion and blood pressure, such that CPP is maintained above 50 mm Hg. Fluid restriction should be avoided, as it will achieve only minimal decreases in ICP and will place the animal at greater risk for hypovolemia and decreased CPP and exacerbate cerebral ischemia.
166
There are a variety of fluids for intravascular volume replacement in the head trauma patient, including isotonic ................, hypertonic ..............., and artificial ............ (see Chapter 129). No one fluid type can be deemed optimal for every situation.
There are a variety of fluids for intravascular volume replacement in the head trauma patient, including isotonic crystalloids, hypertonic saline, and artificial colloids (see Chapter 129). No one fluid type can be deemed optimal for every situation.
167
Intracranial Stabilization: The goals of intracranial stabilization are to limit intracranial hypertension, by decreasing cerebral edema and optimizing intracranial blood volume, and minimize elevation in cerebral metabolic rate. Mannitol has traditionally been the drug of choice to decrease cerebral edema. In addition, mannitol may scavenge free radicals involved in oxidative stress and improve microvascular flow within the injured brain. The concern that mannitol may exacerbate intracranial hemorrhage is unfounded. Mannitol (0.5 to 2.0 g/kg) should not be administered until.....?
Euvolemia has been restored, as its diuretic effect will contract intravascular volume and potentially worsen CPP.
168
Hypovolemic animals may respond better if hypertonic saline (7.5%) is used, as this fluid will both restore intravascular volume and exert osmotic effects on the brain.
Hypovolemic animals may respond better if hypertonic saline (7.5%) is used, as this fluid will both restore intravascular volume and exert osmotic effects on the brain.
169
Corticosteroids are not indicated, as multiple prospective clinical trials in human head trauma patients have shown no benefit. This, in combination with the many adverse effects of corticosteroids (hyperglycemia, immunosuppression, gastric ulceration, delayed wound healing, and exacerbation of a catabolic state), precludes its recommendation for use in animals with TBI.
Corticosteroids are not indicated, as multiple prospective clinical trials in human head trauma patients have shown no benefit. This, in combination with the many adverse effects of corticosteroids (hyperglycemia, immunosuppression, gastric ulceration, delayed wound healing, and exacerbation of a catabolic state), precludes its recommendation for use in animals with TBI.
170
Elevating the head and neck uniformly 15° to 30° above the rest of the body facilitates venous drainage from the brain, thereby decreasing ICP. Angles higher than 30° and kinking of the neck such that the jugular veins become occluded should be avoided, as arterial inflow and venous outflow can be compromised, respectively
Elevating the head and neck uniformly 15° to 30° above the rest of the body facilitates venous drainage from the brain, thereby decreasing ICP. Angles higher than 30° and kinking of the neck such that the jugular veins become occluded should be avoided, as arterial inflow and venous outflow can be compromised, respectively
171
Analgesia and nutrition are important treatment concerns with TBI. Provision of adequate analgesia is essential, utilizing drugs that minimize cardiovascular and respiratory depression, such as butorphanol or hydromorphone
Analgesia and nutrition are important treatment concerns with TBI. Provision of adequate analgesia is essential, utilizing drugs that minimize cardiovascular and respiratory depression, such as butorphanol or hydromorphone
172
Crystalloid and Colloid Fluid Therapy: Understanding the difference between perfusion abnormalities and dehydration is extremely important.
Understanding the difference between perfusion abnormalities and dehydration is extremely important.
173
DISTRIBUTION OF FLUIDS Approximately ................. of body weight is water, of which ....... third is extracellular and ........... is intracellular. Of the water that is extracellular, ............ is interstitial and ............is intravascular.
DISTRIBUTION OF FLUIDS Approximately 60% to 70% of body weight is water, of which one third is extracellular and two thirds is intracellular. Of the water that is extracellular, 75% to 80% is interstitial and 20% to 25% is intravascular.
174
The movement of fluid between compartments is dependent upon the permeability of the membranes separating the compartments as well as the osmotically active particles in each compartment. The ..............., or ............. pressure, is one of the major forces governing fluid movement. Larger proteins that do not readily move between compartments generate this pressure.
The movement of fluid between compartments is dependent upon the permeability of the membranes separating the compartments as well as the osmotically active particles in each compartment. The colloid osmotic pressure (COP), or oncotic pressure, is one of the major forces governing fluid movement. Larger proteins that do not readily move between compartments generate this pressure.
175
Approximately .....% of the oncotic pressure is produced by albumin. This effect is enhanced by the .......... charge of the protein, which attracts cations such as sodium that then attract water.
Approximately 80% of the oncotic pressure is produced by albumin. This effect is enhanced by the negative charge of the protein, which attracts cations such as sodium that then attract water.
176
There are four forces that govern fluid movement across capillary membranes: Which ones?
1. capillary hydrostatic pressure, 2. interstitial hydrostatic pressure, 3. plasma oncotic pressure, 4. interstitial oncotic pressure. Movement of molecules also depends to some extent on the size of the molecule.
177
The filtration coefficient represents the .......................... to pass through membrane.
The filtration coefficient represents the ability of water and small molecules to pass through membrane.
178
The reflection coefficient represents the ability of macromolecules (generally plasma proteins) to pass through membranes. Starling's equation on diffusion of fluids across membranes
The reflection coefficient represents the ability of macromolecules (generally plasma proteins) to pass through membranes. Starling's equation on diffusion of fluids across membranes (formula)
179
Fluid flux varies in the different organs. In general intravascular hydrostatic pressure and plasma oncotic pressure are the key forces in regulating fluid balance, with the net movement of fluid being................ the interstitial space. The remaining fluid is moved back into the circulation via ...............
Fluid flux varies in the different organs. In general intravascular hydrostatic pressure and plasma oncotic pressure are the key forces in regulating fluid balance, with the net movement of fluid being toward the interstitial space. The remaining fluid is moved back into the circulation via the lymphatics.
180
The lung is far more permeable to ............... than are other organs. This means that ................. forces play a much larger role in the lung than in other tissue beds and also that the pulmonary .................... are extremely effective at preventing accumulation of fluid. This explains why patients with hypoalbuminemia do not regularly develop pulmonary edema, even in the face of peripheral edema, but patients with increased hydrostatic pressure, such as fluid overload, do.
The lung is far more permeable to albumin than are other organs. This means that hydrostatic forces play a much larger role in the lung than in other tissue beds and also that the pulmonary lymphatics are extremely effective at preventing accumulation of fluid. This explains why patients with hypoalbuminemia do not regularly develop pulmonary edema, even in the face of peripheral edema, but patients with increased hydrostatic pressure, such as fluid overload, do.
181
Clinically insignificant changes in extravascular lung fluid have been noted in research animals subjected to significant changes in COP. This is due to the ability of the lymphatics to dramatically ............... the fluid uptake (as much as sevenfold).
Clinically insignificant changes in extravascular lung fluid have been noted in research animals subjected to significant changes in COP. This is due to the ability of the lymphatics to dramatically increase the fluid uptake (as much as sevenfold).
182
ALBUMIN Albumin plays a vital role in the body, of which maintaining oncotic pressure is only a part. It plays an important role as a ...................., it reduces microvascular ..........., and it reduces endothelial ................. It is important as a carrier of............. and other ..................substances and affects ..........status and metabolic functions and has .................effects.
ALBUMIN Albumin plays a vital role in the body, of which maintaining oncotic pressure is only a part. It plays an important role as a free radical scavenger, it reduces microvascular permeability, and it reduces endothelial cell apoptosis. It is important as a carrier of drugs and other endogenous substances and affects acid-base status and metabolic functions and has anticoagulant effects.
183
Current recommendations suggest maintaining the albumin concentration at or above .........0 g/dL in patients with acute hypoalbuminemia. Approximately 60% of the albumin is within the interstitial space, so replenishing albumin levels often requires significant volumes of plasma, especially in large dogs.
Current recommendations suggest maintaining the albumin concentration at or above 2.0 g/dL in patients with acute hypoalbuminemia. Approximately 60% of the albumin is within the interstitial space, so replenishing albumin levels often requires significant volumes of plasma, especially in large dogs.
184
POOR PERFUSION (SHOCK) Perfusion is defined as the flow of blood ................... Poor perfusion indicates some degree of cellular shock exists associated with inadequate blood supply and delivery of oxygen to the cells. Waste products (primarily CO2) accumulate as well. The combination leads to .................metabolism and ..................... This can lead to a breakdown in the cellular functions and ultimately cell ......................
POOR PERFUSION (SHOCK) Perfusion is defined as the flow of blood through an organ. Poor perfusion indicates some degree of cellular shock exists associated with inadequate blood supply and delivery of oxygen to the cells. Waste products (primarily CO2) accumulate as well. The combination leads to anaerobic metabolism and acidosis/acidemia. This can lead to a breakdown in the cellular functions and ultimately cell death.
185
Patients presenting in shock often are hypovolemic from fluid loss (.....................) or .................vascular resistance (..............) leading to decreased ................ return, but they may have poor .................. (congestive heart failure) poor blood flow due to ........................... (saddle thrombus).
Patients presenting in shock often are hypovolemic from fluid loss (hemorrhage) or decreased vascular resistance (sepsis) leading to decreased venous return, but they may have poor cardiac output (congestive heart failure) poor blood flow due to circulatory disturbances (saddle thrombus).
186
Hypovolemic shock is the most common and is usually secondary to? (3)
1. secondary to trauma (e.g., whole blood loss), 2. third spacing of fluids (e.g., vasculitis, idiopathic hemorrhagic gastroenteritis, peritonitis), 3. acute severe dehydration (e.g., severe vomiting and/or diarrhea).
187
Understanding the cause helps determine the appropriate treatment. Altered levels of consciousness, weakness, tachycardia (not typically seen in the cat) or bradycardia with weak or absent peripheral pulses, tachypnea or severe bradypnea, pale mucous membranes with delayed or absent capillary refill time and cool extremities all indicate a state of poor perfusion or shock.
Understanding the cause helps determine the appropriate treatment. Altered levels of consciousness, weakness, tachycardia (not typically seen in the cat) or bradycardia with weak or absent peripheral pulses, tachypnea or severe bradypnea, pale mucous membranes with delayed or absent capillary refill time and cool extremities all indicate a state of poor perfusion or shock.
188
BLOOD VOLUME Approximately ......% of the blood volume is in the arteries, .....% is in the capillaries, and ....% is in the veins.
BLOOD VOLUME Approximately 10% of the blood volume is in the arteries, 20% is in the capillaries, and 70% is in the veins.
189
If the blood volume is normal, preload and blood pressure should be normal, assuming the animal is healthy. If a healthy animal's blood volume is low, the animal is hypovolemic, although a combination of changes in systemic vascular resistance and shunting of blood from various tissue beds means ................. may be normal. This can be misleading, since these patients actually require fluids to expand the intravascular space. Patients with hypervolemic states (e.g., congestive heart failure, advanced liver disease, oliguric renal failure) that require fluid therapy often present a significant challenge since continued expansion of the ....................can easily lead to fluid overload.
If the blood volume is normal, preload and blood pressure should be normal, assuming the animal is healthy. If a healthy animal's blood volume is low, the animal is hypovolemic, although a combination of changes in systemic vascular resistance and shunting of blood from various tissue beds means blood pressure may be normal. This can be misleading, since these patients actually require fluids to expand the intravascular space. Patients with hypervolemic states (e.g., congestive heart failure, advanced liver disease, oliguric renal failure) that require fluid therapy often present a significant challenge since continued expansion of the intravascular space can easily lead to fluid overload.
190
In clinical terms preload is the volume .........................
In clinical terms preload is the volume returning to the right side of the heart.
191
Preload is assessed most effectively by measuring central venous pressure (CVP) (normal,.... to ...cm H2O).
Preload is assessed most effectively by measuring central venous pressure (CVP) (normal, 1 to 3 cm H2O).
192
If no central catheter is present, the jugular veins should be clipped and examined for distention and filling. Patients with hypovolemic shock will have flat jugular veins and poor filling when the vein is held off at the thoracic inlet. Patients with diseases that interfere with return of blood to the right side of the heart (e.g., pericardial tamponade, tension pneumothorax) may have distended jugular veins in the face of ................
If no central catheter is present, the jugular veins should be clipped and examined for distention and filling. Patients with hypovolemic shock will have flat jugular veins and poor filling when the vein is held off at the thoracic inlet. Patients with diseases that interfere with return of blood to the right side of the heart (e.g., pericardial tamponade, tension pneumothorax) may have distended jugular veins in the face of hypovolemia.
193
Patients with right-sided heart failure and advanced liver disease generally will have elevated ...........
Patients with right-sided heart failure and advanced liver disease generally will have elevated CVP.
194
Dehydration is caused by inadequate fluid intake for the animal's fluid output leading to a decrease in the fluid level in the............ and ............... spaces. Dehydration is often defined by evaluating clinical parameters such as moistness of mucous membranes, skin turgor, and eye position (Table 129-1); however, these are very subjective and can be difficult to evaluate. At less than 5% dehydrated the patient may not have any physical exam abnormalities. Changes become more evident as dehydration worsens: at 10% to 12% dehydration signs of shock will be evident, and dehydration greater than ...% is associated with impending death.
Dehydration is caused by inadequate fluid intake for the animal's fluid output leading to a decrease in the fluid level in the interstitial and intracellular spaces. Dehydration is often defined by evaluating clinical parameters such as moistness of mucous membranes, skin turgor, and eye position (Table 129-1); however, these are very subjective and can be difficult to evaluate. At less than 5% dehydrated the patient may not have any physical exam abnormalities. Changes become more evident as dehydration worsens: at 10% to 12% dehydration signs of shock will be evident, and dehydration greater than 15% is associated with impending death.
195
Laboratory tests may help with the assessment of dehydration as long as the patient was normal initially. For example an elevated total ......... often indicates dehydration but can be confounded by the presence of ..............globulinemia. An elevated blood ........ ..........is consistent with prerenal azotemia as long as the patient did not have preexisting renal disease or does not have gastrointestinal hemorrhage. A urine specific gravity .............................of normal for the species and hyper........................ are always consistent with dehydration.
Laboratory tests may help with the assessment of dehydration as long as the patient was normal initially.[2] For example an elevated total solids often indicates dehydration but can be confounded by the presence of hyperglobulinemia. An elevated blood urea nitrogen is consistent with prerenal azotemia as long as the patient did not have preexisting renal disease or does not have gastrointestinal hemorrhage. A urine specific gravity above the high range of normal for the species and hyperalbuminemia are always consistent with dehydration.
196
FLUID TYPES Fluids administered to patients are characterized frequently by their ....................... and are considered ................. Fluids are also referred to as being ..........tonic,....tonic, and ......tonic to the patient's serum based on the number of effective .............. in a solution.
Fluids administered to patients are characterized frequently by their osmolality and are considered hyperosmolar, isosmolar, or hypoosmolar. Fluids are also referred to as being hypertonic, isotonic, and hypotonic to the patient's serum based on the number of effective osmoles in a solution.
197
Osmolality is the concentration of ................................... in a kilogram of solution. It is dependent solely on the number of ............. and is not affected by size, weight, or charge of the particle. Osmolarity is the number of particles per litre of solvent. Normal osmolality for dogs is 290 to 310 mOsm/kg and 308 to 335 mOsm/kg in cats.
Osmolality is the concentration of osmotically active particles in a kilogram of solution. It is dependent solely on the number of particles and is not affected by size, weight, or charge of the particle. Osmolarity is the number of particles per litre of solvent. Normal osmolality for dogs is 290 to 310 mOsm/kg and 308 to 335 mOsm/kg in cats. (osmolality can be calculated from a formula).
198
Osmoles may be effective or ineffective. Effective osmoles generate ...................—the ability to cause water to shift from one compartment to another. If the membrane separating the two compartments is permeable to the solute in question, the osmole is ineffective. Urea is an osmole but is generally ineffective since it is ............................... Glucose is an effective osmole since it will..........................without the addition of ............ Tonicity refers to the ...............
Osmoles may be effective or ineffective. Effective osmoles generate osmotic pressure—the ability to cause water to shift from one compartment to another. If the membrane separating the two compartments is permeable to the solute in question, the osmole is ineffective. Urea is an osmole but is generally ineffective since it is permeable across most membranes. Glucose is an effective osmole since it will not pass across most membranes without the addition of insulin. Tonicity refers to the effective osmolality
199
Crystalloids Crystalloids are aqueous solutions of ................... (usually predominantly.............and..............) or other water-soluble molecules that are capable of distributing to all fluid compartments. They include replacement fluids, maintenance fluids, and fluids such as 5% dextrose in water.
Crystalloids Crystalloids are aqueous solutions of mineral salts (usually predominantly sodium and chloride) or other water-soluble molecules that are capable of distributing to all fluid compartments. They include replacement fluids, maintenance fluids, and fluids such as 5% dextrose in water.
200
Crystalloids are generally .......smolar; however, they become ..........osmolar once other medications or supplements are added to the fluids. This may be important to patient therapy.
Crystalloids are generally isosmolar; however, they become hyperosmolar once other medications or supplements are added to the fluids. This may be important to patient therapy.
201
All of the replacement fluids, except ..............., are hypotonic in the cat.
All of the replacement fluids, except for 0.9% saline, are hypotonic in the cat.
202
Replacement crystalloids have electrolyte concentrations that resemble the ................... Commonly used replacement fluids are 0.9% saline, lactated Ringer's solution, and Normosol-R or Plasmalyte-A (Table 129-2).
Replacement crystalloids have electrolyte concentrations that resemble the extracellular fluid. Commonly used replacement fluids are 0.9% saline, lactated Ringer's solution, and Normosol-R or Plasmalyte-A (Table 129-2).
203
Since approximately 75% of extracellular fluid is in the .......................space, crystalloids will rapidly redistribute, and after as short a period of time as 20 to 60 minutes only approximately ........% of the administered volume will remain in the circulation. This number may be even smaller in the face of increased vascular permeability. The remainder of the fluid will be in the ............... minus a small amount that will have been lost via the ........... This increase in interstitial fluid can lead to tissue edema, which decreases the ability of oxygen to diffuse to the cells.
Since approximately 75% of extracellular fluid is in the interstitial space, crystalloids will rapidly redistribute, and after as short a period of time as 20 to 60 minutes only approximately 25% of the administered volume will remain in the circulation. This number may be even smaller in the face of increased vascular permeability. The remainder of the fluid will be in the interstitium minus a small amount that will have been lost via the urine. This increase in interstitial fluid can lead to tissue edema, which decreases the ability of oxygen to diffuse to the cells.
204
Interstitial edema may be extremely detrimental in cases of cerebral edema and pulmonary edema. On a short-term basis crystalloids will expand the intravascular space, but this effect will be temporary. Replacement crystalloids should be thought of as ........................rehydrators, not ............... volume expanders.
Interstitial edema may be extremely detrimental in cases of cerebral edema and pulmonary edema. On a short-term basis crystalloids will expand the intravascular space, but this effect will be temporary. Replacement crystalloids should be thought of as interstitial rehydrators, not intravascular volume expanders.
205
All of the replacement crystalloids except for ............contain a buffer. Buffered solutions usually contain ..............., which when metabolized produce...................
All of the replacement crystalloids except for 0.9% saline contain a buffer. Buffered solutions usually contain lactate, gluconate, or acetate, which when metabolized produce bicarbonate.
206
Lactate must be metabolized in the........... Significant liver dysfunction must be present in order for the lactate in lactated Ringer's solution to cause a clinically significant problem.
Lactate must be metabolized in the liver. Significant liver dysfunction must be present in order for the lactate in lactated Ringer's solution to cause a clinically significant problem.
207
Solutions buffered with acetate and gluconate (e.g., Plasmalyte-A, Noromsol-R) have theoretical advantages over lactated Ringer's solution in that ......... can metabolize the acetate and gluconate and the amount of buffer present in these solutions is almost ................. the amount in lactated Ringer's solution.
Solutions buffered with acetate and gluconate (e.g., Plasmalyte-A, Noromsol-R) have theoretical advantages over lactated Ringer's solution in that muscle can metabolize the acetate and gluconate and the amount of buffer present in these solutions is almost double the amount in lactated Ringer's solution.
208
Concerns have been raised about the routine use of lactated Ringer's solution due to the adverse effects of the lactate, including .............priming and worsening of cellular .................... Buffered solutions are usually indicated for resuscitating patients in shock as well as routine use in patients that require a replacement fluid.
Concerns have been raised about the routine use of lactated Ringer's solution due to the adverse effects of the lactate, including neutrophil priming and worsening of cellular apoptosis. Buffered solutions are usually indicated for resuscitating patients in shock as well as routine use in patients that require a replacement fluid.
209
Due to its ........................... nature, 0.9% saline should generally be reserved for patients with....................................................................................(3) It is important to note that electrolyte abnormalities cannot be corrected in patients with any of these three conditions without infusion of saline.
Due to its acidifying nature, 0.9% saline should generally be reserved for patients with 1. gastric outflow obstructions, 2. patients with hypoadrenocorticism, and 3. patients with hypercalcemia. It is important to note that electrolyte abnormalities cannot be corrected in patients with any of these three conditions without infusion of saline.
210
Maintenance crystalloids contain electrolyte concentrations designed to match normal daily electrolyte losses in urine and feces. They contain much less .......... (40 to 60 mEq/L) and more ............ (15 to 30 mEq/L) than a replacement crystalloid (see Table 129-2). Maintenance fluids are isotonic in the bag due to the added ........; however, the ............. is rapidly metabolized to free water, making the solution .................
Maintenance crystalloids contain electrolyte concentrations designed to match normal daily electrolyte losses in urine and feces. They contain much less sodium (40 to 60 mEq/L) and more potassium (15 to 30 mEq/L) than a replacement crystalloid (see Table 129-2). Maintenance fluids are isotonic in the bag due to the added dextrose; however, the dextrose is rapidly metabolized to free water, making the solution hypotonic.
211
Maintenance crystalloids should be used in patients who are unable to drink, and, therefore, have a free-water requirement, but only have ongoing electrolyte losses through normal urine and feces production. Maintenance fluids should also be used in those who will not tolerate the sodium load of a replacement fluid such as patients with .....................(3)
Maintenance crystalloids should be used in patients who are unable to drink, and, therefore, have a free-water requirement, but only have ongoing electrolyte losses through normal urine and feces production. Maintenance fluids should also be used in those who will not tolerate the sodium load of a replacement fluid such as patients with heart failure, severe liver disease, or oliguric renal failure.
212
Dextrose 5% in water is a ......................... fluid and should not be used for fluid resuscitation. It is .......tonic and may cause ............... and red cell ......... It is typically used to replace free-water deficits or as a diluent for medications that need to be administered via constant rate infusion. It should never be given as a large volume bolus since the rapid decrease in osmolality can lead to life-threatening ....................... Dextrose 5% in water only contains 200 kcal/L and does not contain sufficient energy to keep up with patient caloric requirements.
Dextrose 5% in water is a nonelectrolyte fluid and should not be used for fluid resuscitation. It is hypotonic and may cause fluid shifts and red cell lysis. It is typically used to replace free-water deficits or as a diluent for medications that need to be administered via constant rate infusion. It should never be given as a large volume bolus since the rapid decrease in osmolality can lead to life-threatening cerebral edema. Dextrose 5% in water only contains 200 kcal/L and does not contain sufficient energy to keep up with patient caloric requirements.
213
Hypertonic saline is a .......... crystalloid fluid. It is usually given as a ...% solution (2600 mOsm/L). The hyperosmolarity leads to extremely rapid ............... expansion by drawing fluids from the interstitial and intracellular space into the ................... space. It can produce an intravascular volume expansion equivalent to that of ........... but at one ........... the volume. Because it is a crystalloid it will rapidly redistribute, similar to all other sodium chloride–based solutions; however, its effects can be prolonged by concurrent administration of a colloid. It also appears to have immunomodulatory effects including decreasing mesenteric ......... production and eliminating ..........priming, which decreases susceptibility to ............. following hemorrhagic shock. It is used in resuscitation of severe ................. shock and is the fluid of choice in patients who are in extremis due to its rapid onset of action as well as efficacy. It should be used with caution in patients with uncontrolled internal hemorrhage
Hypertonic saline is a hyperosmolar crystalloid fluid. It is usually given as a 7.5% solution (2600 mOsm/L). The hyperosmolarity leads to extremely rapid intravascular volume expansion by drawing fluids from the interstitial and intracellular space into the intravascular space. It can produce an intravascular volume expansion equivalent to that of colloids but at one fourth the volume. Because it is a crystalloid it will rapidly redistribute, similar to all other sodium chloride–based solutions; however, its effects can be prolonged by concurrent administration of a colloid. It also appears to have immunomodulatory effects including decreasing mesenteric lymph production and eliminating neutrophil priming, which decreases susceptibility to sepsis following hemorrhagic shock.[3] It is used in resuscitation of severe hypovolemic shock and is the fluid of choice in patients who are in extremis due to its rapid onset of action as well as efficacy. It should be used with caution in patients with uncontrolled internal hemorrhage
214
Colloids Colloids are effective ................... volume expanders. They are fluids containing .........–molecular weight substances that generally are not able to pass through capillary membranes. The colloid osmotic pressure they exert is related to the size of the molecule: the smaller the size of the molecule the higher the ............pressure since more smaller particles fit in a volume of fluid than larger molecules. The larger the molecule, the ............. Examples include synthetic colloids such as the gelatins, dextrans, hydroxyethyl starches, and hemoglobin-based oxygen-carrying solutions, and natural colloids such as whole blood, plasma, and human serum albumin
Colloids Colloids are effective intravascular volume expanders. They are fluids containing high–molecular weight substances that generally are not able to pass through capillary membranes. The colloid osmotic pressure they exert is related to the size of the molecule: the smaller the size of the molecule the higher the initial oncotic pressure since more smaller particles fit in a volume of fluid than larger molecules. The larger the molecule, the longer it lasts. Examples include synthetic colloids such as the gelatins, dextrans, hydroxyethyl starches, and hemoglobin-based oxygen-carrying solutions, and natural colloids such as whole blood, plasma, and human serum albumin
215
Gelatins are hyperosmolar fluids produced from bovine gelatin. Dextrans are polysaccharides produced by the bacterium Leukonostoc in a sucrose media. Hydroxyethyl starch is a molecule made from maize or sorghum that is primarily an amylopectin. Pentastarch is a slightly lower molecular weight hydroxyethyl starch with an average molecular weight of 264,000 Daltons. Synthetic colloids are indicated when the patient is hypovolemic and has a low colloid osmotic pressure. Conditions including acute hemorrhage or loss of albumin (“third-spacing”) due to increased vascular permeability such as SIRS (systemic inflammatory response syndrome) and sepsis frequently lead to low oncotic pressure.
Gelatins are hyperosmolar fluids produced from bovine gelatin. Dextrans are polysaccharides produced by the bacterium Leukonostoc in a sucrose media. Hydroxyethyl starch is a molecule made from maize or sorghum that is primarily an amylopectin. Pentastarch is a slightly lower molecular weight hydroxyethyl starch with an average molecular weight of 264,000 Daltons. Synthetic colloids are indicated when the patient is hypovolemic and has a low colloid osmotic pressure. Conditions including acute hemorrhage or loss of albumin (“third-spacing”) due to increased vascular permeability such as SIRS (systemic inflammatory response syndrome) and sepsis frequently lead to low oncotic pressure.
216
Since most patients in shock require sustained intravascular volume expansion, colloids are indicated frequently during fluid resuscitation. Sequential volumes of 5 mL/kg to a maximum of 20 mL/kg in the dog and 15 mL/kg in the cat are given during resuscitation. Synthetic colloids can be given as a slow intravenous push in dogs but should be given over 15 to 20 minutes in cats because hypotension will worsen temporarily in some cats following a rapid infusion. Patients with SIRS or sepsis with ongoing losses of albumin frequently require constant rate infusions of a synthetic colloid until the inflammation has subsided. During constant rate infusions of colloids crystalloid infusion volumes are decreased by 40% to 60% of what would be calculated if crystalloids alone were being used. If volumes greater than 20 mL/kg/day are infused, the patient should be monitored for the possible onset of a dilutional coagulopathy.
Since most patients in shock require sustained intravascular volume expansion, colloids are indicated frequently during fluid resuscitation. Sequential volumes of 5 mL/kg to a maximum of 20 mL/kg in the dog and 15 mL/kg in the cat are given during resuscitation. Synthetic colloids can be given as a slow intravenous push in dogs but should be given over 15 to 20 minutes in cats because hypotension will worsen temporarily in some cats following a rapid infusion. Patients with SIRS or sepsis with ongoing losses of albumin frequently require constant rate infusions of a synthetic colloid until the inflammation has subsided. During constant rate infusions of colloids crystalloid infusion volumes are decreased by 40% to 60% of what would be calculated if crystalloids alone were being used. If volumes greater than 20 mL/kg/day are infused, the patient should be monitored for the possible onset of a dilutional coagulopathy.
217
Hemoglobin-Based Oxygen Carriers The only hemoglobin-based oxygen-carrying (HBOC) solution currently approved for use in veterinary medicine is Oxyglobin (Biopure, Cambridge, Mass.), which is a purified, polymerized ............... hemoglobin that is in a modified................. solution. It has many properties that make it a valuable fluid during resuscitation. It is isosmotic and has an average molecular weight of 200,000 Da, making it a very effective colloid, and a pH of 7.8. Its oxygen affinity is dependent upon the............ ion concentration not the concentration of 2,3-diphosphoglycerate (2,3-DPG). This provides a distinct advantage over canine blood that has been stored longer than 1 week, which may have significantly depleted .............. levels lead to increased oxygen ................. and decreased oxygen ............at the tissue level. In addition, the normal oxygen affinity of Oxyglobin is lower than that of normal canine blood, which enhances ............ of oxygen to the tissues. It has a lower ...............than canine blood, which may improve microvascular flow. Because it is a smaller molecule than red cells, it is able to perfuse vasoconstricted tissue beds that red cells cannot pass through. It has ........... properties that are of benefit in shock; however, concerns have been raised about excessive ...............................
Hemoglobin-Based Oxygen Carriers The only hemoglobin-based oxygen-carrying (HBOC) solution currently approved for use in veterinary medicine is Oxyglobin (Biopure, Cambridge, Mass.), which is a purified, polymerized bovine hemoglobin that is in a modified lactated Ringer's solution. It has many properties that make it a valuable fluid during resuscitation.[11] It is isosmotic and has an average molecular weight of 200,000 Da, making it a very effective colloid, and a pH of 7.8. Its oxygen affinity is dependent upon the chloride ion concentration not the concentration of 2,3-diphosphoglycerate (2,3-DPG). This provides a distinct advantage over canine blood that has been stored longer than 1 week, which may have significantly depleted 2,3-DPG levels lead to increased oxygen binding and decreased oxygen delivery at the tissue level. In addition, the normal oxygen affinity of Oxyglobin is lower than that of normal canine blood, which enhances delivery of oxygen to the tissues. It has a lower viscosity than canine blood, which may improve microvascular flow. Because it is a smaller molecule than red cells, it is able to perfuse vasoconstricted tissue beds that red cells cannot pass through. It has vasconstricting properties that are of benefit in shock; however, concerns have been raised about excessive vasoconstriction in some tissue beds—especially the lung, where pulmonary hypertension may result.
218
Oxyglobin can be administered via standard intravenous administration sets, and standard intravenous infusion pumps can be used for delivery. Because it contains no ...................., cross-matching is ..................... and there is no possibility of transfusion reactions. Filters are not required. It can be kept at room temperature and has a 3-year shelf life, which makes it useful for hospitals that cannot keep blood products readily available. Once opened, the bag must be discarded within 24 hours due to the production of methemoglobin.
Oxyglobin can be administered via standard intravenous administration sets, and standard intravenous infusion pumps can be used for delivery. Because it contains no antigens, cross-matching is not required and there is no possibility of transfusion reactions. Filters are not required. It can be kept at room temperature and has a 3-year shelf life, which makes it useful for hospitals that cannot keep blood products readily available. Once opened, the bag must be discarded within 24 hours due to the production of methemoglobin.
219
Oxyglobin is up to..................times more effective than blood when given during fluid resuscitation to animals in hemorrhagic shock. For this reason, low volumes of Oxyglobin can be used effectively to treat hemorrhagic shock. It has a short half-life (30 to 40 hours); however, the length of clinical benefit is currently unknown. Primary effects last about................. hours, and 90% of the Oxyglobin is eliminated in 5 to 7 days.
Oxyglobin is up to 10 times more effective than blood when given during fluid resuscitation to animals in hemorrhagic shock. For this reason, low volumes of Oxyglobin can be used effectively to treat hemorrhagic shock. It has a short half-life (30 to 40 hours); however, the length of clinical benefit is currently unknown. Primary effects last about 24 hours, and 90% of the Oxyglobin is eliminated in 5 to 7 days.
220
HBOCs are indicated during ............. when increased oxygen delivery to tissues is desired. Administration of HBOCs also is indicated in ................ patients but must be used with caution in patients that are .................. (e.g., those with immune-mediate hemolytic anemia), and should be used with extreme caution in patients that are .................(e.g., patients with congestive heart failure or oliguric/anuric renal failure) because of its potent .......................pressure.
HBOCs are indicated during resuscitation when increased oxygen delivery to tissues is desired. Administration of HBOCs also is indicated in anemic patients but must be used with caution in patients that are euvolemic (e.g., those with immune-mediate hemolytic anemia), and should be used with extreme caution in patients that are hypervolemic (e.g., patients with congestive heart failure or oliguric/anuric renal failure) because of its potent oncotic pressure.
221
Since cats appear to be more predisposed to rapid onset of..................when fluid overload occurs, Oxyglobin should be infused over a minimum of.....hours in euvolemic cats.
Since cats appear to be more predisposed to rapid onset of pulmonary edema when fluid overload occurs, Oxyglobin should be infused over a minimum of 8 hours in euvolemic cats.
222
Low-volume resuscitation with Oxyglobin may restore ...................metabolism, although hypovolemia, hypotension, and low cardiac output persist.
Low-volume resuscitation with Oxyglobin may restore aerobic metabolism, although hypovolemia, hypotension, and low cardiac output persist.
223
The hemoglobin is dissolved in the plasma, and some is able to diffuse into the ................, which makes it a very effective ....................... solution. Therefore, the amount of Oxyglobin administered should be based on clinical signs rather than a specific target hemoglobin concentration. Doses of Oxyglobin as low as 3 to 5 mL/kg may be effective in improving tissue oxygen delivery in moderate shock, and doses as low as 7 to 8 mL/kg may be all that is indicated in severe hemorrhagic shock.The daily volume administered should not exceed 30 mL/kg/day.
The hemoglobin is dissolved in the plasma, and some is able to diffuse into the interstitium, which makes it a very effective oxygen-carrying solution. Therefore, the amount of Oxyglobin administered should be based on clinical signs rather than a specific target hemoglobin concentration. Doses of Oxyglobin as low as 3 to 5 mL/kg may be effective in improving tissue oxygen delivery in moderate shock, and doses as low as 7 to 8 mL/kg may be all that is indicated in severe hemorrhagic shock.[12] The daily volume administered should not exceed 30 mL/kg/day.
224
Side effects of oxyglobin?
Discoloration of mucous membranes, sclera, and urine, which affects patient monitoring. Measurements of many serum tests are affected for at least 24 to 72 hours after administration of Oxyglobin. A list of which tests are accurate with different analyzers is available. Packed cell volumes do not correlate with hemoglobin; therefore, hemoglobin levels should to be measured directly if an accurate measurement is indicated. Mild gastrointestinal effects have been reported but are very rare.
225
Human Albumin Human albumin, made from pooled human ................., is a concentrated source of albumin. At a 25% concentration the COP is 200 mm Hg, making it a very potent colloid that is able to expand the ................. by 4 to 5 times the volume infused. It is also hyperosmolar at 1500 mOsm/L. Because of these combined effects, the risk for ............... in a patient that is only mildly hypovolemic or euvolemic is high. It provides all the beneficial effects of albumin (see above).
Human Albumin Human albumin, made from pooled human plasma, is a concentrated source of albumin. At a 25% concentration the COP is 200 mm Hg, making it a very potent colloid that is able to expand the intravascular volume by 4 to 5 times the volume infused. It is also hyperosmolar at 1500 mOsm/L. Because of these combined effects, the risk for fluid overload in a patient that is only mildly hypovolemic or euvolemic is high. It provides all the beneficial effects of albumin (see above).
226
The fluid infusion should be considered a transfusion with all the potential for both acute reactions such as .................... and delayed ................. reactions such as ................. and .......................that may not show up for several weeks. Once patients have been exposed to the human serum albumin, they will develop ................... and transfusions should never be administered again during the life of the patient (severe allergic reactions may make human albumin a product to be used only if no other options are available).
The fluid infusion should be considered a transfusion with all the potential for both acute reactions such as facial swelling, fever, vomiting and anaphylaxis and delayed immune-mediated reactions such as polyarthritis and vasculitis that may not show up for several weeks. Once patients have been exposed to the human serum albumin, they will develop antibodies and transfusions should never be administered again during the life of the patient (severe allergic reactions may make human albumin a product to be used only if no other options are available).
227
Natural Colloids Natural colloids include ..................... (fresh, stored, or autotransfused), ................... (although the oncotic pressure of packed red blood cells is very low), and .............. If the patient is acutely anemic, administration of .................. may be required. In the critical acutely anemic patient the goal should be to maintain a hematocrit of approximately ......% in the dog and .......% in the cat.
Natural colloids include whole blood (fresh, stored, or autotransfused), packed red blood cells (although the oncotic pressure of packed red blood cells is very low), and plasma. (The reader is referred to Chapter 142 for further information.) If the patient is acutely anemic, administration of red blood cells may be required. In the critical acutely anemic patient the goal should be to maintain a hematocrit of approximately 30% in the dog and 27% in the cat.
228
Autotransfused blood is the simplest to give but has a potential for significant side effects. Blood should be collected aseptically into sterile containers and administered with a filter. The need to anticoagulate is somewhat controversial since blood collected from body cavities tends to lack ............... and ........... and is not able to clot.
Autotransfused blood is the simplest to give but has a potential for significant side effects. Blood should be collected aseptically into sterile containers and administered with a filter. The need to anticoagulate is somewhat controversial since blood collected from body cavities tends to lack platelets and fibrin and is not able to clot.
229
If a large volume of autotransfused blood is administered, .............................. should be transfused to minimize the likelihood of ...........................developing. Ideally blood from the abdomen should not be used until it has been determined that there is no ......................(e.g., from a ruptured bowel). In emergency situations only, the blood may have to be used without aseptic collection or knowing whether it is contaminated, and may be delivered without a filter.
If a large volume of autotransfused blood is administered, fresh frozen plasma should be transfused to minimize the likelihood of disseminated intravascular coagulation developing. Ideally blood from the abdomen should not be used until it has been determined that there is no gross contamination (e.g., from a ruptured bowel). In emergency situations only, the blood may have to be used without aseptic collection or knowing whether it is contaminated, and may be delivered without a filter.
230
Unless the blood type of the recipient and donor are known, all recipients of a ................–containing transfusion ideally should have a .......... and ....... crossmatch. Dogs who are in danger of dying and have never received a transfusion usually can be transfused without a .............., but the patient should be monitored closely for any immune-mediated reactions including delayed reactions that may not show up for several weeks.
Unless the blood type of the recipient and donor are known, all recipients of a red cell–containing transfusion ideally should have a major and minor crossmatch. Dogs who are in danger of dying and have never received a transfusion usually can be transfused without a crossmatch, but the patient should be monitored closely for any immune-mediated reactions including delayed reactions that may not show up for several weeks.
231
Since cats have naturally occurring .......antibodies, they must be ....... or ideally ......... prior to transfusing since even a few drops of type ...... blood given to a type ..... cat can cause death.
Since cats have naturally occurring alloantibodies, they must be typed or ideally crossmatched prior to transfusing since even a few drops of type A blood given to a type B cat can cause death.
232
If a large volume of anticoagulated blood was infused, ................. levels should be closely monitored. The ........... will bind the serum calcium causing a clinically significant .....................
If a large volume of anticoagulated blood was infused, calcium levels should be closely monitored. The citrate will bind the serum calcium causing a clinically significant hypocalcemia.
233
Patients with acute .......................... (less than ....0 g/dL) should receive a source of albumin to maintain the albumin as close to ....0 g/dL as possible. It takes approximately 15 to 20 mL/kg of plasma to raise the albumin ....... g/dL assuming no ongoing losses.
Patients with acute hypoalbuminemia (less than 2.0 g/dL) should receive a source of albumin to maintain the albumin as close to 2.0 g/dL as possible. It takes approximately 15 to 20 mL/kg of plasma to raise the albumin 0.5 g/dL assuming no ongoing losses.
234
Known coagulopathic patients should receive coagulation factors (...............or ................. depending on the situation) as soon as possible. Patients with SIRS or sepsis are often at risk for becoming coagulopathic, and transfusion should be considered as soon as signs of coagulation abnormalities are noted. Plasma also provides a source of .............., which binds the activated and liberated proteases in patients with pancreatitis and therefore has some as yet clinically unproven benefits in these patients.
Known coagulopathic patients should receive coagulation factors (fresh blood or fresh frozen plasma depending on the situation) as soon as possible. Patients with SIRS or sepsis are often at risk for becoming coagulopathic, and transfusion should be considered as soon as signs of coagulation abnormalities are noted. Plasma also provides a source of α-macroglobulin, which binds the activated and liberated proteases in patients with pancreatitis and therefore has some as yet clinically unproven benefits in these patients.
235
Blood and blood products are typically infused over 2 to 6 hours; however, they can be infused as fast as necessary to restore perfusion parameters in patients who need rapid volume resuscitation.
Blood and blood products are typically infused over 2 to 6 hours; however, they can be infused as fast as necessary to restore perfusion parameters in patients who need rapid volume resuscitation.
236
Administration: The intraosseous route typically can be used safely to administer any fluid that would be administered via a central catheter. The exception to this is hypertonic saline, which should not be infused intraosseously until further data are available since it has been shown experimentally to cause myonecrosis.
The intraosseous route typically can be used safely to administer any fluid that would be administered via a central catheter. The exception to this is hypertonic saline, which should not be infused intraosseously until further data are available since it has been shown experimentally to cause myonecrosis.
237
Based on Poiseuille's law, flow is directly proportional to the .......... to the ........ power and indirectly proportional to ..........; therefore, a large-gauge, short catheter will allow the most rapid administration rates.
Based on Poiseuille's law, flow is directly proportional to the radius to the fourth power and indirectly proportional to length; therefore, a large-gauge, short catheter will allow the most rapid administration rates.
238
Ideally, significantly hyperosmolar fluids (greater than approximately 550 mOsm/L) should be infused via a central catheter. If this is not possible, the smallest gauge catheter possible should be inserted. The small gauge of the catheter encourages blood flow around the catheter, which helps dilute the hyperosmolar fluid and prevent phlebitis. Subcutaneous fluids should be given with caution in cats with occult cardiomyopathy since the sudden absorption of a large volume of fluid can precipitate congestive heart failure.
Ideally, significantly hyperosmolar fluids (greater than approximately 550 mOsm/L) should be infused via a central catheter. If this is not possible, the smallest gauge catheter possible should be inserted. The small gauge of the catheter encourages blood flow around the catheter, which helps dilute the hyperosmolar fluid and prevent phlebitis. Subcutaneous fluids should be given with caution in cats with occult cardiomyopathy since the sudden absorption of a large volume of fluid can precipitate congestive heart failure.
239
Moderate to large volumes of subcutaneous fluids should also be given with caution in patients with polyuric renal failure and hypokalemia. Why?
Moderate to large volumes of subcutaneous fluids should also be given with caution in patients with polyuric renal failure and hypokalemia since the ensuing diuresis can lead to a hypokalemia severe enough to cause severe muscle weakness. Irritating or hypertonic fluids should not be given subcutaneously.
240
Fluids are chosen based more on an understanding of the pathophysiology behind a disease process than on a diagnosis. Significant volumes of ..................... ideally should be replaced with ..................
Fluids are chosen based more on an understanding of the pathophysiology behind a disease process than on a diagnosis. Significant volumes of whole blood loss ideally should be replaced with whole blood.
241
Patients with protein-losing enteritis should ideally receive a combination of .....................-containing fluids and ............-containing fluids. Patients with pure water and electrolyte loss should receive a fluid that replaces the water and electrolytes. Evaluation of recent laboratory tests such as hematocrit, albumin, glucose, electrolytes, urea, creatinine, and blood gases also can help guide the choice of fluid.
Patients with protein-losing enteritis should ideally receive a combination of electrolyte-containing fluids and albumin-containing fluids. Patients with pure water and electrolyte loss should receive a fluid that replaces the water and electrolytes. Evaluation of recent laboratory tests such as hematocrit, albumin, glucose, electrolytes, urea, creatinine, and blood gases also can help guide the choice of fluid.
242
Figure 129-1 Algorithm to formulate a fluid therapy plan. PCV, Packed cell volume.
Figure 129-1 Algorithm to formulate a fluid therapy plan. PCV, Packed cell volume.
243
FLUID ADDITIVES Fluid additives are often required as a part of patient therapy. The most common are potassium (Table 129-4) and dextrose. The amount of potassium to be added to the fluid should be adjusted based on the fluid being administered, the patient's underlying disease, the patient's pH and serum potassium concentration, and the rate of fluid administration. A rate of ........ mEq/kg/hr ideally should not be exceeded without close cardiac monitoring. Potassium along with other electrolytes should be checked daily—more frequently if the potassium supplementation rate is high or there are concerns for severe, ongoing losses.
FLUID ADDITIVES Fluid additives are often required as a part of patient therapy. The most common are potassium (Table 129-4) and dextrose. The amount of potassium to be added to the fluid should be adjusted based on the fluid being administered, the patient's underlying disease, the patient's pH and serum potassium concentration, and the rate of fluid administration. A rate of 0.5 mEq/kg/hr ideally should not be exceeded without close cardiac monitoring. Potassium along with other electrolytes should be checked daily—more frequently if the potassium supplementation rate is high or there are concerns for severe, ongoing losses.
244
SERUM POTASSIUM CONCENTRATION 3.5-5.5 mEq/L: 3.0-3.5 mEq/L: 2.5-3.0 mEq/L: 2.0-2.5 mEq/L: <2.0 mEq/L: RECOMMENDED CONCENTRATION IN FLUID??
RECOMMENDED CONCENTRATION IN FLUID 3.5-5.5 mEq/L: 20 mEq/L 3.0-3.5 mEq/L: 30 mEq/L 2.5-3.0 mEq/L: 40 mEq/L 2.0-2.5 mEq/L: 60 mEq/L <2.0 mEq/L: 80 mEq/L
245
The addition of medications increases the .......... of the fluids. This is rarely a problem but should be evaluated on a patient-by-patient basis. Additives should always be checked for compatibility with the fluid being used as a diluent to ensure the ...... or the ........ of the fluid will not inactivate the medication or cause it to precipitate. Compatibility with other medications or fluids that are being infused through the same intravenous line also should be checked. For instance, calcium-containing fluids should not be administered concurrently through the same line as blood products anticoagulated with .............. since the resultant ............... may be detrimental to the patient. Additives should be checked carefully for light stability.
The addition of medications increases the osmolality of the fluids. This is rarely a problem but should be evaluated on a patient-by-patient basis. Additives should always be checked for compatibility with the fluid being used as a diluent to ensure the pH or the constituents of the fluid will not inactivate the medication or cause it to precipitate. Compatibility with other medications or fluids that are being infused through the same intravenous line also should be checked. For instance, calcium-containing fluids should not be administered concurrently through the same line as blood products anticoagulated with ............. since the resultant ..................... may be detrimental to the patient. Additives should be checked carefully for light stability.
246
Fluid should be infused until signs of perfusion have normalized. In an ideal situation this would mean that the heart rate is normalized, blood pressure (systolic pressure of 100 to 120 mm Hg, diastolic pressure of 60 to 80 mm Hg) and CVP (.... to .... cm H2O) are normalized, mucous membrane color and capillary refill time are normalized, temperature (toe web and central) is normalized, and urine output is normalized.
Fluid should be infused until signs of perfusion have normalized. In an ideal situation this would mean that the heart rate is normalized, blood pressure (systolic pressure of 100 to 120 mm Hg, diastolic pressure of 60 to 80 mm Hg) and CVP (6 to 9 cm H2O) are normalized, mucous membrane color and capillary refill time are normalized, temperature (toe web and central) is normalized, and urine output is normalized.
247
If blood pressure measurement is not available, the strength of ...................... (dorsal metatarsal) should be assessed rather than ................. pulses. Ideally, blood gas values and/or lactate concentrations should also be used to help determine the effectiveness of resuscitation
If blood pressure measurement is not available, the strength of peripheral pulses (dorsal metatarsal) should be assessed rather than femoral pulses. Ideally, blood gas values and/or lactate concentrations should also be used to help determine the effectiveness of resuscitation
248
If blood volume has been maximized based on estimation of jugular venous distention, measurement of CVP, or evidence of fluid overload, but the patient is still hypotensive, positive inotropes or vasopressors may be required.
If blood volume has been maximized based on estimation of jugular venous distention, measurement of CVP, or evidence of fluid overload, but the patient is still hypotensive, positive inotropes or vasopressors may be required.
249
More specific goals recently defined for septic human patients in order to reduce morbidity include achieving a mean arterial pressure of greater than ...... mm Hg, a CVP of .... to .... cm H2O, a urine output greater than ........ mL/kg/hr, and a central venous oxygen saturation of ........%. These goals remain untested in dogs and cats; however, they may prove to be of value
More specific goals recently defined for septic human patients in order to reduce morbidity include achieving a mean arterial pressure of greater than 65 mm Hg, a CVP of 6 to 9 cm H2O, a urine output greater than 0.5 mL/kg/hr, and a central venous oxygen saturation of 70%. These goals remain untested in dogs and cats; however, they may prove to be of value
250
The maximum fluid volume to be infused is chosen to some extent based on the blood volume of the patient, which in the dog is approximately ......... mL/kg and in the cat is ........ mL/kg. Fluids should be given as fast as necessary to resuscitate the patient. Because of the rapid .................... rate of crystalloid fluids, very rapid boluses are required in order to determine if the patient is responding to volume infusion.
The maximum fluid volume to be infused is chosen to some extent based on the blood volume of the patient, which in the dog is approximately 80 mL/kg and in the cat is 60 mL/kg. Fluids should be given as fast as necessary to resuscitate the patient. Because of the rapid redistribution rate of crystalloid fluids, very rapid boluses are required in order to determine if the patient is responding to volume infusion.
251
Resuscitation is usually started with a bolus of 20 to 30 mL/kg of a buffered, balanced electrolyte solution. This volume is reduced by approximately .........% in cats. Doses of .... mL/kg of a 7.5% saline solution are given to dogs and.... to .... mL/kg to cats for patients in extremis
Resuscitation is usually started with a bolus of 20 to 30 mL/kg of a buffered, balanced electrolyte solution. This volume is reduced by approximately 30% in cats. Doses of 4 mL/kg of a 7.5% saline solution are given to dogs and 2 to 4 mL/kg to cats for patients in extremis.
252
. If the patient is suspected—based on clinical presentation, lack of response to an initial bolus of crystalloids, or initial lab work—of having a low colloid osmotic pressure, synthetic colloids are used during initial resuscitation with sequential boluses of .....mL/kg to a maximum of ......ml/kg in the dog and ......mL/kg in the cat to improve the blood volume and blood pressure to the desired end point. Doses of Oxyglobin of ... to .... mL/kg can be given in lieu of other synthetic colloids.
If the patient is suspected—based on clinical presentation, lack of response to an initial bolus of crystalloids, or initial lab work—of having a low colloid osmotic pressure, synthetic colloids are used during initial resuscitation with sequential boluses of 5 mL/kg to a maximum of 20 ml/kg in the dog and 15 mL/kg in the cat to improve the blood volume and blood pressure to the desired end point. Doses of Oxyglobin of 3 to 5 mL/kg can be given in lieu of other synthetic colloids.
253
Patients that appeared stable can rapidly destabilize secondary to conditions such as........?
Ongoing hemorrhage, ongoing losses through vomiting, diarrhea, polyuria, or third-space losses, as well as movement of crystalloids out of the vascular space.
254
HYPOTENSIVE RESUSCITATION Hypotensive resuscitation refers to a controversial form of resuscitation provided to trauma patients that may still be actively hemorrhaging internally. It involves the use of limited fluid resuscitation until the hemorrhage is controlled. The systolic blood pressure is maintained between approximately 80 and 100 mm Hg with the goal being to avoid increased hemorrhage from normotension or hypertension that might cause fragile clots to be disrupted. This not only helps prevent loss of hemoglobin but also other plasma proteins including albumin and clotting factors. Dilution of clotting factors from excessive administration of crystalloids or synthetic colloids also is avoided. There is danger of maintaining inadequate perfusion to various organs, especially the gastrointestinal tract, kidneys, muscles, and skin, since the patient is not being adequately resuscitated. The advantage is that severe hemorrhage may ultimately be controlled without requiring administration of multiple units of blood products and the patient's life may be saved. Hypotensive resuscitation can be particularly helpful in patients with significant intraabdominal hemorrhage.
Hypotensive resuscitation refers to a controversial form of resuscitation provided to trauma patients that may still be actively hemorrhaging internally.[16] It involves the use of limited fluid resuscitation until the hemorrhage is controlled. The systolic blood pressure is maintained between approximately 80 and 100 mm Hg with the goal being to avoid increased hemorrhage from normotension or hypertension that might cause fragile clots to be disrupted. This not only helps prevent loss of hemoglobin but also other plasma proteins including albumin and clotting factors. Dilution of clotting factors from excessive administration of crystalloids or synthetic colloids also is avoided. There is danger of maintaining inadequate perfusion to various organs, especially the gastrointestinal tract, kidneys, muscles, and skin, since the patient is not being adequately resuscitated. The advantage is that severe hemorrhage may ultimately be controlled without requiring administration of multiple units of blood products and the patient's life may be saved. Hypotensive resuscitation can be particularly helpful in patients with significant intraabdominal hemorrhage.
255
REHYDRATION Mild dehydration rarely causes severe problems other than making the patient feel unwell; however, if the patient has other underlying diseases such as ................ even mild dehydration can lead to serious problems. If severe enough, dehydration can lead to .............. problems. In dehydrated patients perfusion deficits should be dealt with using intravenous fluids according to the guidelines above (see Table 129-1).
Mild dehydration rarely causes severe problems other than making the patient feel unwell; however, if the patient has other underlying diseases such as renal insufficiency, even mild dehydration can lead to serious problems. If severe enough, dehydration can lead to perfusion problems. In dehydrated patients perfusion deficits should be dealt with using intravenous fluids according to the guidelines above (see Table 129-1).
256
The degree of dehydration should always be estimated and a calculation performed to estimate the volume deficit of the patient. The body weight in kilograms is multiplied by the estimated percent dehydration (as a decimal). This will indicate fluid deficit in liters of fluid. For instance a 5-kg patient estimated at 8% dehydrated has a fluid deficit of ...... L, or .........mL.
The body weight in kilograms is multiplied by the estimated percent dehydration (as a decimal). This will indicate fluid deficit in liters of fluid. For instance a 5-kg patient estimated at 8% dehydrated has a fluid deficit of 0.4 L, or 400 mL.
257
Fluid deficits should always be calculated since estimating fluid rates by placing an animal on two or three times maintenance rates will almost always significantly underestimate fluid requirements, which can lead to significant patient morbidity. Along with assessment of physical examination parameters, monitoring urine specific gravity (assuming renal function is normal) can help determine if adequate volumes of fluid are being administered.
Fluid deficits should always be calculated since estimating fluid rates by placing an animal on two or three times maintenance rates will almost always significantly underestimate fluid requirements, which can lead to significant patient morbidity. Along with assessment of physical examination parameters, monitoring urine specific gravity (assuming renal function is normal) can help determine if adequate volumes of fluid are being administered.
258
Fluids should be given more slowly to restore dehydration since the fluids need to have time to redistribute. Patients with no underlying disease that could lead to volume overload (advanced heart disease, liver or oliguric renal failure) should be rehydrated over .....to ..... hours. Shorter time frames are used in patients who became dehydrated very acutely or if there are concerns for severe, ongoing losses. Older patients or patients with concurrent disease process may need to be rehydrated over .... hours.
Fluids should be given more slowly to restore dehydration since the fluids need to have time to redistribute. Patients with no underlying disease that could lead to volume overload (advanced heart disease, liver or oliguric renal failure) should be rehydrated over 4 to 12 hours. Shorter time frames are used in patients who became dehydrated very acutely or if there are concerns for severe, ongoing losses. Older patients or patients with concurrent disease process may need to be rehydrated over 24 hours.
259
CALCULATING DAILY REQUIREMENTS Daily fluid requirements will vary based on maintenance requirements and ongoing losses. Recommendations for daily maintenance requirements vary considerably from ......to ...... mL/kg/day or ..... mL/kg/hr. These formulas may ............for smaller patients and o...................... for much larger patients.
CALCULATING DAILY REQUIREMENTS Daily fluid requirements will vary based on maintenance requirements and ongoing losses. Recommendations for daily maintenance requirements vary considerably from 40 to 60 mL/kg/day or 2 mL/kg/hr. These formulas may underestimate for smaller patients and overestimate for much larger patients.
260
Some advocate using a volume based on the daily energy requirement formula of (30 × body weight [kg]) + 70 in dogs and 50 × body weight (kg) in cats.
Some advocate using a volume based on the daily energy requirement formula of (30 × body weight [kg]) + 70 in dogs and 50 × body weight (kg) in cats.
261
Puppies and kittens will generally have much ......... fluid requirements than adult animals, and recommendations are to double the adult fluid requirement in these patients.
Puppies and kittens will generally have much higher fluid requirements than adult animals, and recommendations are to double the adult fluid requirement in these patients.
262
Polyuric patients, especially those with renal dysfunction (e.g., renal failure, postobstructive diuresis), can have extremely high fluid requirements. Some cats will need as much as .......... mL/hr. Fluid rates should be adjusted to match measured urine production and to ensure elevated serum urea nitrogen and creatinine concentrations are continuing to decrease.
Polyuric patients, especially those with renal dysfunction (e.g., renal failure, postobstructive diuresis), can have extremely high fluid requirements. Some cats will need as much as 100 mL/hr. Fluid rates should be adjusted to match measured urine production and to ensure elevated serum urea nitrogen and creatinine concentrations are continuing to decrease.
263
An increase in renal blood tests may be an indication of pending oliguric and anuric renal failure but more commonly is associated with inadequate fluid therapy, especially if the ................... concentrations are not rising. In renal failure patients it is almost impossible to maximize fluid diuresis without measuring ............. without causing fluid overload. Regardless of the formula chosen, the patient must be monitored clinically every 4 to 8 hours for signs of dehydration, normal hydration, and overhydration, and based on findings the fluid plan should be adjusted accordingly.
An increase in renal blood tests may be in indication of pending oliguric and anuric renal failure but more commonly is associated with inadequate fluid therapy, especially if the potassium concentrations are not rising. In renal failure patients it is almost impossible to maximize fluid diuresis without measuring CVP without causing fluid overload. Regardless of the formula chosen, the patient must be monitored clinically every 4 to 8 hours for signs of dehydration, normal hydration, and overhydration, and based on findings the fluid plan should be adjusted accordingly.
264
FLUID OVERLOAD Normal patients are quite tolerant of excessive volume administration; it is removed by the kidneys in the form of increased urine production. The sick patient may not be so tolerant. If the intravascular space is expanded too rapidly, the patient may develop signs of ..................... This is a late sign and indicates the earlier signs were overlooked or the patient had unrecognized cardiac disease. .................. or ..................... will increase followed by an increase in respiratory rate and effort (often more easily monitored in the cat than the dog) before auscultable or radiographic signs of pulmonary edema develops.
FLUID OVERLOAD Normal patients are quite tolerant of excessive volume administration; it is removed by the kidneys in the form of increased urine production. The sick patient may not be so tolerant. If the intravascular space is expanded too rapidly, the patient may develop signs of pulmonary edema. This is a late sign and indicates the earlier signs were overlooked or the patient had unrecognized cardiac disease. Central venous pressure or jugular filling will increase followed by an increase in respiratory rate and effort (often more easily monitored in the cat than the dog) before auscultable or radiographic signs of pulmonary edema develops.
265
If excessive crystalloids are administered, patients will typically develop signs of ................. before they develop signs of ..............rvolemia. If the kidneys are functioning normally again, increased urination will usually be noted.
If excessive crystalloids are administered, patients will typically develop signs of overhydration before they develop signs of hypervolemia. If the kidneys are functioning normally again, increased urination will usually be noted.
266
Signs of pathologic overload include .......... and serous nasal ............... Weight gain also will be noted although accurate weights in animals often can be complicated by variations based on how the animal sits on the scales. If the patient is hypooncotic the first sign may be .................. In recumbent dogs this most commonly occurs in the ............ limbs, usually the ............... limb. If “fat face” occurs the patient has significant fluid overload; this is often a poor prognostic finding.
Signs of pathologic overload include chemosis and serous nasal discharge. Weight gain also will be noted although accurate weights in animals often can be complicated by variations based on how the animal sits on the scales. If the patient is hypooncotic the first sign may be peripheral edema. In recumbent dogs this most commonly occurs in the distal pelvic limbs, usually the downside limb. If “fat face” occurs the patient has significant fluid overload; this is often a poor prognostic finding.
267
As a rule of thumb a patient without underlying renal dysfunction should be producing........ mL/kg/hr or urinating every 4 to 6 hours when receiving intravenous fluid therapy.
As a rule of thumb a patient without underlying renal dysfunction should be producing 1 mL/kg/hr or urinating every 4 to 6 hours when receiving intravenous fluid therapy.
268
FLUID THERAPY PRECEPTS Infusions of excessive volumes of crystalloids should be avoided since patients who are given large volumes of crystalloids during resuscitation will develop interstitial edema, which will worsen oxygen delivery at the cellular level.
Infusions of excessive volumes of crystalloids should be avoided since patients who are given large volumes of crystalloids during resuscitation will develop interstitial edema, which will worsen oxygen delivery at the cellular level.
269
Synthetic colloids, not plasma, should be used for volume resuscitation if the patient has an albumin less than..... g/dL. Synthetic colloids are not a replacement for albumin or clotting factors, and patients who need synthetic colloids frequently need ................. Ideally, serum albumin levels should be maintained as close to ...... g/dL as possible using species-specific albumin sources.
Synthetic colloids, not plasma, should be used for volume resuscitation if the patient has an albumin less than 2 g/dL. Synthetic colloids are not a replacement for albumin or clotting factors, and patients who need synthetic colloids frequently need plasma. Ideally, serum albumin levels should be maintained as close to 2 g/dL as possible using species-specific albumin sources.
270
The patient's hematocrit should be maintained at or above ...........% to .........% in the case of acute hemorrhage and below .............% in hemorrhagic gastroenteritis patients to maintain good rheology and oxygen delivery.
The patient's hematocrit should be maintained at or above 27% to 30% in the case of acute hemorrhage and below 48% in hemorrhagic gastroenteritis patients to maintain good rheology and oxygen delivery.
271
Infusion of ......... or ........ to anemic patients that are euvolemic can rapidly cause fluid overload and should be avoided or given very slowly.
Infusion of whole blood or HBOC to anemic patients that are euvolemic can rapidly cause fluid overload and should be avoided or given very slowly.
272
Colloids should be avoided in patients with chronic hypoalbuminemia because they are not always ..................... and it is easy to fluid overload them.
Colloids should be avoided in patients with chronic hypoalbuminemia because they are not always hypovolemic and it is easy to fluid overload them.
273
When rehydrating patients, the degree of dehydration should always be estimated and a fluid deficit calculated and replaced over 6 to 12 hours unless the patient is at risk for fluid overload. This deficit needs to be added to the maintenance requirements as well as estimated ongoing losses.
When rehydrating patients, the degree of dehydration should always be estimated and a fluid deficit calculated and replaced over 6 to 12 hours unless the patient is at risk for fluid overload. This deficit needs to be added to the maintenance requirements as well as estimated ongoing losses.
274
Fluids should be given based on the needs of the patient. Polyuric patients may produce far more urine than anticipated and providing “three times maintenance” may severely underestimate their requirements.
Fluids should be given based on the needs of the patient. Polyuric patients may produce far more urine than anticipated and providing “three times maintenance” may severely underestimate their requirements.
275
It is difficult to maximize fluid administration without assessing central venous pressure. Fluids should be infused to achieve a desired end point.
It is difficult to maximize fluid administration without assessing central venous pressure. Fluids should be infused to achieve a desired end point.
276
Diabetic Ketoacidosis and Hyperglycemic Hyperosmolar Syndrome. Dogs and cats afflicted with either diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) or hyperglycemic hyperosmolar syndrome (HHS) can become acutely ill and benefit from prompt diagnosis and treatment. These disorders usually occur in middle-aged to old pets, often after a variable period of time characterized by polydipsia, polyuria, and weight loss. Alternatively, they can occur as acute metabolic complications of other conditions, such as .................. or ..............
Dogs and cats afflicted with either diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) or hyperglycemic hyperosmolar syndrome (HHS) can become acutely ill and benefit from prompt diagnosis and treatment. These disorders usually occur in middle-aged to old pets, often after a variable period of time characterized by polydipsia, polyuria, and weight loss. Alternatively, they can occur as acute metabolic complications of other conditions, such as acute pancreatitis or sepsis.
277
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF KETOACIDOSIS Hyperglycemia and accelerated .................... occur when there is an absolute or relative deficiency of .............. and a relative excess of ................... and other “counter-regulatory hormones” such as ...............,..................,and.......................... Consequently, glucose and ketoacids are both .............. and .....................
Hyperglycemia and accelerated ketogenesis occur when there is an absolute or relative deficiency of insulin and a relative excess of glucagon and other “counter-regulatory hormones” such as cortisol, growth hormone, and epinephrine. Consequently, glucose and ketoacids are both overproduced and underutilized.
278
Ketoacidosis can occur as a result of ................... deficiency, but coexisting .................. excess will accelerate the process.
Ketoacidosis can occur as a result of insulin deficiency, but coexisting glucagon excess will accelerate the process.
279
The ............................reaction is used to detect and semiquantitate plasma, serum, and urinary ketones. The test detects ............... and ................... but does not react with .......................... This characteristic has clinical importance in situations in which shocklike states promote the production of ..........................................., thereby disabling clinical detection of ketoacidosis with the ................................test
The nitroprusside reaction is used to detect and semiquantitate plasma, serum, and urinary ketones. The test detects acetone and acetoacetate but does not react with beta hydroxybutyrate. This characteristic has clinical importance in situations in which shocklike states promote the production of beta hydroxybutyrate, thereby disabling clinical detection of ketoacidosis with the nitroprusside test.
280
After institution of insulin treatment, the beta hydroxybutyrate–to-acetoacetate (B:A) ratio .................. as a result of the metabolism of beta hydroxybutyrate to .....................
After institution of insulin treatment, the beta hydroxybutyrate–to-acetoacetate (B:A) ratio decreases as a result of the metabolism of beta hydroxybutyrate to acetoacetate.
281
Although acetoacetate concentrations eventually decrease, the shifting B : A ratio explains the clinical paradox occasionally encountered in which test results may initially be .......... for ketones, but the same test performed on the ................ days of treatment may, occasionally, be ................... despite clinical improvement.
Although acetoacetate concentrations eventually decrease, the shifting B : A ratio explains the clinical paradox occasionally encountered in which test results may initially be negative for ketones, but the same test performed on the second and third days of treatment may, occasionally, be positive despite clinical improvement.
282
A lingering ketonuria can also occur as a dog or cat improves because of the................. of acetone. Therefore, it is not uncommon for ketones to persist well into the third or fourth hospital day while the pet shows signs of improvement. It is for this reason that the calculation of insulin dosages should depend solely on .....................
A lingering ketonuria can also occur as a dog or cat improves because of the delayed clearance of acetone. Therefore, it is not uncommon for ketones to persist well into the third or fourth hospital day while the pet shows signs of improvement. It is for this reason that the calculation of insulin dosages should depend solely on the blood glucose concentration
283
DIAGNOSIS History and Physical Examination Owner observations regarding a dog or cat with either DKA or HHS often indicate that ............................... may have been seen for only 1 to 3 days.
anorexia, depression, weakness, and vomiting may have been seen for only 1 to 3 days.
284
Oliguria or anuria should be suspected if the owner reports ............... for days or weeks and then ............... for 1 to 2 days prior to the examination. It has been suggested that both conditions are invariably associated with concurrent disorders.
Oliguria or anuria should be suspected if the owner reports polyuria for days or weeks and then no urine for 1 to 2 days prior to the examination. It has been suggested that both conditions are invariably associated with concurrent disorders.
285
The term diabetic coma is frequently used to describe the mental effects of the ketoacidotic and .............osmolar conditions, but only a small percentage of dogs or cats actually have profound decreases in consciousness.
The term diabetic coma is frequently used to describe the mental effects of the ketoacidotic and hyperosmolar conditions, but only a small percentage of dogs or cats actually have profound decreases in consciousness.
286
DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION Because ................ production of glucose is increased in diabetic dogs or cats, the degree of hyperglycemia is determined by the severity of ......................depletion.
DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION Because hepatic production of glucose is increased in diabetic dogs or cats, the degree of hyperglycemia is determined by the severity of plasma volume depletion.
287
Therefore, extreme levels of hyperglycemia tend to occur only when extracellular fluid volume and blood pressure have decreased so much that ................... is impaired. This is most obvious in dogs or cats that have extreme increases in blood glucose concentrations with minimal ............... which will usually signify ............
Therefore, extreme levels of hyperglycemia tend to occur only when extracellular fluid volume and blood pressure have decreased so much that urine flow is impaired. This is most obvious in dogs or cats that have extreme increases in blood glucose concentrations with minimal glucosuria, which will usually signify oliguria.
288
Metabolic acidosis is mainly attributed to ................ buildup, but acidosis can be enhanced by coexisting disease, such as .............. and ...............production. The metabolic acidosis often is accompanied by a large ............... (greater than...... mEq/L)
Metabolic acidosis is mainly attributed to ketoacid buildup, but acidosis can be enhanced by coexisting disease, such as renal failure and lactic acid production. The metabolic acidosis often is accompanied by a large anion gap (AG) (greater than 30 mEq/L)
289
The anion gap can be calculated using the formula:..?
AG= (Na+ + K+)-(HCO3- + Cl-=
290
Hyponatremia in both syndromes can be factitious (attributable to ......................) or real (due to urinary or gastrointestinal ................sodium ions).
Hyponatremia in both syndromes can be factitious (attributable to hypertriglyceridemia) or real (due to urinary or gastrointestinal loss of sodium ions).
291
Spurious hyponatremia can also occur when...?
When any rapid increases in the plasma glucose concentration draw water into the extracellular space, there by diluting plasma constituents and allowing for cellular dehydration.
292
The serum potassium concentration in DKA and HHS can range from less than the reference range to normal to greater than the reference range. Hyperkalemia can result from a shift of potassium from the ........................space as a consequence of ...................(3). It may also be associated with .......... or ............. acute renal failure.
The serum potassium concentration in DKA and HHS can range from less than the reference range to normal to greater than the reference range. Hyperkalemia can result from a shift of potassium from the intracellular to the extracellular space as a consequence of acidemia, insulin deficiency, and increased plasma hyperosmolarity. It may also be associated with oliguric or anuric acute renal failure.
293
Pseudohyperkalemia can accompany any patient that has a ................... as can be found with coexisting .....................
Pseudohyperkalemia can accompany any patient that has a thrombocytosis as can be found with coexisting hypercortisolism.
294
Hypokalemia is the most common and most serious electrolyte disturbance. This is usually a reflection of a substantial reduction in total body potassium .................. Even dogs and cats with normokalemia can have life-threatening deficits of total body potassium; because ..........% of total body potassium is intracellular, these concentrations are not easily assessed. xcessive vomiting.
Hypokalemia is the most common and most serious electrolyte disturbance. This is usually a reflection of a substantial reduction in total body potassium stores. Even dogs and cats with normokalemia can have life-threatening deficits of total body potassium; because 98% of total body potassium is intracellular, these concentrations are not easily assessed.
295
Potassium losses occur with?
Vomiting and osmotic diuresis and can be further complicated by therapy. A coexisting ketoalkalosis can also cause hypokalemia, usually caused by losses through excessive vomiting.
296
Serum dilution from ................, continued urinary losses, correction of ...................., and increased cellular ............... can “unmask” hypokalemia.
Serum dilution from rehydration, continued urinary losses, correction of acidosis, and increased cellular uptake can “unmask” hypokalemia.
297
Phosphorus is an integral component of lean ................ The enhanced catabolism of muscle and fat that invariably occurs in diabetes mellitus results in increased urinary .............. and .....................
Phosphorus is an integral component of lean body mass. The enhanced catabolism of muscle and fat that invariably occurs in diabetes mellitus results in increased urinary phosphorus excretion and phosphorus wasting.
298
Increased serum liver transaminase (ALT) and alkaline phosphatase (SAP) activity is commonly attributable to the hepatic ........................ that occurs in patients with DKA. Hypovolemia-induced central lobular ................ can also increase liver enzyme values as can .......... due to coexisting acute ............... These hepatic changes are completely reversible, and serum liver enzyme activity moves toward normal after successful treatment.
Increased serum liver transaminase (ALT) and alkaline phosphatase (SAP) activity is commonly attributable to the hepatic lipidosis that occurs in patients with DKA. Hypovolemia-induced central lobular necrosis can also increase liver enzyme values as can cholangiostasis due to coexisting acute pancreatitis. These hepatic changes are completely reversible, and serum liver enzyme activity moves toward normal after successful treatment. Because diabetic dogs and cats almost always have abnormal liver enzyme values, it is common for these test results to completely “normalize” within a week or two so long as the hepatic lipidosis does not progress.
299
Azotemia can be either prerenal or renal in origin. Extensive primary renal dysfunction is characterized by isosthenuria (fixed urine specific gravity of 1.0.. to 1.0.....) in a dehydrated patient and an accompanying azotemia that does not readily resolve with rehydration. It should be remembered, however, that both ......suria and ..........osmolarity can raise a urine ............... that remains “isosthenuric” (a specific gravity of 1.020 when the serum osmolality is 400 does not indicate good renal function).
Azotemia can be either prerenal or renal in origin. Extensive primary renal dysfunction is characterized by isosthenuria (fixed urine specific gravity of 1.008 to 1.012) in a dehydrated patient and an accompanying azotemia that does not readily resolve with rehydration. It should be remembered, however, that both glycosuria and hyperosmolarity can raise a urine specific gravity that remains “isosthenuric” (a specific gravity of 1.020 when the serum osmolality is 400 does not indicate good renal function).
300
Urine sediment should be screened for any signs of infection such as pyuria and bacteriuria. Urine output should be monitored to detect oliguria or anuria. A leukocytosis with a mature neutrophilia in the 20 × 103 range can be due to the stress associated with both disorders. Detection of bands and toxic cell changes should prompt a search for an inflammatory focus, which may or may not be accompanied by an infection.
Urine sediment should be screened for any signs of infection such as pyuria and bacteriuria. Urine output should be monitored to detect oliguria or anuria. A leukocytosis with a mature neutrophilia in the 20 × 103 range can be due to the stress associated with both disorders. Detection of bands and toxic cell changes should prompt a search for an inflammatory focus, which may or may not be accompanied by an infection.
301
TREATMENT Fluid and Electrolytes Disturbances in hydration and electrolyte balance are of great importance in both DKA and HHS. Figure 130-1 Algorithm for the management of the critically ill dog and cat with diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperglycemic hyperosmolar syndrome.

Figure 130-1 Algorithm for the management of the critically ill dog and cat with diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperglycemic hyperosmolar syndrome.

302
Calculated fluid requirements should include the patient's dehydration deficits, the 24-hour maintenance needs, and extra losses that result from vomiting or diarrhea. The dehydration status can be approximated on a scale ranging from mild (5%) to extreme (12%). The needed ................. crystalloid fluid replacement volume can be calculated using the following equation:
Dehydration volume deficit (mL) = Dehydration% x BW (kg) x 1000
303
The 24-hour maintenance volume is roughly estimated (assuming adequate urine output) at ......... mL/kg (30 mL/lb).
The 24-hour maintenance volume is roughly estimated (assuming adequate urine output) at 66 mL/kg (30 mL/lb). Therefore, the first 24-hour total fluid volume is the sum of the dehydration and the maintenance volumes plus any ongoing losses from vomiting or diarrhea.
304
If the animal is 8% to 12% dehydrated, .................... should be administered intravenously over the first 2 to 4 hours of hospitalization; the remaining replacement and maintenance volumes, given over the following ......................, should be accompanied by any adjustments necessitated by changes in urine volume.
If the animal is 8% to 12% dehydrated, half of the estimated dehydration deficit should be administered intravenously over the first 2 to 4 hours of hospitalization; the remaining replacement and maintenance volumes, given over the following 20 to 22 hours, should be accompanied by any adjustments necessitated by changes in urine volume.
305
Oliguria and anuria call for major parenteral fluid reductions to where the amount infused will include measured urine output, insensible fluid losses, and any ongoing losses.
Oliguria and anuria call for major parenteral fluid reductions to where the amount infused will include measured urine output, insensible fluid losses, and any ongoing losses.
306
Hydration alone can substantially decrease the blood glucose level and hyperosmolarity. Hypovolemia in DKA and HHS is corrected with .................................., such as lactated Ringer's solution or 0.9% saline. Recommended maintenance solutions include 0.45% saline or half-strength lactated Ringer's solution so long as hyponatremia does not occur. Dextrose solutions (2.5% to 5%) are used when the patient's blood glucose declines to 250 mg/dL or less in the setting of continued insulin administration.
Hydration alone can substantially decrease the blood glucose level and hyperosmolarity. Hypovolemia in DKA and HHS is corrected with isotonic solutions, such as lactated Ringer's solution or 0.9% saline. Recommended maintenance solutions include 0.45% saline or half-strength lactated Ringer's solution so long as hyponatremia does not occur. Dextrose solutions (2.5% to 5%) are used when the patient's blood glucose declines to 250 mg/dL or less in the setting of continued insulin administration.
307
Hyponatremia for both disorders is corrected with intravenous 0.9% saline solution to avoid any plasma hypoosmolality that might occur when the hyperglycemia is reduced with insulin treatment.
Hyponatremia for both disorders is corrected with intravenous 0.9% saline solution to avoid any plasma hypoosmolality that might occur when the hyperglycemia is reduced with insulin treatment.
308
Plasma hypoosmolality can cause a reversal of osmotic gradients and overexpansion of the intracellular compartment with resultant potentially fatal cerebral edema.
Plasma hypoosmolality can cause a reversal of osmotic gradients and overexpansion of the intracellular compartment with resultant potentially fatal cerebral edema.
309
Potassium supplementation is best provided by adding .......................... solution to the parenteral fluids. If concurrent hypophosphatemia is present, one third of the potassium supplement can be in the form of .................. Potassium supplementation is best begun after the first 2-hour period of fluid replacement, when hydration, blood pressure, and urine output are improved. If the patient is initially hypokalemic, potassium chloride (KCl) can be added to the hydrating solution; however, the infusion should be slowed so that half the dehydration replacement volume is delivered over an additional 1 to 3 hours.
Potassium supplementation is best provided by adding potassium chloride solution to the parenteral fluids. If concurrent hypophosphatemia is present, one third of the potassium supplement can be in the form of potassium phosphate. Potassium supplementation is best begun after the first 2-hour period of fluid replacement, when hydration, blood pressure, and urine output are improved. If the patient is initially hypokalemic, potassium chloride (KCl) can be added to the hydrating solution; however, the infusion should be slowed so that half the dehydration replacement volume is delivered over an additional 1 to 3 hours.
310
Although most texts list the maximum rate of potassium ion administration as ...... mEq per kilogram of body weight (BW) per ......, the author's experience has shown that this rate can be safely .........when the patient is severely hypokalemic (serum potassium level less than 2.5 mEq/L) as long as electrocardiographic and urine output monitoring is done. The recommended amount of potassium that can be added to the parenteral fluids over a 24-hour period is shown, using two different but equally effective methods.
Although most texts list the maximum rate of potassium ion administration as 0.5 mEq per kilogram of body weight (BW) per hour, the author's experience has shown that this rate can be safely doubled when the patient is severely hypokalemic (serum potassium level less than 2.5 mEq/L) as long as electrocardiographic and urine output monitoring is done. The recommended amount of potassium that can be added to the parenteral fluids over a 24-hour period is shown, using two different but equally effective methods.
311
Mild hypokalemia (serum K+ of 3.0 to 3.5 mEq/L):
Administer 2 to 3 mEq/kg or add 30 to 40 mEq KCl per liter of replacement fluid.
312
Moderate hypokalemia (serum K+ of 2.5 to 3.0 mEq/L):
Administer 3 to 5 mEq KCl/kg or add 40 to 60 mEq KCl per liter of replacement fluid.
313
Severe hypokalemia (serum K+ below 2.5 mEq/L): .
Administer 5 to 10 mEq KCl/kg or add 60 to 80 mEq KCl per liter of replacement fluid
314
Any needed phosphate replacement can be given as potassium phosphate solution at the recommended dose of 0.01 to 0.03 mmol/kg BW/hr, with repeat serum phosphorus determinations every 6 hours. Attention should be given to avoiding iatrogenic .............. and ................. These complications can be avoided if the phosphate replacement is discontinued when the serum level is restored to 2.5 mg/dL.
Any needed phosphate replacement can be given as potassium phosphate solution at the recommended dose of 0.01 to 0.03 mmol/kg BW/hr, with repeat serum phosphorus determinations every 6 hours. Attention should be given to avoiding iatrogenic hyperphosphatemia and hypocalcemia. These complications can be avoided if the phosphate replacement is discontinued when the serum level is restored to 2.5 mg/dL.
315
Hypomagnesemia has been shown to cause specific problems, especially......................., in diabetic humans; however, its association with any particular dysfunction in diabetic dogs and cats has not yet been demonstrated.
Hypomagnesemia has been shown to cause specific problems, especially cardiac arrhythmias, in diabetic humans; however, its association with any particular dysfunction in diabetic dogs and cats has not yet been demonstrated.
316
Sodium bicarbonate treatment for DKA is controversial. Advocates of this treatment cite concern that severe acidosis (blood pH less than ......) can adversely affect cardiovascular function; opponents base their concern on the treatment's causal relationship with paradoxical cerebrospinal fluid acidosis, hypokalemia, and worsened intracellular acidosis with overshoot alkalosis and delayed ketoanion metabolism.
Sodium bicarbonate treatment for DKA is controversial. Advocates of this treatment cite concern that severe acidosis (blood pH less than 7.0) can adversely affect cardiovascular function; opponents base their concern on the treatment's causal relationship with paradoxical cerebrospinal fluid acidosis, hypokalemia, and worsened intracellular acidosis with overshoot alkalosis and delayed ketoanion metabolism.
317
The use of sodium bicarbonate should be restricted to dogs or cats with a blood pH below ........ or those with a serum total carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration less than ........... to .......mEq/L.
The use of sodium bicarbonate should be restricted to dogs or cats with a blood pH below 7.1 or those with a serum total carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration less than 10 to 12 mEq/L.
318
During most treatment courses, metabolic acidosis reverses without bicarbonate treatment because of?
1. The cessation of ketogenesis, 2. The metabolic conversion of ketones to bicarbonate after initiation of insulin treatment, 3. Improved renal function, 4. Conversion of the lactate in lactated Ringer's solution to bicarbonate.
319
In severe cases of metabolic acidosis (i.e., an anion gap greater than 30 mEq/L and an arterial pH less than 7.1), sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) can be given according to the following equation:
NaHCO3 (mEq) = Base deficit (mEq) x 0,3 x BW (kg)
320
Subsequent alkali treatment depends on the results of repeat plasma pH measurements; it should be discontinued when the blood pH has been restored to 7,.... or higher or until the serum total CO2 concentration is greater than .... to ......mEq/L.
Subsequent alkali treatment depends on the results of repeat plasma pH measurements; it should be discontinued when the blood pH has been restored to 7.2 or higher or until the serum total CO2 concentration is greater than 10 to 12 mEq/L.
321
Mixed acid-base disorders can also occur. Ketoalkalosis can occur from excessive vomiting of gastric secretions. Combined metabolic acidosis and respiratory acidosis can occur when severe hypokalemia impairs respiratory muscle function.
Mixed acid-base disorders can also occur. Ketoalkalosis can occur from excessive vomiting of gastric secretions. Combined metabolic acidosis and respiratory acidosis can occur when severe hypokalemia impairs respiratory muscle function.
322
Insulin The cornerstone of management of a sick DKA or HHS dog or cat is insulin administration. Regular ................. insulin is used when the pet has signs of depression, dehydration, anorexia, and vomiting. Regular insulin has several advantages, including
Regular crystalline insulin is used when the pet has signs of depression, dehydration, anorexia, and vomiting. Regular insulin has several advantages, including its various routes of administration (intravenous, intramuscular, and subcutaneous), rapid onset of action, and short duration of action. These properties allow adequate insulin titration throughout the day according to the animal's needs. The clinician must remember that the blood glucose concentration declines much earlier than ketones, allowing for the persistence of ketonuria for the first 48 to 96 hours. Regular insulin given intravenously by slow constant rate infusion (CRI) is the preferred method of treatment for the critically ill hypotensive pet. The patient's hypovolemia should be partially corrected with isotonic fluids over the first 2 hours, before the insulin is administered.
323
To avoid any complicating osmotic disequilibrium effects on the brain, the rate of decline in the blood glucose level should not exceed ..... to ...... mg/dL/hr. When the blood glucose level has declined to ..... mg/dL after several hours of the CRI insulin infusion, the rate should be decreased to half the initial amount (i.e., 0.05 U/kg/hr), and dextrose should be added to the intravenous fluid to achieve a 2.5% to 5% dextrose concentration. The blood glucose level subsequently should be determined every 2 hours, using glucose oxidase reagent strips or a reflectance meter. Thereafter, the rate of insulin infusion should be adjusted to maintain a blood glucose range of 150 to 250 mg/dL to avert hypoglycemia.
To avoid any complicating osmotic disequilibrium effects on the brain, the rate of decline in the blood glucose level should not exceed 75 to 100 mg/dL/hr. When the blood glucose level has declined to 250 mg/dL after several hours of the CRI insulin infusion, the rate should be decreased to half the initial amount (i.e., 0.05 U/kg/hr), and dextrose should be added to the intravenous fluid to achieve a 2.5% to 5% dextrose concentration. The blood glucose level subsequently should be determined every 2 hours, using glucose oxidase reagent strips or a reflectance meter. Thereafter, the rate of insulin infusion should be adjusted to maintain a blood glucose range of 150 to 250 mg/dL to avert hypoglycemia.
324
If the patient initially is hypokalemic, the clinician can begin treatment with ................... fluids containing added .........chloride and delay insulin treatment for the first 4 to 8 hours.
If the patient initially is hypokalemic, the clinician can begin treatment with isotonic fluids containing added potassium chloride and delay insulin treatment for the first 4 to 8 hours.
325
Low doses of regular insulin also can be given intramuscularly. Initially, 2 U are injected into the thigh muscles of cats and dogs weighing less than 10 kg. For dogs weighing more than 10 kg, the initial dose is 0.25 U/kg BW. Subsequent hourly injections of 1 U for cats and small dogs and 0.1 U/kg BW for larger dogs are given until the blood glucose level is less than 250 mg/dL, at which time the subcutaneous route can be used to administer the insulin every 6 hours or as needed. The low doses used in this technique can be accurately measured with a special low-dose calibrated syringe. Subcutaneous administration of regular insulin is a suitable alternative to the intravenous and intramuscular methods when intensive care monitoring is unavailable and when the patient is alert and normotensive. The initial dose is 0.5 U/kg BW, with subsequent doses given every 6 to 10 hours, depending on the need.
Low doses of regular insulin also can be given intramuscularly. Initially, 2 U are injected into the thigh muscles of cats and dogs weighing less than 10 kg. For dogs weighing more than 10 kg, the initial dose is 0.25 U/kg BW. Subsequent hourly injections of 1 U for cats and small dogs and 0.1 U/kg BW for larger dogs are given until the blood glucose level is less than 250 mg/dL, at which time the subcutaneous route can be used to administer the insulin every 6 hours or as needed. The low doses used in this technique can be accurately measured with a special low-dose calibrated syringe. Subcutaneous administration of regular insulin is a suitable alternative to the intravenous and intramuscular methods when intensive care monitoring is unavailable and when the patient is alert and normotensive. The initial dose is 0.5 U/kg BW, with subsequent doses given every 6 to 10 hours, depending on the need
326
The patient is regarded as stable when...?
Normal hydration has been restored, blood glucose levels are below 250 mg/dL, serum and urine ketones are minimal to absent, and eating resumes. Subsequent insulin treatment can be changed to the intermediate-acting or the ultra–long-acting type.
327
COMPLICATIONS The main complications surrounding DKA treatment include?
Hypoglycemia, hypokalemia, cerebral edema, metabolic alkalosis, and paradoxical cerebrospinal fluid acidosis. Most of these problems are avoidable with meticulous medical management geared toward avoiding overtreatment of the patient.
328
HYPERGLYCEMIC HYPEROSMOLAR SYNDROME The hyperglycemic hyperosmolar syndrome (HHS) is characterized by?
Extreme dehydration, renal dysfunction, abnormal brain function, marked hyperglycemia, and the lack of significant ketoacidosis. The incidence of this disorder in the dog and cat has not been reported; however, isolated case reports can be found in the veterinary literature spanning the past 25 to 30 years. Underlying renal disease and a precipitating condition, such as an infection or pancreatitis, can often be found.
329
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Only the main pathophysiologic mechanisms are covered in this section. The development of HHS is attributed to three main factors: Which ones?
(1) decreased insulin utilization and glucose transport, (2) increased hepatic gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis, (3) impaired renal excretion of glucose.
330
Two concepts have been advanced to reasonably explain the pathophysiology of HHS. The first suggests that an insulinized liver (reflecting residual beta cell secretory activity) coexists with a diabetic periphery, resulting in inactivation of intrahepatic oxidation of incoming free fatty acids, which are directed largely along nonketogenic metabolic pathways, such as triglyceride synthesis. This could account for the absence of ............................ The absence of ....................... can also occur when the primary ketone body is .........................., which will not be detected with the nitroprusside reagent that is used for body fluid ketone detection. The second proposal suggests that enhanced gluconeogenesis occurs in the liver due to the prevailing elevated portal vein ratio of .............. to insulin. This effect plus those due to severe dehydration (greater than 8%) and reduced urine production are responsible for the development of marked .............................
Two concepts have been advanced to reasonably explain the pathophysiology of HHS. The first suggests that an insulinized liver (reflecting residual beta cell secretory activity) coexists with a diabetic periphery, resulting in inactivation of intrahepatic oxidation of incoming free fatty acids, which are directed largely along nonketogenic metabolic pathways, such as triglyceride synthesis. This could account for the absence of hyperketonemia. The absence of hyperketonemia can also occur when the primary ketone body is beta hydroxybutyrate, which will not be detected with the nitroprusside reagent that is used for body fluid ketone detection. The second proposal suggests that enhanced gluconeogenesis occurs in the liver due to the prevailing elevated portal vein ratio of glucagon to insulin. This effect plus those due to severe dehydration (greater than 8%) and reduced urine production are responsible for the development of marked hyperglycemia.
331
The decrease in consciousness and the onset of the associated neurologic abnormalities that characterize HHS result from the direct effects of the serum .................concentration and hyperosmolarity-induced ........................ on the brain parenchyma. A direct pathogenetic role, independent of osmotic ............... for hyperglycemia in causing coma is difficult to establish.
The decrease in consciousness and the onset of the associated neurologic abnormalities that characterize HHS result from the direct effects of the serum sodium concentration and hyperosmolarity-induced dehydration on the brain parenchyma. A direct pathogenetic role, independent of osmotic diuresis, for hyperglycemia in causing coma is difficult to establish.
332
Although acute, massive intravenous administration of glucose can cause a transient reduction in brain water in animals, over longer periods hyperglycemia does not appear to dehydrate the brain. The reasons for this include that the brain is relatively permeable to glucose, even in the absence of insulin, and that brain tissues restore their intracellular water content in response to hyperglycemia by accumulating ...................... and “............” over several hours or days when the hyperglycemia occurs gradually.
Although acute, massive intravenous administration of glucose can cause a transient reduction in brain water in animals, over longer periods hyperglycemia does not appear to dehydrate the brain. The reasons for this include that the brain is relatively permeable to glucose, even in the absence of insulin, and that brain tissues restore their intracellular water content in response to hyperglycemia by accumulating electrolytes and “idiogenic osmols” over several hours or days when the hyperglycemia occurs gradually.
333
One hypothesis that explains why some extremely hyperglycemic animals show neurologic deterioration rests on the serum ................ concentration.
One hypothesis that explains why some extremely hyperglycemic animals show neurologic deterioration rests on the serum sodium concentration. A normal or elevated serum sodium implies that substantial cellular dehydration has taken place and that the risk of neurologic abnormalities is high, whereas hyponatremia suggests that cellular dehydration has not occurred or has occurred to only a limited extent.
334
DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION Several clinicopathologic abnormalities characterize the HHS. Which ones?
1. The blood glucose levels are often elevated above 800 mg/dL. 2. Serum osmolality is elevated (normal serum osmolality is 290 to 310 mOsm/kg body water) 3. Most dogs and cats with HHS are azotemic, a condition that may be renal or prerenal in origin. 4. It should be noted that an elevated serum sodium level during severe hyperglycemia can be explained only by significant plasma volume contraction caused by large water losses associated with hypotonic urine excretion.
335
It should be noted that an elevated serum sodium level during severe hyperglycemia can be explained only by significant plasma volume contraction caused by large water losses associated with hypotonic urine excretion. Valuable to give parenteral fluid therapy in this situation? Which fluid therapy?
Parenteral fluid therapy in this situation can be harmful if the solution is hypotonic or free of sodium because this would favor a rapid influx of water into the brain cells, which would be harmful if the brain cells were dehydrated. The adverse effect caused by this cerebral edema can be prevented by administering a sodium-containing solution and by administering insulin in such a way as to avoid lowering the blood glucose any faster than 75 to 100 mg/dL per hour.
336
TREATMENT The main treatment objectives with HHS include?
1. Reestablishment of normal hydration and adequate urine output, 2. judicious use of insulin to avoid a precipitous decline in blood glucose levels, 3. ample potassium supplementation to make up the total body potassium deficit. Treatment techniques were described in the previous section. The regular insulin dosage requirements for the hyperglycemic hyperosmolar diabetic are often less than those needed to treat diabetic ketoacidosis, but the technique for delivery is the same. The diabetic ketoacidotic and hyperglycemic hyperosmolar syndromes pose noteworthy challenges to the practicing clinician. A sound understanding of the underlying pathophysiology, along with logical and timely therapeutic intervention, can usually lead to a remarkably optimistic outcome.
337
Gastrointestinal Emergencies Severe inflammation results in loss of blood, fluids, electrolytes, and proteins from the capillaries into the GI tract (.......................).
Severe inflammation results in loss of blood, fluids, electrolytes, and proteins from the capillaries into the GI tract (third body fluid spacing).
338
Distension or inflammation of the GI tract can cause peripheral receptor stimulation of the vomiting center in the brainstem (Figure 131-1). Alterations in GI motility, secretory function, or permeability can result in diarrhea. In addition, vomiting and diarrhea can have life-threatening consequences such as increased vagal tone, aspiration pneumonia, bacterial translocation, and malnutrition.
Distension or inflammation of the GI tract can cause peripheral receptor stimulation of the vomiting center in the brainstem (Figure 131-1). Alterations in GI motility, secretory function, or permeability can result in diarrhea. In addition, vomiting and diarrhea can have life-threatening consequences such as increased vagal tone, aspiration pneumonia, bacterial translocation, and malnutrition.
339
Stimulation of receptors associated with the ............. and ........................, as well as stimulation of .................., can be caused by organ inflammation or distention, drugs or toxins in the circulation, and central nervous system pathology (see Figure 131-1). Alterations in nerve conduction and smooth muscle action of the GI tract can occur as a result of toxins, electrolyte disturbances, or acid-base imbalances, any of which could alter GI function
Stimulation of receptors associated with the vomiting center and chemoreceptor trigger zone, as well as stimulation of peripheral GI receptors, can be caused by organ inflammation or distention, drugs or toxins in the circulation, and central nervous system pathology (see Figure 131-1). Alterations in nerve conduction and smooth muscle action of the GI tract can occur as a result of toxins, electrolyte disturbances, or acid-base imbalances, any of which could alter GI function.
340
Figure 131-1 Vomiting reflex and antiemetics. Receptors located in the vomiting center and chemoreceptor-trigger zone (CRTZ) in the brainstem can be triggered by sensory and chemical input from multiple sources. Targeting the different neurotransmitters is the basis of antiemetic therapy. Specific antiemetic therapy should be selected based on the most likely mechanism initiating the stimulus to vomit. 5-HT, 5-Hydroxytryptamine; ENK, enkephalin; NK, neurokinin.
Figure 131-1 Vomiting reflex and antiemetics. Receptors located in the vomiting center and chemoreceptor-trigger zone (CRTZ) in the brainstem can be triggered by sensory and chemical input from multiple sources. Targeting the different neurotransmitters is the basis of antiemetic therapy. Specific antiemetic therapy should be selected based on the most likely mechanism initiating the stimulus to vomit. 5-HT, 5-Hydroxytryptamine; ENK, enkephalin; NK, neurokinin.
341
Poor perfusion is seen as pale mucous membranes, a prolonged capillary refill time, poor pulse quality, and tachycardia (in the dog) on physical examination. Dehydration is detected by dry mucous membranes, increased skin tenting, and, when severe, dry corneas. An altered level of consciousness or the presence of a dysrhythmia can suggest electrolyte and/or acid-base imbalances, hypoglycemia, circulating toxins, or hypoxia. Bradycardia may be a primary problem or the result of excessive vagal stimulation, severe hyperkalemia, or late-stage decompensatory shock. Abdominal pain or distension or a fluid wave alerts the clinician to shock, dehydration, and serious primary GI pathology.
Poor perfusion is seen as pale mucous membranes, a prolonged capillary refill time, poor pulse quality, and tachycardia (in the dog) on physical examination. Dehydration is detected by dry mucous membranes, increased skin tenting, and, when severe, dry corneas. An altered level of consciousness or the presence of a dysrhythmia can suggest electrolyte and/or acid-base imbalances, hypoglycemia, circulating toxins, or hypoxia. Bradycardia may be a primary problem or the result of excessive vagal stimulation, severe hyperkalemia, or late-stage decompensatory shock. Abdominal pain or distension or a fluid wave alerts the clinician to shock, dehydration, and serious primary GI pathology.
342
RESUSCITATION Balanced isotonic crystalloids (dogs: ..........mL/kg; cats: ............mL/kg) should be infused IV and repeated as necessary to reach desired end points. Synthetic colloids such as hetastarch (... mL/kg dogs; ... mL/kg cats) are infused simultaneously with initial crystalloid therapy, with the colloid dosage (....mL/kg) repeated as necessary to improve flow to the tissues and reach desired end points of resuscitation.
Balanced isotonic crystalloids (dogs: 20 to 50 mL/kg; cats: 5 to 10 mL/kg) should be infused IV and repeated as necessary to reach desired end points. Synthetic colloids such as hetastarch (15 mL/kg dogs; 5 mL/kg cats) are infused simultaneously with initial crystalloid therapy, with the colloid dosage (5 mL/kg) repeated as necessary to improve flow to the tissues and reach desired end points of resuscitation.
343
Hypoglycemia is treated with IV dextrose (0.... g/kg). Life-threatening bradycardia is treated with atropine (...... mg/kg) IV and a rapid assessment of the serum potassium level is made.
Hypoglycemia is treated with IV dextrose (0.5 g/kg). Life-threatening bradycardia is treated with atropine (0.02 mg/kg) IV and a rapid assessment of the serum potassium level is made.
344
Vomiting (active abdominal contractions preceeding expulsion of gastric contents) must be differentiated from regurgitation (passive expulsion of food contents). Nonproductive vomiting or retching may indicate the presence of a gastric dilatation-volvulus. Vomiting and/or diarrhea should be characterized by color, consistency, and frequency
Vomiting (active abdominal contractions preceeding expulsion of gastric contents) must be differentiated from regurgitation (passive expulsion of food contents). Nonproductive vomiting or retching may indicate the presence of a gastric dilatation-volvulus. Vomiting and/or diarrhea should be characterized by color, consistency, and frequency
345
gastric outflow obstruction: ...........chloremia with a metabolic .......................
gastric outflow obstruction: hypochloremia with a metabolic alkalosis.
346
Hyperphosphatemia may reflect intestinal ............. or severe intestinal ................
Hyperphosphatemia may reflect intestinal ischemia or severe intestinal inflammation.
347
When esophageal or gastric ulceration is suspected, H2-blockers (...................... 0.5 mg/kg IV every 12 hours in the dog or SC in the cat every 24 hours) or H-pump inhibitors (..............................., 1 mg/kg up to 20 mg given orally every 24 hours, or ......................... 1 mg/kg IV every 24 hours) are administered to reduce acid secretion and reflux and promote mucosal healing. Liquid ....................... (1 g/10 kg given orally every 4 to 8 hours) is administered to protect the area of ulceration once vomiting has been controlled.
When esophageal or gastric ulceration is suspected, H2-blockers (famotidine 0.5 mg/kg IV every 12 hours in the dog or SC in the cat every 24 hours) or H-pump inhibitors (omeprazole, 1 mg/kg up to 20 mg given orally every 24 hours, or pantoprazole 1 mg/kg IV every 24 hours) are administered to reduce acid secretion and reflux and promote mucosal healing. Liquid sucralfate (1 g/10 kg given orally every 4 to 8 hours) is administered to protect the area of ulceration once vomiting has been controlled.
348
Global Approach to the Trauma Patient: The first goal with a critically injured trauma patient is to optimize oxygen delivery to the tissues. Oxygen delivery depends on the blood oxygen content and tissue perfusion Figure 132-1 Determinants of tissue oxygen delivery. Hb, Hemoglobin
Oxygen delivery depends on the blood oxygen content and tissue perfusion Figure 132-1 Determinants of tissue oxygen delivery. Hb, Hemoglobin
349
BLOOD OXYGEN CONTENT: More objective assessments of the oxygenation of blood include pulse oximetry and arterial blood gas analysis. Supplemental oxygen should be provided to any critically ill traumatized animal until it is proved that oxygen supplementation is not necessary
More objective assessments of the oxygenation of blood include pulse oximetry and arterial blood gas analysis. Supplemental oxygen should be provided to any critically ill traumatized animal until it is proved that oxygen supplementation is not necessary
350
A variety of conditions associated with trauma can result in respiratory distress and decreased oxygenation of hemoglobin (Figure 132-2; also see Chapter 141), but the most common are?
A variety of conditions associated with trauma can result in respiratory distress and decreased oxygenation of hemoglobin (Figure 132-2; also see Chapter 141), but the most common are pneumothorax and pulmonary contusions.
351
Figure 132-2 Causes of respiratory distress in a trauma patient.
Figure 132-2 Causes of respiratory distress in a trauma patient.
352
Increased bronchovesicular sounds in a traumatized animal are commonly a result of pulmonary contusions. Pulmonary contusions often worsen before they improve. Intravenous fluid therapy for other conditions should be given with caution in these dogs and cats. There is no specific therapy for pulmonary contusions. Supportive care with oxygen supplementation and pain relief are the mainstays of treatment. Most dogs and cats with pulmonary contusions begin to improve 24 to 36 hours after the initial insult
Increased bronchovesicular sounds in a traumatized animal are commonly a result of pulmonary contusions. Pulmonary contusions often worsen before they improve. Intravenous fluid therapy for other conditions should be given with caution in these dogs and cats. There is no specific therapy for pulmonary contusions. Supportive care with oxygen supplementation and pain relief are the mainstays of treatment. Most dogs and cats with pulmonary contusions begin to improve 24 to 36 hours after the initial insult
353
Neurogenic pulmonary edema occurs rarely but is most often associated with severe head trauma. This form of pulmonary edema can range from mild to severe enough to require mechanical ventilation
Neurogenic pulmonary edema occurs rarely but is most often associated with severe head trauma. This form of pulmonary edema can range from mild to severe enough to require mechanical ventilation. Generally, respiratory problems in animals with neurogenic pulmonary edema caused by head trauma improve substantially within 48 hours, or death ensues due to the severe respiratory compromise.
354
An adequate amount of hemoglobin in the vascular space is essential to maintenance of tissue oxygen delivery. Decreased hemoglobin content severely limits the oxygen-carrying capacity of the blood and can contribute to decreased tissue oxygen delivery. The .................... provides the most rapid estimate of the hemoglobin concentration in a traumatized dog or cat, but it should be interpreted in conjunction with assessment of the .................. (see Tissue Perfusion, below) to get a complete assessment of the total hemoglobin content of the vascular space.
An adequate amount of hemoglobin in the vascular space is essential to maintenance of tissue oxygen delivery. Decreased hemoglobin content severely limits the oxygen-carrying capacity of the blood and can contribute to decreased tissue oxygen delivery. The packed cell volume (PCV) provides the most rapid estimate of the hemoglobin concentration in a traumatized dog or cat, but it should be interpreted in conjunction with assessment of the vascular volume status (see Tissue Perfusion, below) to get a complete assessment of the total hemoglobin content of the vascular space.
355
Typically, acute blood loss is not reflected by the initial PCV measurement because of .....................and................................ .......................and serial measurements of both .... and .... as intravenous fluids are administered can be more sensitive indicators of acute blood loss.
Typically, acute blood loss is not reflected by the initial PCV measurement because of splenic contraction in the dog and the length of time it takes for interstitial fluid to shift into the vascular space to dilute the PCV. Initial total solids (TS) and serial measurements of both PCV and TS as intravenous fluids are administered can be more sensitive indicators of acute blood loss. There is no specific PCV at or below which transfusion is required.
356
Transfusion therapy should be based on whether the animal is affected by the decreased hemoglobin content, which is indicated by clinical signs such as pale mucous membranes, tachycardia, tachypnea, bounding or weak pulses, depressed mentation, or cardiac arrhythmias. As with any animal in critical condition, it is best to anticipate and treat problems before they cause physiologic compromise. For example, if the PCV is dropping rapidly, it is best to start a blood transfusion or administer hemoglobin solutions before the hemoglobin content drops to a life-threatening level.
Transfusion therapy should be based on whether the animal is affected by the decreased hemoglobin content, which is indicated by clinical signs such as pale mucous membranes, tachycardia, tachypnea, bounding or weak pulses, depressed mentation, or cardiac arrhythmias. As with any animal in critical condition, it is best to anticipate and treat problems before they cause physiologic compromise. For example, if the PCV is dropping rapidly, it is best to start a blood transfusion or administer hemoglobin solutions before the hemoglobin content drops to a life-threatening level.
357
Figure 132-3 Assessment of tissue perfusion The most common clinical signs indicative of poor tissue perfusion are? The most common cause of poor tissue perfusion after a traumatic event is ................... secondary to hemorrhage
Figure 132-3 Assessment of tissue perfusion Pale or gray mucous membranes, a prolonged capillary refill time, a rapid heart rate, and weak pulses. The most common cause of poor tissue perfusion after a traumatic event is hypovolemia secondary to hemorrhage
358
Administration of a balanced electrolyte solution at a rate of ......... mL/kg body weight/hr in the dog (..... to ..... mL/kg body weight/hr in the cat) is indicated with physical evidence of poor tissue perfusion.
Administration of a balanced electrolyte solution at a rate of 90 mL/kg body weight/hr in the dog (40 to 60 mL/kg body weight/hr in the cat) is indicated with physical evidence of poor tissue perfusion.
359
If clinical perfusion parameters or the blood pressure has not significantly improved after this volume of fluid has been administered, an investigation into causes of nonresponsive cardiovascular shock should be pursued. Such causes include...?
Ongoing intravascular volume loss (most commonly due to ongoing hemorrhage) or, less commonly, cardiogenic causes, such as arrhythmias, pericardial effusion, myocardial depression or failure, electrolyte abnormalities, decreased venous return (e.g., tension pneumothorax), or ischemic organs. The peritoneal space represents the most common location of substantial hemorrhage that can lead to hypovolemia. Less common locations are the pleural space and retroperitoneal space, external hemorrhage, and hemorrhage into the muscles surrounding the femur.
360
Hypertonic solutions can be considered after head trauma if a dog or cat is hypovolemic (see Chapter 128) or if an animal appears to be in severe hypovolemic shock and may die before an adequate amount of balanced electrolyte solution can be administered (see Chapter 139).
Hypertonic solutions can be considered after head trauma if a dog or cat is hypovolemic (see Chapter 128) or if an animal appears to be in severe hypovolemic shock and may die before an adequate amount of balanced electrolyte solution can be administered (see Chapter 139).
361
Brain dysfunction may be a result of...?
poor oxygen delivery, direct tissue damage, intracranial hemorrhage, cerebral edema, ischemia, and/or increased intracranial pressure.
362
Therapeutic considerations with head trauma and brain dysfunction include optimization of .................., administration of .................. (0.5 to 1.5 g/kg given intravenously), mild elevation of the ............... , and maintenance of ................. (see Chapter 128). Spinal cord assessment should include palpation of the spine and assessment of spinal function, including voluntary motor movement, conscious proprioception, ambulation, spinal reflexes, and pain sensation.
Therapeutic considerations with head trauma and brain dysfunction include optimization of tissue perfusion, administration of mannitol (0.5 to 1.5 g/kg given intravenously), mild elevation of the head (avoiding flexion of the neck and occlusion of the jugular veins), and maintenance of oxygenation (see Chapter 128). Spinal cord assessment should include palpation of the spine and assessment of spinal function, including voluntary motor movement, conscious proprioception, ambulation, spinal reflexes, and pain sensation.
363
Potential renal system abnormalities include direct kidney damage (e.g., contusions, hematomas, avulsion), ureteral rupture, bladder rupture, and urethral trauma. Any animal that has been traumatized may have experienced renal system trauma. Serial assessment of the blood urea nitrogen, creatinine, and serum potassium concentrations, as well as of urine output, should be considered. It should be remembered that animals with a ruptured urinary bladder might still urinate.
. Potential renal system abnormalities include direct kidney damage (e.g., contusions, hematomas, avulsion), ureteral rupture, bladder rupture, and urethral trauma. Any animal that has been traumatized may have experienced renal system trauma. Serial assessment of the blood urea nitrogen, creatinine, and serum potassium concentrations, as well as of urine output, should be considered. It should be remembered that animals with a ruptured urinary bladder might still urinate.
364
Ureteral rupture may result in urine accumulation in the retroperitoneal space, a situation in which abdominocentesis fails to obtain fluid. Abdominal radiographs, abdominal ultrasound scans, and intravenous contrast studies may be necessary to diagnose ureteral rupture. If free abdominal fluid is present, it should be analyzed for the ...................................... concentrations, which should be compared to the concentrations in peripheral blood. If the abdominal fluid is urine, its ............ and ................ concentrations are higher than that of blood.
If free abdominal fluid is present, it should be analyzed for the creatinine and potassium concentrations, which should be compared to the concentrations in peripheral blood. If the abdominal fluid is urine, its creatinine and potassium concentrations are higher than that of blood.
365
Heatstroke: Hyperthermia is defined as?
Hyperthermia is defined as a severe elevation body temperature from 104.9° to 109.4° F after an animal has been exposed to elevated ambient temperatures or has performed strenuous activity.
366
Pyrogenic hyperthermia is associated with....?
Pyrogenic hyperthermia is associated with the body increasing the hypothalamic thermoregulatory center set point in response to a variety of endogenous or exogenous pyrogens and in most cases is a normal physiologic process.
367
Nonpyrogenic hyperthermia is ......... ; an ............. to dissipate heat.
Nonpyrogenic hyperthermia, however, is abnormal: an inability to dissipate heat.
368
Exertion or exercise in animals in locations with high environmental temperature and elevated ambient humidity can cause hyperthermia in as little as ........ minutes, particularly in animals without access to shade or opportunity to cool down and rest. This can result in exertional heat stroke or exertional hyperthermia when animals cannot dissipate heat
Exertion or exercise in animals in locations with high environmental temperature and elevated ambient humidity can cause hyperthermia in as little as 30 minutes, particularly in animals without access to shade or opportunity to cool down and rest.[2,4,5] This can result in exertional heat stroke or exertional hyperthermia when animals cannot dissipate heat
369
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Body temperature is maintained by the thermoregulatory center in the ................... Thermoregulation allows the core body temperature to remain constant despite exposure to a wide range of environmental and physiologic conditions.
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Body temperature is maintained by the thermoregulatory center in the hypothalamus. Thermoregulation allows the core body temperature to remain constant despite exposure to a wide range of environmental and physiologic conditions.
370
Heat balance occurs through the actions of heat gain and dissipation mechanisms. Heat gain occurs through.....?
oxidative metabolism of foodstuffs, exercise or increased metabolic activity, and elevated environmental temperature
371
Heat-dissipating mechanisms help prevent the excessive gain of heat and include......?
Behavioral changes such as seeking a cooler location, changes in circulation that include peripheral vasodilation, evaporative cooling primarily in the form of respiratory heat exchange, radiation, and convection.
372
When environmental temperature increases and approaches body temperature, evaporative heat loss becomes important to maintain normothermia. Animals, who lack sweat glands, depend primarily on the dissipation of heat from evaporative cooling from the respiratory system in the form of panting. When body temperature increases, the thermoregulatory center in the hypothalamus is activated and sends a relay of signals to the ............center. This is a basic reflex mechanism by which an animal responds to heat excess and dissipates heat to prevent hyperthermia. As air comes in contact with the mucous membranes of the upper airways, evaporative cooling occurs. I
When environmental temperature increases and approaches body temperature, evaporative heat loss becomes important to maintain normothermia.[2,3] Animals, who lack sweat glands, depend primarily on the dissipation of heat from evaporative cooling from the respiratory system in the form of panting.[2,6] When body temperature increases, the thermoregulatory center in the hypothalamus is activated and sends a relay of signals to the panting center. This is a basic reflex mechanism by which an animal responds to heat excess and dissipates heat to prevent hyperthermia. As air comes in contact with the mucous membranes of the upper airways, evaporative cooling occurs.
373
If high ambient humidity is present, however, evaporative cooling mechanisms are not as effective and body temperature can continue to rise despite the body's efforts to cool itself. As core body temperature rises, .................. also increases and results in further heat accumulation. A second method of cooling can occur by ..............., in which an overheated animal lies on a cooler surface and the body heat is passively transferred to the cooler surface.
If high ambient humidity is present, however, evaporative cooling mechanisms are not as effective and body temperature can continue to rise despite the body's efforts to cool itself. As core body temperature rises, metabolic rate also increases and results in further heat accumulation. A second method of cooling can occur by convection, in which an overheated animal lies on a cooler surface and the body heat is passively transferred to the cooler surface.
374
A number of factors can increase the risk of heatstroke, including...?
high ambient humidity, upper airway obstruction, laryngeal paralysis, brachiocephalic airway syndrome, collapsing trachea, obesity, and a previous history of hyperthermia or heat-induced illness.
375
The differential diagnosis of heat stroke or hyperthermia must be considered in any animal with a rectal temperature greater than 104.9° F and no other signs of infection. Pyrogenic hyperthermia results from the hypothalamic thermoregulatory center increasing its set point in response to any number of ...............or .............pyrogens. Nonpyrogenic hyperthermia, however, results from the body's inability to adequately ............... Therefore, antipyretic agents are often ineffective in reducing body temperature in animals with heat-induced illness and are actually contraindicated due to potentially adverse side effects.
The differential diagnosis of heat stroke or hyperthermia must be considered in any animal with a rectal temperature greater than 104.9° F and no other signs of infection. Pyrogenic hyperthermia results from the hypothalamic thermoregulatory center increasing its set point in response to any number of endogenous or exogenous pyrogens. Nonpyrogenic hyperthermia, however, results from the body's inability to adequately dissipate heat. Therefore, antipyretic agents are often ineffective in reducing body temperature in animals with heat-induced illness and are actually contraindicated due to potentially adverse side effects.
376
Differential diagnoses in patients with rectal temperatures greater than 104.9° F include?
1. Inflammatory diseases of the central nervous system such as meningitis and encephalitis and 2. hypothalamic mass lesions that affect the thermoregulatory center. 3. Malignant hyperthermia in affected animals, particularly Labrador Retrievers, and unwitnessed seizure activity. 4. Toxins such as metaldehyde, strychnine, and neurogenic mycotoxins can also cause seizures and muscle fasciculations to such an extent that core temperature rises
377
As body temperature rises, the thermoregulatory center in the hypothalamus detects changes in temperature and increases neural signals to the panting center. The animal responds by?
panting, increasing dead space ventilation and increasing evaporative cooling mechanisms in an attempt to dissipate heat.
378
If ambient humidity is high or temperature rises too quickly, adaptive cooling mechanisms become ineffective and the body's core temperature continues to rise. Early in hyperthermia, increase in dead space ventilation occurs, with little effect on carbon dioxide elimination. As hyperthermia progresses, however, metabolic............... can occur.
Metabolic alkalosis.
379
The effects of prolonged hyperthermia override the body's normal adaptive mechanisms, and cerebrospinal fluid .........capnia and a............., factors that normally decrease panting, are no longer effective, and panting continues.
The effects of prolonged hyperthermia override the body's normal adaptive mechanisms, and cerebrospinal fluid hypocapnia and alkalosis, factors that normally decrease panting, are no longer effective, and panting continues.
380
Additionally, as core body temperature increases, the body compensates by peripheral ............... Increased blood flow to the skin and periphery can help to ...................... heat by convective mechanisms. To help maintain adequate blood pressure, ..................... vessels constrict to maintain adequate circulating volume. Further, circulating .................... increase heart rate and cardiac output in an attempt to increase peripheral circulation. Early in hyperthermia, there is an increase in cardiac output and decrease in peripheral vascular resistance. As hyperthermia progresses, however, blood pressure and cardiac output .............. There is also a decrease in circulating plasma volume that can result in ....................volemia. As perfusion to vital organs is decreased, widespread organ damage can result.
Additionally, as core body temperature increases, the body compensates by peripheral vasodilation. Increased blood flow to the skin and periphery can help to decrease heat by convective mechanisms. To help maintain adequate blood pressure, splanchnic vessels constrict to maintain adequate circulating volume.[6] Further, circulating catecholamines increase heart rate and cardiac output in an attempt to increase peripheral circulation.[3] Early in hyperthermia, there is an increase in cardiac output and decrease in peripheral vascular resistance.[6] As hyperthermia progresses, however, blood pressure and cardiac output decrease.[6] There is also a decrease in circulating plasma volume that can result in hypovolemia. As perfusion to vital organs is decreased, widespread organ damage can result.
381
As body temperature rises, widespread thermal injury occurs to neuronal tissue, cardiac myocytes, hepatocytes, renal parenchymal and tubular cells, and gastrointestinal barrier function. Additionally, oxidative phosphorylation and enzyme activities are reduced, causing a decrease in energy production.
As body temperature rises, widespread thermal injury occurs to neuronal tissue, cardiac myocytes, hepatocytes, renal parenchymal and tubular cells, and gastrointestinal barrier function.[3] Additionally, oxidative phosphorylation and enzyme activities are reduced, causing a decrease in energy production.
382
The combined effects of decreased organ perfusion, enzyme dysfunction, and uncoupling of oxidative phosphorylation are a decrease in.................... and an increase in ......................... both of which contribute to increased lactate production and lactic acidosis.[3] Lactic acidosis can occur within 3 to 4 hours of initial heat-induced injury.
The combined effects of decreased organ perfusion, enzyme dysfunction, and uncoupling of oxidative phosphorylation are a decrease in aerobic glycolysis and an increase in tissue oxygen debt, both of which contribute to increased lactate production and lactic acidosis.[3] Lactic acidosis can occur within 3 to 4 hours of initial heat-induced injury.
383
The kidneys are affected by direct thermal injury to tubular and parenchymal cells. Additionally, decreased renal blood flow and hypotension cause hypoxic damage to the tubular epithelium and cell death. With disease progression, .............. of renal vessels can occur with ........................... Consistent findings in severely hyperthermic pets are renal tubular ...................and.............. Both factors indicate severe renal injury. Rhabdomyolysis can also be associated with severe ......................and pigment-associated damage to the renal tubular epithelium.
The kidneys are affected by direct thermal injury to tubular and parenchymal cells. Additionally, decreased renal blood flow and hypotension cause hypoxic damage to the tubular epithelium and cell death. With disease progression, thrombosis of renal vessels can occur with disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC). Consistent findings in severely hyperthermic pets are renal tubular casts and glycosuria. Both factors indicate severe renal injury. Rhabdomyolysis can also be associated with severe myoglobinuria and pigment-associated damage to the renal tubular epithelium
384
The gastrointestinal tract is a key player in multiorgan failure associated with hyperthermia. Decreased perfusion to the mesentery and thermal injury to enterocytes often results in a disruption of the gastrointestinal mucosal barrier and subsequent bacterial translocation.
The gastrointestinal tract is a key player in multiorgan failure associated with hyperthermia. Decreased perfusion to the mesentery and thermal injury to enterocytes often results in a disruption of the gastrointestinal mucosal barrier and subsequent bacterial translocation.
385
Bacteremia and elevation of circulating bacterial endotoxin can lead to ................................ Patients with severe hyperthermia often present with hematemesis and severe hematochezia, and often slough the lining of their intestinal tract.
Bacteremia and elevation of circulating bacterial endotoxin can lead to sepsis, systemic inflammatory response (SIRS), and multiorgan failure. Patients with severe hyperthermia often present with hematemesis and severe hematochezia, and often slough the lining of their intestinal tract.
386
Thermal injury to hepatocytes results in decreased hepatic function, with elevations of hepatocellular enzyme activities, increased .......... and total ............ Persistent hypoglycemia in affected patients may be associated with hepatocellular .................... and ............... depletion. Decreased hepatic .................. function and portal hypotension can also predispose the patient to sepsis with associated bacteremia and SIRS.
Thermal injury to hepatocytes results in decreased hepatic function, with elevations of hepatocellular enzyme activities, increased ALT, AST, and total bilirubin. Persistent hypoglycemia in affected patients may be associated with hepatocellular dysfunction and glycogen depletion. Decreased hepatic macrophage function and portal hypotension can also predispose the patient to sepsis with associated bacteremia and SIRS.
387
Hyperthermia also induces widespread endothelial damage, one of the key players in the development of ........ All elements of Virchow's triad, which consists of........................ occur during hyperthermia. Sluggish blood flow during periods of ................. and decreased production of .................due to hepatic injury both contribute to DIC. Exposure of sub endothelial ............ and ............ cause widespread platelet .............., .......... of clotting factors, activation of the fibrinolytic pathway, and subsequent ........ Massive global............ associated with DIC can result in multiorgan failure and death. Thrombocyto....., prolonged....... time and activated .............. time and elevated .............degradation products may be observed if DIC is present. Destruction or consumption of clotting factors can occur. In some dogs and cats, thrombocytopenia may not become apparent for several days after the initial insult. Thrombocytopenia is one of the most common clinicopathologic abnormalities observed in animals with heat-induced illness.
Hyperthermia also induces widespread endothelial damage, one of the key players in the development of DIC.[8] All elements of Virchow's triad, which consists of vascular endothelial injury, venous stasis, and a hypercoagulable state, occur during hyperthermia. Sluggish blood flow during periods of hypotension and decreased production of clotting factors due to hepatic injury both contribute to DIC. Exposure of subendothelial collagen and tissue factor cause widespread platelet activation, consumption of clotting factors, activation of the fibrinolytic pathway, and subsequent DIC. Massive global thrombosis associated with DIC can result in multiorgan failure and death. Although one study demonstrated no significant outcome associated with treatment for DIC, many authors advocate empiric therapy to prevent DIC in all patients with hyperthermia. Thrombocytopenia, prolonged prothrombin time and activated partial thromboplastin time and elevated fibrin degradation products may be observed if DIC is present. Destruction or consumption of clotting factors can occur. In some dogs and cats, thrombocytopenia may not become apparent for several days after the initial insult. Thrombocytopenia is one of the most common clinicopathologic abnormalities observed in animals with heat-induced illness.
388
Finally, hyperthermia can cause direct damage to neurons, neuronal death, and cerebral edema. Thrombosis or intracranial hemorrhage can also occur with DIC. Damage to the hypothalamic thermoregulatory center, localized intraparenchymal bleeding, infarction, and cellular necrosis can all lead to seizures. Altered levels of consciousness are among the most common clinical signs of heat-induced illness. As hyperthermia progresses, severe central nervous system depression, seizures, coma, and death may occur.
Finally, hyperthermia can cause direct damage to neurons, neuronal death, and cerebral edema. Thrombosis or intracranial hemorrhage can also occur with DIC. Damage to the hypothalamic thermoregulatory center, localized intraparenchymal bleeding, infarction, and cellular necrosis can all lead to seizures. Altered levels of consciousness are among the most common clinical signs of heat-induced illness. As hyperthermia progresses, severe central nervous system depression, seizures, coma, and death may occur.
389
Arterial blood gas analyses can be variable, as respiratory effort may be increased in heat stroke, producing a respiratory ................. However, increased circulating lactate, can produce a metabolic ........... thus a mixed acid-base disturbance can occur. The need for administration of sodium bicarbonate is a negative prognostic indicator.
Arterial blood gas analyses can be variable, as respiratory effort may be increased in heat stroke, producing a respiratory alkalosis. However, increased circulating lactate, can produce a metabolic acidosis, thus a mixed acid-base disturbance can occur. The need for administration of sodium bicarbonate is a negative prognostic indicator.
390
It is important to cool the patient to 103° F within 30 to 60 minutes of initial presentation but to avoid overcooling. As the thermoregulatory center becomes deranged in animals with heat-induced illness, overcooling past 103° F will cause a rapid drop in ...................
It is important to cool the patient to 103° F within 30 to 60 minutes of initial presentation but to avoid overcooling. As the thermoregulatory center becomes deranged in animals with heat-induced illness, overcooling past 103° F will cause a rapid drop in core temperature.
391
Overcooling can also be injurious, as patients who presented with hypothermia were more likely to die. As cooling progresses to less than 103° F, shivering can occur, which will increase .............. and further increase .........body temperature. Immersion in ice baths or cold water is absolutely contraindicated, as cold water immersion causes peripheral..................... and prevents ................., one of the animal's primary methods of cooling. ..................results in further elevation of ............ body temperature and thus should be avoided at all costs.
Overcooling can also be injurious, as patients who presented with hypothermia were more likely to die.[4] As cooling progresses to less than 103° F, shivering can occur, which will increase metabolic rate and further increase core body temperature. Immersion in ice baths or cold water is absolutely contraindicated, as cold water immersion causes peripheral vasoconstriction and prevents vasodilation, one of the animal's primary methods of cooling. Vasoconstriction results in further elevation of core body temperature and thus should be avoided at all costs.
392
Massaging the skin can increase peripheral .............,improve peripheral blood ............,, and improve heat loss. Other methods of cooling that have been described but offer no real advantage or improvement of clinical outcome include administration of cool .................. fluids, gastric ......., cold-water enemas, and cool peritoneal lavage. Placing alcohol on the footpads has been described, but can further complicate overcooling and thus should not be performed.
Massaging the skin can increase peripheral circulation, improve peripheral blood flow, and improve heat loss. Other methods of cooling that have been described but offer no real advantage or improvement of clinical outcome include administration of cool intravenous fluids, gastric lavage, cold-water enemas, and cool peritoneal lavage. Placing alcohol on the footpads has been described, but can further complicate overcooling and thus should not be performed.
393
Intravenous fluid administration should be tailored to each patient's individual needs, and can be administered based on central venous pressure, acid-base and electrolyte status, blood pressure, thoracic auscultation, and colloid oncotic pressure.
Intravenous fluid administration should be tailored to each patient's individual needs, and can be administered based on central venous pressure, acid-base and electrolyte status, blood pressure, thoracic auscultation, and colloid oncotic pressure.
394
Obesity, renal failure, and DIC all increase the risk of death associated with hyperthermia. Permanent damage to kidneys, liver, and brain can occur, including permanent changes in the hypothalamic thermoregulatory center that can predispose the patient to further hyperthermic episodes
Obesity, renal failure, and DIC all increase the risk of death associated with hyperthermia. Permanent damage to kidneys, liver, and brain can occur, including permanent changes in the hypothalamic thermoregulatory center that can predispose the patient to further hyperthermic episodes
395
Figure 133-1 General algorithm for approach to the patient with heatstroke. Approach can be tailored to the individual patient, with more aggressive monitoring in the most critically ill animals.
Figure 133-1 General algorithm for approach to the patient with heatstroke. Approach can be tailored to the individual patient, with more aggressive monitoring in the most critically ill animals.
396
Hepatic and Splenic Emergencies: HEPATIC AND SPLENIC EMERGENCIES ASSOCIATED WITH HEMOPERITONEUM Traumatic injury to the liver or spleen, or rupture of splenic or hepatic masses can cause life-threatening intraperitoneal hemorrhage. Trauma to these organs is often associated with motor vehicle accidents, falls, and accidental or malicious blunt abdominal injuries. The most common nontraumatic cause of hemoperitoneum in dogs is rupture of splenic hemangiosarcoma.[1] Less commonly, hemorrhage can occur from other vascular intraabdominal masses, including splenic hematomas and hepatic tumors. Hemorrhage from hepatic and splenic neoplasms accounts for approximately 50% of feline nontraumatic hemoperitoneum.
Traumatic injury to the liver or spleen, or rupture of splenic or hepatic masses can cause life-threatening intraperitoneal hemorrhage. Trauma to these organs is often associated with motor vehicle accidents, falls, and accidental or malicious blunt abdominal injuries. The most common nontraumatic cause of hemoperitoneum in dogs is rupture of splenic hemangiosarcoma.[1] Less commonly, hemorrhage can occur from other vascular intraabdominal masses, including splenic hematomas and hepatic tumors. Hemorrhage from hepatic and splenic neoplasms accounts for approximately 50% of feline nontraumatic hemoperitoneum.[2]
397
Rupture of the Biliary System Rupture of the biliary system is more commonly seen in dogs than cats and is usually caused by abdominal trauma or associated with severe cholecystitis and rupture of the gall bladder. Rupture has also been reported in dogs secondary to gall bladder infarction. Once substantial bile leakage occurs, clinical signs of peritonitis develop, thus prompting owners to seek veterinary attention.Blood work often shows a leukocytosis, elevated serum bilirubin concentration, and elevations of serum ALP and ALT. A diagnosis of bile leakage is made from an analysis of peritoneal fluid samples. The finding of free bile crystals on cytology or a peritoneal fluid bilirubin level higher than that of the serum should prompt exploratory surgery. It should be noted that these changes may not be seen in patients with bile peritonitis secondary to a ruptured gallbladder mucocele because the gelatinous bile often fails to disperse throughout the abdomen
Rupture of the Biliary System Rupture of the biliary system is more commonly seen in dogs than cats and is usually caused by abdominal trauma or associated with severe cholecystitis and rupture of the gall bladder. Rupture has also been reported in dogs secondary to gall bladder infarction. Once substantial bile leakage occurs, clinical signs of peritonitis develop, thus prompting owners to seek veterinary attention.Blood work often shows a leukocytosis, elevated serum bilirubin concentration, and elevations of serum ALP and ALT. A diagnosis of bile leakage is made from an analysis of peritoneal fluid samples. The finding of free bile crystals on cytology or a peritoneal fluid bilirubin level higher than that of the serum should prompt exploratory surgery. It should be noted that these changes may not be seen in patients with bile peritonitis secondary to a ruptured gallbladder mucocele because the gelatinous bile often fails to disperse throughout the abdomen
398
Acute Hepatic Failure Hepatic encephalopathy is a complex syndrome of neurologic alterations seen in association with moderate to severe liver disease. The cause of the neurologic signs seen in HE is multifactorial; elevations in serum and central nervous system (CNS) ..............levels alter the .. ....................................... (3) neurotransmitter systems. Changes in the central and peripheral ...................... receptor systems also occur.
Hepatic encephalopathy is a complex syndrome of neurologic alterations seen in association with moderate to severe liver disease. The cause of the neurologic signs seen in HE is multifactorial; elevations in serum and central nervous system (CNS) ammonia levels alter the glutamate, gamma-aminobutyric acid, and serotonin neurotransmitter systems. Changes in the central and peripheral benzodiazepine receptor systems also occur.
399
Physical examination findings are rarely specific; signs of spontaneous................ including ecchymosis, icterus, and cranial organomegaly increase suspicion for liver disease but do not differentiate between an acute hemolytic crisis and extrahepatic biliary obstruction. Owners should be questioned carefully about possible drug or toxin exposures.
Physical examination findings are rarely specific; signs of spontaneous hemorrhage including ecchymosis, icterus, and cranial organomegaly increase suspicion for liver disease but do not differentiate between an acute hemolytic crisis and extrahepatic biliary obstruction. Owners should be questioned carefully about possible drug or toxin exposures.
400
A diagnosis is suspected based on the history and physical examination findings and the results of serum biochemical and liver function tests, including a coagulation profile (see Chapter 192). Treatment is largely supportive and involves cardiovascular support with crystalloid and colloid fluids, correction of electrolyte and acid-base imbalances, lowering serum ammonia levels, and treating any seizure activity. The clinician should pay particular attention to .............emia and ................ as both of these conditions increase ammonia uptake to the CNS.
A diagnosis is suspected based on the history and physical examination findings and the results of serum biochemical and liver function tests, including a coagulation profile (see Chapter 192). Abdominal ultrasound is helpful to visualize the liver and obtain either aspirates or biopsy specimens for cytology, culture, and histopathology. Treatment is largely supportive and involves cardiovascular support with crystalloid and colloid fluids, correction of electrolyte and acid-base imbalances, lowering serum ammonia levels, and treating any seizure activity. The clinician should pay particular attention to hypokalemia and alkalosis as both of these conditions increase ammonia uptake to the CNS.
401
Serum ammonia is lowered by administering .............., a non digestible .................... that .................. the colon, decreasing ..................... production and converting ammonia into non absorbable ........................... In comatose animals, lactulose is administered as an ............... (10 to 80 mL). In some instances, administration of flumazenil, a .......................... receptor antagonist (0.01 to 0.02 mg/kg IV or SQ) may ameliorate clinical signs. In animals with HE and seizurelike activity, ............... is administered as a bolus (0.5 to 1 mg/kg IV), then as an infusion (0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg/min IV). Although surgical or minimally invasive radiologic intervention for identified single intrahepatic and extrahepatic shunts may be indicated, it is important that these animals be medically managed and stabilized for signs of hepatic dysfunction prior to addressing the underlying etiology.
Serum ammonia is lowered by administering lactulose, a nondigestible disaccharide that acidifies the colon, decreasing ammonia production and converting ammonia into nonabsorbable ammonium ions. In comatose animals, lactulose is administered as an enema (10 to 80 mL). In some instances, administration of flumazenil, a benzodiazepine receptor antagonist (0.01 to 0.02 mg/kg IV or SQ) may ameliorate clinical signs. In animals with HE and seizurelike activity, propofol is administered as a bolus (0.5 to 1 mg/kg IV), then as an infusion (0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg/min IV). Although surgical or minimally invasive radiologic intervention for identified single intrahepatic and extrahepatic shunts may be indicated, it is important that these animals be medically managed and stabilized for signs of hepatic dysfunction prior to addressing the underlying etiology.
402
Oxygen Therapy: Oxygen therapy increases the concentration of inspired oxygen in an attempt to increase the content of oxygen in the arterial blood. The concentration of oxygen delivered to patients is quantified as the........................oxygen (FIO2) and may be recorded as a percentage (.....% to ......%) or a decimal (0.21 to 1.0). The concentration of oxygen in room air is always ........%. Supplemental oxygen can provide an FIO2 of .....% to ........% depending on the technique and equipment utilized.
Oxygen therapy increases the concentration of inspired oxygen in an attempt to increase the content of oxygen in the arterial blood. The concentration of oxygen delivered to patients is quantified as the fraction of inspired oxygen (FIO2) and may be recorded as a percentage (21% to 100%) or a decimal (0.21 to 1.0). The concentration of oxygen in room air is always 21%. Supplemental oxygen can provide an FIO2 of 30% to 100% depending on the technique and equipment utilized.
403
INDICATIONS Oxygen therapy aims to increase the delivery of oxygen to the tissues. The determinants of oxygen delivery are ................ concentration, ...................................oxygenation, and ................
Oxygen therapy aims to increase the delivery of oxygen to the tissues. The determinants of oxygen delivery are hemoglobin concentration, arterial blood oxygenation, and cardiac output
404
There are three main indications for oxygen therapy: which ones?
1. significant anemia, 2. hemodynamic compromise, 3. decreased blood oxygen concentrations (hypoxemia).
405
Hypoxemia maybe suspected based on....?
The patient's clinical signs or it may be documented directly with pulse oximetry and/or arterial blood gas measurement. Clinical signs suggestive of hypoxemia include respiratory distress, apnea, and cyanosis. Unfortunately, clinical assessment of hypoxemia is insensitive.
406
An uncommon but important indication for oxygen therapy is ..................... poisoning. Oxygen therapy will both attenuate tissue .................. and accelerate the elimination of .................. binding to hemoglobin.
An uncommon but important indication for oxygen therapy is carbon monoxide poisoning. Oxygen therapy will both attenuate tissue hypoxia and accelerate the elimination of carbon monoxide binding to hemoglobin.
407
GOALS OF OXYGEN THERAPY The goal of oxygen therapy will depend upon the reason for its administration. In patients with anemia, hemodynamic compromise, or carbon monoxide poisoning, the goal is to maximally increase arterial oxygen content in an attempt to increase oxygen delivery to the tissues until more definitive therapy can be instituted. To this aim, the highest possible ................should be provided. In most pets that require oxygen therapy beyond the initial stabilization period, the goal is to correct ..............
GOALS OF OXYGEN THERAPY The goal of oxygen therapy will depend upon the reason for its administration. In patients with anemia, hemodynamic compromise, or carbon monoxide poisoning, the goal is to maximally increase arterial oxygen content in an attempt to increase oxygen delivery to the tissues until more definitive therapy can be instituted. To this aim, the highest possible FIO2 should be provided. In most pets that require oxygen therapy beyond the initial stabilization period, the goal is to correct hypoxemia.
408
Hypoxemia is defined as a partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) less than ....... mm Hg or an arterial oxygen saturation of less than ......%. Severe hypoxemia is present when the PaO2 is less than 60 mm Hg or the arterial oxygen saturation is less than .............%. Ideally, oxygen therapy is adjusted as needed for the patient to maintain a PaO2 of ....... to ..........mm Hg. This will maintain hemoglobin saturation between ...% and ......%. Is a higher PaO2 of clinical benefit?
Hypoxemia is defined as a partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) less than 80 mm Hg or an arterial oxygen saturation of less than 95%. Severe hypoxemia is present when the PaO2 is less than 60 mm Hg or the arterial oxygen saturation is less than 90%. Ideally, oxygen therapy is adjusted as needed for the patient to maintain a PaO2 of 80 to 120 mm Hg. This will maintain hemoglobin saturation between 95% and 100%. A higher PaO2 is of little clinical benefit assuming the patient has an adequate hematocrit and stable cardiovascular status.
409
Animals with a normal hematocrit and normal cardiovascular function will often tolerate mild to moderate hypoxemia (PaO2 of .... to ....mm Hg). In animals with severe disease, acceptance of mild to moderate hypoxemia may be preferable to the use of higher FIO2 levels for prolonged periods of time, in an attempt to avoid oxygen toxicity.
%. A higher PaO2 is of little clinical benefit assuming the patient has an adequate hematocrit and stable cardiovascular status. Animals with a normal hematocrit and normal cardiovascular function will often tolerate mild to moderate hypoxemia (PaO2 of 60 to 80 mm Hg). In animals with severe disease, acceptance of mild to moderate hypoxemia may be preferable to the use of higher FIO2 levels for prolonged periods of time, in an attempt to avoid oxygen toxicity.
410
Flow-by oxygen: The simplest way to administer oxygen is by directing oxygen gas flow toward the patient's mouth and nose. An oxygen flow rate of 2 to 3 L/min will provide an FIO2 of approximately .................
An oxygen flow rate of 2 to 3 L/min will provide an FIO2 of approximately 25% to 40%.[3]
411
Mask Oxygen A face mask will allow administration of a higher ............ than can be achieved with simple flow-by oxygen, but close-fitting masks may not be well tolerated by many pets with respiratory distress. It is possible to deliver .....% or higher FIO2, and the exact FIO2 can be measured by placing an oxygen sensor in the mask alongside the animal's nose. Disadvantages include the possibility for heat and ................ to accumulate in tight-fitting face masks.
Mask Oxygen A face mask will allow administration of a higher FIO2 than can be achieved with simple flow-by oxygen, but close-fitting masks may not be well tolerated by many pets with respiratory distress. It is possible to deliver 60% or higher FIO2, and the exact FIO2 can be measured by placing an oxygen sensor in the mask alongside the animal's nose (Web Figure 135-2).[3] Disadvantages include the possibility for heat and carbon dioxide to accumulate in tight-fitting face masks.
412
Elizabethan Collar An Elizabethan collar with an oxygen source secured inside and the front covered with clear plastic wrap is a cheap, readily available method by which reasonably high levels of oxygen can be administered (Web Figure 135-3). It is important to make a window in the top of the plastic wrap to prevent accumulation of heat and carbon dioxide. Flow rates of 0.5 to 1 L/min can provide an FIO2 of ...................
Elizabethan Collar An Elizabethan collar with an oxygen source secured inside and the front covered with clear plastic wrap is a cheap, readily available method by which reasonably high levels of oxygen can be administered (Web Figure 135-3). It is important to make a window in the top of the plastic wrap to prevent accumulation of heat and carbon dioxide. Flow rates of 0.5 to 1 L/min can provide an FIO2 of 30% to 40%.
413
Nasal Prongs A simple method of oxygen administration is placement of human nasal prongs (Figure 135-1). These are only practical in medium-sized dogs or larger. The advantages of the nasal prongs are their ease of placement and ready availability.
Nasal Prongs A simple method of oxygen administration is placement of human nasal prongs (Figure 135-1). These are only practical in medium-sized dogs or larger. The advantages of the nasal prongs are their ease of placement and ready availability.
414
Nasal Oxygen Catheter A nasal oxygen catheter is generally well accepted by most pets and can supply an FIO2 of ...................% with oxygen flow rates of 50 to 200 mL/kg/min. Bilateral nasal oxygen catheters can provide an FIO2 of up to ........% (see Table 135-1).
Nasal Oxygen Catheter A nasal oxygen catheter is generally well accepted by most pets and can supply an FIO2 of 37% to 58% with oxygen flow rates of 50 to 200 mL/kg/min. Bilateral nasal oxygen catheters can provide an FIO2 of up to 77% (see Table 135-1).
415
Transtracheal Oxygen Transtracheal oxygen delivery requires the placement of a catheter into the trachea. An oxygen source is then connected directly to the catheter and flow rates of .... to .....mL/kg/min used
Transtracheal Oxygen Transtracheal oxygen delivery requires the placement of a catheter into the trachea. An oxygen source is then connected directly to the catheter and flow rates of 50 to 200 mL/kg/min used
416
Oxygen Cage An oxygen cage allows administration of a known FIO2 to patients in a low-stress, noninvasive manner. It is particularly effective for cats in respiratory distress as they may quickly decompensate when handled. The advantages include patient comfort, the ability to control FIO2 accurately, and the ability to provide very high FIO2 levels when required.
Oxygen Cage An oxygen cage allows administration of a known FIO2 to patients in a low-stress, noninvasive manner. It is particularly effective for cats in respiratory distress as they may quickly decompensate when handled. The advantages include patient comfort, the ability to control FIO2 accurately, and the ability to provide very high FIO2 levels when required.
417
Positive Pressure Ventilation When hypoxemia cannot be corrected with oxygen therapy or if a patient requires FIO2 levels of greater than .......% for long periods of time (24 to 48 hours), positive pressure ventilation is indicated. Positive pressure ventilation will often allow correction of hypoxemia at a lower FIO2.
Positive Pressure Ventilation When hypoxemia cannot be corrected with oxygen therapy or if a patient requires FIO2 levels of greater than 60% for long periods of time (24 to 48 hours), positive pressure ventilation is indicated. Positive pressure ventilation will often allow correction of hypoxemia at a lower FIO2.
418
Humidification Inspired gases are normally humidified by the upper airways. The delivery of dry gas to the nose, trachea, or lower airways can cause irritation, inflammation, and thickening of airway secretions. For this reason any oxygen administration method that delivers high gas flows intranasally or intratracheally should use humidified gas.[7] This is especially important if oxygen therapy is provided for more than a few hours. Humidification is most simply achieved by use of a bubble humidifier attached to the oxygen source (Web Figure 135-4). The reservoir should be kept filled with sterile water. The entire unit can be sterilized between patients
Humidification Inspired gases are normally humidified by the upper airways. The delivery of dry gas to the nose, trachea, or lower airways can cause irritation, inflammation, and thickening of airway secretions. For this reason any oxygen administration method that delivers high gas flows intranasally or intratracheally should use humidified gas.[7] This is especially important if oxygen therapy is provided for more than a few hours. Humidification is most simply achieved by use of a bubble humidifier attached to the oxygen source (Web Figure 135-4). The reservoir should be kept filled with sterile water. The entire unit can be sterilized between patients
419
MONITORING Arterial blood gas measures the ..... and is the gold standard for evaluation of arterial oxygenation. Assessment of arterial blood gases requires an arterial blood sample and a blood gas analyzer. The normal or “expected” PaO2 is dependent on the ......... and the .......... pressure.
MONITORING Arterial blood gas measures the PaO2 and is the gold standard for evaluation of arterial oxygenation. Assessment of arterial blood gases requires an arterial blood sample and a blood gas analyzer. The normal or “expected” PaO2 is dependent on the FIO2 and the barometric pressure.
420
A useful rule of thumb is that the normal PaO2 in a patient at sea level is approximately ..... times the FIO2 measured in percent. For example, for 21% room air at sea level, the normal PaO2 is approximately .......... mm Hg while the normal PaO2 on an FIO2 of 100% at sea level is approximately .............. mm Hg. The expected PaO2 for a given FIO2 when at a high altitude is lower due to the decrease in barometric pressure.
A useful rule of thumb is that the normal PaO2 in a patient at sea level is approximately 5 times the FIO2 measured in percent. For example, for 21% room air at sea level, the normal PaO2 is approximately 100 mm Hg while the normal PaO2 on an FIO2 of 100% at sea level is approximately 500 mm Hg. The expected PaO2 for a given FIO2 when at a high altitude is lower due to the decrease in barometric pressure.
421
As previously mentioned, the goal of oxygen therapy is to maintain a PaO2 of .... to .......... mm Hg. If the PaO2 is less than ....... mm Hg, the FIO2 should be increased; if the PaO2 is greater than......... mm Hg, the FIO2 should be decreased. Reevaluation of oxygenation status following any change in FIO2 is always important.
As previously mentioned, the goal of oxygen therapy is to maintain a PaO2 of 80 to 120 mm Hg. If the PaO2 is less than 80 mm Hg, the FIO2 should be increased; if the PaO2 is greater than 120 mm Hg, the FIO2 should be decreased. Reevaluation of oxygenation status following any change in FIO2 is always important.
422
In the absence of arterial blood gas analysis, pulse oximetry can be utilized. Pulse oximetry evaluates the .................................. (SpO2). Hemoglobin saturation is determined by the ............., and this relationship is defined by the .....................................
In the absence of arterial blood gas analysis, pulse oximetry can be utilized. Pulse oximetry evaluates the arterial saturation of hemoglobin with oxygen (SpO2). Hemoglobin saturation is determined by the PaO2, and this relationship is defined by the oxygen-hemoglobin dissociation curve.
423
A PaO2 of 80 mm Hg correlates to a SpO2 of approximately .........%, while a PaO2 of 60 mm Hg correlates to an SpO2 of approximately .....%. Consequently the aim of oxygen therapy is to maintain a SpO2 of greater than ......%.
A PaO2 of 80 mm Hg correlates to a SpO2 of approximately 95%, while a PaO2 of 60 mm Hg correlates to an SpO2 of approximately 90%. Consequently the aim of oxygen therapy is to maintain a SpO2 of greater than 95%.
424
When the SpO2 is 99% to 100% consistently, the FIO2 should be..........?
When the SpO2 is 99% to 100% consistently, the FIO2 should be gradually decreased until the FIO2 at which the SpO2 decreases is identified. The FIO2 should then be set at or just above this point in an attempt to avoid the use of unnecessarily high FIO2 levels.
425
OXYGEN TOXICITY Intensive oxygen therapy is frequently required for patients with significant hypoxemia and places these animals at risk of oxygen toxicity. The ...... is the organ most vulnerable to oxygen toxicity, and the associated damage is often severe and .............
The lung is the organ most vulnerable to oxygen toxicity, and the associated damage is often severe and irreversible.
426
Guidelines for Oxygen Administration Oxygen toxicity is not just a function of the level of oxygen administered, it is also related to the duration of oxygen exposure. The general recommendation for dogs and cats is to avoid the administration of 100% oxygen for longer than ............ hours and in situations of long-term oxygen therapy the fraction of inspired oxygen should be maintained at less than ....%.
Guidelines for Oxygen Administration Oxygen toxicity is not just a function of the level of oxygen administered, it is also related to the duration of oxygen exposure. The general recommendation for dogs and cats is to avoid the administration of 100% oxygen for longer than 12 to 24 hours and in situations of long-term oxygen therapy the fraction of inspired oxygen should be maintained at less than 60%.
427
Critical illness is commonly associated with depletion of endogenous antioxidant levels; for this reason it is possible that inspired oxygen levels of less than ......% could be potentially toxic. In addition, there is no way to predict an individual animal's susceptibility to toxicity. This leads to the recommendation that the FIO2 should always be titrated to the lowest level a patient can tolerate.
Critical illness is commonly associated with depletion of endogenous antioxidant levels; for this reason it is possible that inspired oxygen levels of less than 60% could be potentially toxic. In addition, there is no way to predict an individual animal's susceptibility to toxicity. This leads to the recommendation that the FIO2 should always be titrated to the lowest level a patient can tolerate.
428
Renal Emergencies ACUTE KIDNEY INJURY Acute kidney injury (AKI) can vary from mild damage that does not elevate commonly measured renal parameters (such as creatinine) to complete ............ AKI can result from prerenal, intrinsic renal, or postrenal causes, and AKI can be superimposed on chronic kidney disease. When faced with a patient who is not excreting an adequate amount of urine (... to ... mL/kg/hr), immediate action is necessary.
Acute kidney injury (AKI) can vary from mild damage that does not elevate commonly measured renal parameters (such as creatinine) to complete anuria. AKI can result from prerenal, intrinsic renal, or postrenal causes, and AKI can be superimposed on chronic kidney disease. When faced with a patient who is not excreting an adequate amount of urine (1 to 2 mL/kg/hr), immediate action is necessary.
429
ACUTE RENAL FAILURE Insufficient blood flow to the kidney from prerenal causes can substantially decrease GFR, and longstanding ischemia may lead to intrinsic renal failure. A wide variety of factors can cause acute intrinsic renal failure, which may exist as oligoanuria (......mL/kg/hr).
A wide variety of factors can cause acute intrinsic renal failure, which may exist as oligoanuria (2 mL/kg/hr).
430
Patients with chronic kidney disease presenting in a decompensated uremic crisis are initially managed as nonoliguric acute renal failure (ARF). Owners may present the pet with a known history of potential renal insult (e.g., ingestion of nephrotoxic drug or antifreeze, recent ischemic event) or with signs suggestive of ARF (recent onset of polyuria and polydipsia, vomiting, anorexia). Physical examination may reveal renomegaly or pain, uremic ulcers or halitosis.
Patients with chronic kidney disease presenting in a decompensated uremic crisis are initially managed as nonoliguric acute renal failure (ARF). Owners may present the pet with a known history of potential renal insult (e.g., ingestion of nephrotoxic drug or antifreeze, recent ischemic event) or with signs suggestive of ARF (recent onset of polyuria and polydipsia, vomiting, anorexia). Physical examination may reveal renomegaly or pain, uremic ulcers or halitosis.
431
CLINICAL SIGNS In the initial stages of ethylene glycol intoxication (½ to 12 hours after ingestion), clinical signs may include...?
Central nervous system (CNS) depression, incoordination, ataxia, somnolence, seizures, or coma. Hypothermia and vomiting are also common. Marked polydipsia occurs in dogs, and both dogs and cats initially become polyuric. These signs may resolve, followed by signs of ARF after 24 to 72 hours in dogs and as early as 12 hours after ingestion in cats.
432
With leptospirosis, clinical signs commonly encountered include?
Fever, musculoskeletal pain, severe and persistent vomiting and diarrhea, oculonasal discharge, hemorrhagic diathesis, peripheral lymphadenopathy, or dyspnea icterus The presence of icterus in a patient with ARF is suggestive of leptospirosis, although not all serovars are associated with hepatic involvement. Leptospirosis is a zoonotic disease, and appropriate precautions should be utilized when handling any dog that is suspected to have leptospirosis.
433
Obstructing ureterolithiasis in cats is increasing in frequency. ..................nephrosis can usually be identified with ultrasonography; intravenous or antegrade pyelography may be required to determine the location and extent of obstruction.
Obstructing ureterolithiasis in cats is increasing in frequency. Hydronephrosis can usually be identified with ultrasonography; intravenous or antegrade pyelography may be required to determine the location and extent of obstruction.
434
Cage-side tests that suggest ARF include presence of a ..........–anion gap metabolic ............, ...........calcemia, or ..................kalemia. Ethylene glycol toxicity may cause ...........glycemia. In addition to isothenuria, urinalysis may reveal proteinuria, glucosuria, hematuria, pyuria, or cylindruria. ...................crystals may be present with ethylene glycol toxicity.
Cage-side tests that suggest ARF include presence of a high–anion gap metabolic acidosis, hypocalcemia, or hyperkalemia. Ethylene glycol toxicity may cause hyperglycemia. In addition to isothenuria, urinalysis may reveal proteinuria, glucosuria, hematuria, pyuria, or cylindruria. Oxalate crystals may be present with ethylene glycol toxicity. With ethylene glycol toxicity, the kidneys may appear more radiopaque than surrounding soft tissue structures. Ethylene glycol toxicity will frequently cause hyperechoic cortices compared to liver.
435
Thoracic radiographs may show an interstitial pattern with leptospirosis, or an interstitial to alveolar pattern if volume overload has led to pulmonary edema. Serum chemistry panel will document azotemia and hyperphosphatemia. Liver enzymes may be elevated with leptospirosis, with peak liver involvement occurring about 6 to 8 days after the onset of renal involvement. Changes in the complete blood count are usually nonspecific. Dogs with leptospirosis may have a mild nonregenerative anemia, leukocytosis, or thrombocytopenia. Urine culture may reveal bacterial growth in cases of bacterial pyelonephritis. Leptospirosis serology is not available on an emergency basis.
Thoracic radiographs may show an interstitial pattern with leptospirosis, or an interstitial to alveolar pattern if volume overload has led to pulmonary edema. Serum chemistry panel will document azotemia and hyperphosphatemia. Liver enzymes may be elevated with leptospirosis, with peak liver involvement occurring about 6 to 8 days after the onset of renal involvement. Changes in the complete blood count are usually nonspecific. Dogs with leptospirosis may have a mild nonregenerative anemia, leukocytosis, or thrombocytopenia. Urine culture may reveal bacterial growth in cases of bacterial pyelonephritis. Leptospirosis serology is not available on an emergency basis.
436
Specific tests available for ARF include an ethylene glycol test to confirm exposure. However, due to limits of detection of the test, cats can have nephrotoxic ethylene glycol levels with a negative test, and the test may be negative in both dogs and cats 12 hours after ingestion, due to metabolism of ethylene glycol.
Specific tests available for ARF include an ethylene glycol test to confirm exposure. However, due to limits of detection of the test, cats can have nephrotoxic ethylene glycol levels with a negative test, and the test may be negative in both dogs and cats 12 hours after ingestion, due to metabolism of ethylene glycol.
437
TREATMENT Fluid therapy is one of the first considerations for treatment of renal emergencies. Rehydration should occur over ...... to ...... hours, depending on the cardiovascular status. Most ARF patients should be rehydrated over a short time (...............hours). If the patient appears hydrated, a fluid volume equal to .....% to ....% of body weight should be administered to account for clinically undetectable dehydration.
Fluid therapy is one of the first considerations for treatment of renal emergencies. Rehydration should occur over 4 to 24 hours, depending on the cardiovascular status. Most ARF patients should be rehydrated over a short time (4 to 6 hours). If the patient appears hydrated, a fluid volume equal to 3% to 5% of body weight should be administered to account for clinically undetectable dehydration. Urine output should be assessed after rehydration and fluid therapy should be tailored to fluid output (ins-and-outs). Administered fluid should be at a base rate equaling insensible loss (22 mL/kg/day) plus the volume of sensible loss (urine production) over the previous time period. If vomiting is profuse, an estimate of this volume is added to measurements of urine output. This method is appropriate for both oliguric/anuric patients, to avoid overhydration, and for polyuric patients, who frequently have volumes of urine exceeding the clinician's estimate. Plasma or colloids (e.g., hetastarch, dextran) may be indicated.
438
If urine output remains low (...... mm Hg MAP), diuretics are indicated. .......(0.... g/kg administered IV over 20 minutes) is an ........diuretic, but is contraindicated in ............. or .................. patients.
If urine output remains low (80 mm Hg MAP), diuretics are indicated. Mannitol (0.5 g/kg administered IV over 20 minutes) is an osmotic diuretic, but is contraindicated in dehydrated or overhydrated patients.
439
Furosemide, a loop diuretic, may induce urine flow in 20 to 30 minutes after an initial IV bolus of 2.2 mg/kg. If not, the dose can be doubled, up to 10 mg/kg. Higher doses may lead to ................ Furosemide does not improve the renal outcome. Furosemide and mannitol can be given together. Dopamine is no longer recommended for treating oliguric acute renal failure.
Furosemide, a loop diuretic, may induce urine flow in 20 to 30 minutes after an initial IV bolus of 2.2 mg/kg. If not, the dose can be doubled, up to 10 mg/kg. Higher doses may lead to ototoxicity. Furosemide does not improve the renal outcome. Furosemide and mannitol can be given together. Dopamine is no longer recommended for treating oliguric acute renal failure.
440
Treatment of metabolic acidosis is recommended when the blood pH is below ....... or the serum bicarbonate concentration is less then ...... mEq/L.
Treatment of metabolic acidosis is recommended when the blood pH is below 7.2 or the serum bicarbonate concentration is less then 16 mEq/L.
441
Sodium bicarbonate is dosed according to the formula....?
Body weight (kg) × 0.3 × (20 − patient bicarbonate concentration). One quarter to ⅓ of the calculated dose can be administered as an IV bolus, and an additional ¼ to ⅓ of the dose administered over the next 4 to 8 hours. Rapid administration, excessive dosing, or administration to a patient with impaired respiratory function can lead to paradoxical CNS acidosis.
442
Hyperkalemia may cause cardiac or ECG abnormalities, characterized by?
Bradycardia, wide, flattened or absent P waves, peaked T waves, wide QRS complex, atrial standstill, idioventricular rhythm, ventricular fibrillation, or asystole.
443
Regular insulin (0.1 to 0.25 U/kg IV) with dextrose ................ (1 to 2 g/unit of insulin as an IV bolus, followed by 1 to 2 g/unit over the next 4 to 8 hours) or ................ (0.5 to 2 mEq/kg IV) temporarily shifts potassium intracellularly, with an effect occurring within about 20 to 30 minutes. If more immediate effect is needed, 10% calcium gluconate (0.5 to 1.0 mL/kg IV) can be administered as a slow IV bolus for its ...................... effect, although it does not decrease plasma potassium concentration. These emergency treatments need to be followed by procedures that remove potassium from the body (e.g., inducing urine flow or dialysis).
Regular insulin (0.1 to 0.25 U/kg IV) with dextrose to prevent hypoglycemia (1 to 2 g/unit of insulin as an IV bolus, followed by 1 to 2 g/unit over the next 4 to 8 hours) or bicarbonate (0.5 to 2 mEq/kg IV) temporarily shifts potassium intracellularly, with an effect occurring within about 20 to 30 minutes. If more immediate effect is needed, 10% calcium gluconate (0.5 to 1.0 mL/kg IV) can be administered as a slow IV bolus for its cardioprotective effect, although it does not decrease plasma potassium concentration. These emergency treatments need to be followed by procedures that remove potassium from the body (e.g., inducing urine flow or dialysis).
444
Uremia may induce gastritis or gastric ulceration. Histamine (H2 receptor) blockers are commonly used to treat gastritis and include ...... (0.5 to 1 mg/kg IV q24h), ....... (2.2 mg/kg IV q24h), or ....... (2.5 to 5 mg/kg IV q12h). Because of significant ............excretion of ranitidine and cimetidine, this is a reduced dosage.
Uremia may induce gastritis or gastric ulceration. Histamine (H2 receptor) blockers are commonly used to treat gastritis and include famotidine (0.5 to 1 mg/kg IV q24h), ranitidine (2.2 mg/kg IV q24h), or cimetidine (2.5 to 5 mg/kg IV q12h). Because of significant renal excretion of ranitidine and cimetidine, this is a reduced dosage.
445
Sucralfate (0.25 to 1 g PO q6-8h) aids in healing of uremic ulcers. It should be given at least 30 to 60 minutes prior to oral antacids. Uremic toxins can induce nausea by stimulation of the chemoreceptor trigger zone. Metoclopramide is a ................antiemetic. Metoclopramide is a ................. receptor antagonist and should not be administered concurrently with ................. Cerenia can be used to treat vomiting in dogs. Anecdotally, ..............serotonic receptor antagonists, like .................... or ..............., seem more effective than metoclopramide.
Sucralfate (0.25 to 1 g PO q6-8h) aids in healing of uremic ulcers. It should be given at least 30 to 60 minutes prior to oral antacids. Uremic toxins can induce nausea by stimulation of the chemoreceptor trigger zone. Metoclopramide is a centrally acting antiemetic. Metoclopramide is a dopamine receptor antagonist and should not be administered concurrently with dopamine. Cerenia can be used to treat vomiting in dogs. Anecdotally, 5-HT3 serotonic receptor antagonists, like ondansetron or dolasetron, seem more effective than metoclopramide.
446
.............phosphatemia is common in both acute and ........................decreased renal excretion. An acute increase in phosphate concentration will cause a compensatory ........................... concentration.
Hyperphosphatemia is common in both acute and chronic renal failure as a result of decreased renal excretion. An acute increase in phosphate concentration will cause a compensatory decrease in calcium concentration.
447
The ionized calcium concentration is usually maintained within normal limits, so signs of hypocalcemia............... Oral phosphate binders (e.g., aluminum hydroxide) should be used once vomiting is controlled and the patient is being fed enterally.
The ionized calcium concentration is usually maintained within normal limits, so signs of hypocalcemia tetany are infrequently observed. Oral phosphate binders (e.g., aluminum hydroxide) should be used once vomiting is controlled and the patient is being fed enterally.
448
Respiratory compromise from pleural effusion caused by volume overload may require thoracocentesis. No effective method of addressing pulmonary edema exists in the anuric patient other than ultrafiltration via dialysis. Careful attention to fluid therapy and urine output is crucial to avoiding this complication.
Respiratory compromise from pleural effusion caused by volume overload may require thoracocentesis. No effective method of addressing pulmonary edema exists in the anuric patient other than ultrafiltration via dialysis. Careful attention to fluid therapy and urine output is crucial to avoiding this complication.
449
Hypertension may accompany either acute or chronic renal failure, and excessive ................. (particularly in the face of oliguria or anuria) can exacerbate the condition. Therapy may not be necessary if the hypertension is mild and the renal failure is resolving rapidly. However, emergency therapy may be necessary to prevent catastrophic effects in more severe cases.
Hypertension may accompany either acute or chronic renal failure, and excessive volume expansion (particularly in the face of oliguria or anuria) can exacerbate the condition. Therapy may not be necessary if the hypertension is mild and the renal failure is resolving rapidly. However, emergency therapy may be necessary to prevent catastrophic effects in more severe cases.
450
Anorexia is common with acute renal failure. Because of the highly catabolic state associated with ARF, nutritional support should be started early in the course of the illness. Although feeding a restricted quantity of high-quality protein is established therapy for chronic kidney disease, the need for protein restriction in ARF is less clear.
Anorexia is common with acute renal failure. Because of the highly catabolic state associated with ARF, nutritional support should be started early in the course of the illness. If vomiting can be adequately controlled pharmacologically, enteral feeding with a feeding tube should be started. If enteral feeding is not possible, partial or total parenteral nutrition should be instituted. Although feeding a restricted quantity of high-quality protein is established therapy for chronic kidney disease, the need for protein restriction in ARF is less clear.
451
Uremia induces a thrombi.................., and the risk of bleeding should be considered when planning invasive procedures (e.g., renal biopsy, feeding tube placement). Because coagulation parameters and platelet numbers may be normal, a .......................... is the preferred method of assessment.
Uremia induces a thrombocytopathy, and the risk of bleeding should be considered when planning invasive procedures (e.g., renal biopsy, feeding tube placement). Because coagulation parameters and platelet numbers may be normal, a buccal mucosal bleeding time is the preferred method of assessment.
452
For ethylene glycol toxicity, specific antidotes are indicated. Four-methylpyrazole (4-MP, fomepizole, Antizol-Vet, Orphan Medical, Minnetonka, Minn.) is effective in dogs if given within 8 hours of ingestion. Standard doses are not effective in cats. If 4-MP is not available, ....% ethanol can be used to competitively inhibit ................ Drinking alcohol (50% ethanol [100 proof]) can be diluted with saline. Respiratory .............. can be profound with alcohol. Neither 4-MP nor alcohol is effective if started more than ..... hours after ingestion.
For ethylene glycol toxicity, specific antidotes are indicated. Four-methylpyrazole (4-MP, fomepizole, Antizol-Vet, Orphan Medical, Minnetonka, Minn.) is effective in dogs if given within 8 hours of ingestion. Standard doses are not effective in cats. Dosing for dogs is 20 mg/kg IV initially, then 15 mg/kg at 12 and 24 hours, followed by 5 mg/kg at 36 hours. If 4-MP is not available, 20% ethanol can be used to competitively inhibit alcohol dehydrogenase. A dose of 5.5 mL/kg every 4 hours for five treatments, then every 6 hours for four treatments can be given as an intermittent IV bolus, but is better as a constant rate infusion. In cats, 20% ethanol can be dosed at 5 mL/kg every 6 hours for five treatments, then every 8 hours for four treatments. Drinking alcohol (50% ethanol [100 proof]) can be diluted with saline. Respiratory depression can be profound with alcohol. Neither 4-MP nor alcohol is effective if started more than 8 hours after ingestion.
453
Antibiotics should be administered if leptospirosis or pyelonephritis is suspected or documented. High doses of penicillin are effective at clearing leptospiremia. Doxycycline (2.5 mg/kg q12h) is effective at clearing leptospiremia and possibly leptospiruria. The most common cause of bacterial pyelonephritis is Escherichia coli. Empiric antibiotic choice should have a good gram-negative spectrum and not be nephrotoxic.
Antibiotics should be administered if leptospirosis or pyelonephritis is suspected or documented. High doses of penicillin are effective at clearing leptospiremia. Doxycycline (2.5 mg/kg q12h) is effective at clearing leptospiremia and possibly leptospiruria. The most common cause of bacterial pyelonephritis is Escherichia coli. Empiric antibiotic choice should have a good gram-negative spectrum and not be nephrotoxic.
454
Sepsis and the Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome. The systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) refers to the complex clinical response to a nonspecific insult of either ....... or ........ origin. Heart rate, respiratory rate, body temperature, and white blood cell count are the clinical criteria used to categorize patients with SIRS in veterinary medicine (Table 138-1).
The systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) refers to the complex clinical response to a nonspecific insult of either infectious or noninfectious origin. Heart rate, respiratory rate, body temperature, and white blood cell count are the clinical criteria used to categorize patients with SIRS in veterinary medicine (Table 138-1).
455
Sepsis is a Greek work meaning “decomposition of animal or vegetable organic matter in the presence of bacteria.”In the clinic, sepsis has come to mean infection with concurrent clinical evidence of the systemic inflammatory response (i.e., SIRS because of infection). At one time, sepsis and bacteremia were considered synonymous terms. However, as our knowledge of sepsis has grown we have realized that the clinical manifestations of sepsis relate to widespread inflammation and not necessarily widespread infection.
Sepsis is a Greek work meaning “decomposition of animal or vegetable organic matter in the presence of bacteria.”In the clinic, sepsis has come to mean infection with concurrent clinical evidence of the systemic inflammatory response (i.e., SIRS because of infection). At one time, sepsis and bacteremia were considered synonymous terms. However, as our knowledge of sepsis has grown we have realized that the clinical manifestations of sepsis relate to widespread inflammation and not necessarily widespread infection.
456
In dogs and cats, bacterial infections are the most common cause of sepsis with .................being the most common isolate. However, any microbial organism (e.g., fungus, parasite, virus) may cause sepsis. Sepsis most commonly originates from the abdomen followed by the respiratory tract in dogs. In cats, sepsis is commonly associated with septic peritonitis, pyothorax, and hepatic abscessation
In dogs and cats, bacterial infections are the most common cause of sepsis with Escherichia coli being the most common isolate. However, any microbial organism (e.g., fungus, parasite, virus) may cause sepsis. Sepsis most commonly originates from the abdomen followed by the respiratory tract in dogs. In cats, sepsis is commonly associated with septic peritonitis, pyothorax, and hepatic abscessation
457
PATHOGENESIS The sequence of events leading to sepsis is complex and incompletely understood. In the initial phases of infection, microbial products (e.g., endotoxin from gram-negative bacteria; exotoxins, peptidoglycans, and superantigens from gram-positive bacteria; and fungal cell wall material) induce systemic inflammation through activation of ..................... The induction of systemic inflammation may start at a local site like an abscess on the limb. For sepsis to develop from a local infection, inflammatory ................... and/or ................. must enter into the systemic ................ and activate ................ throughout the body.
PATHOGENESIS The sequence of events leading to sepsis is complex and incompletely understood. In the initial phases of infection, microbial products (e.g., endotoxin from gram-negative bacteria; exotoxins, peptidoglycans, and superantigens from gram-positive bacteria; and fungal cell wall material) induce systemic inflammation through activation of immune cells. The induction of systemic inflammation may start at a local site like an abscess on the limb. For sepsis to develop from a local infection, inflammatory mediators and/or microbial products must enter into the systemic circulation and activate inflammatory cells throughout the body. Since E. coli bacterial infection is the most common cause of sepsis, the focus of this chapter is on the interaction of gram-negative bacteria and the immune system.
458
During gram-negative sepsis, .........................., the ............... component of the cell wall of gram-negative bacteria, is released.
During gram-negative sepsis, lipopolysaccharide (LPS), the glycolipid component of the cell wall of gram-negative bacteria, is released.
459
Upon release, the lipid..... portion of LPS binds to LPS-binding protein. The LPS–LPS-binding protein complex is recognized via ....................cell surface receptors like CD....... The main function of CD14, which lacks a transmembrane domain, is to transfer LPS to ................ (.........) and MD-2 for subsequent cellular activation. Once LPS binds to these cell surface receptors, the .................... becomes activated and intracellular signaling through activation of nuclear factor ............. (NF-........) is initiated.
Upon release, the lipid A portion of LPS binds to LPS-binding protein. The LPS–LPS-binding protein complex is recognized via macrophage cell surface receptors like CD14. The main function of CD14, which lacks a transmembrane domain, is to transfer LPS to toll-like receptor-4 (TLR4) and MD-2 for subsequent cellular activation. Once LPS binds to these cell surface receptors, the macrophage becomes activated and intracellular signaling through activation of nuclear factor kappa-B (NF-κB) is initiated.
460
Activation and nuclear translocation of NF-κB results in the transcription of ............................ that have been implicated in the induction and maintenance of sepsis. Interestingly, many physical and chemical stimuli are capable of activating NF-κB. This may be one explanation for why, although there is a plethora of inciting causes for SIRS, the inflammatory outcome is similar in many cases.
Activation and nuclear translocation of NF-κB results in the transcription of multiple inflammatory mediators that have been implicated in the induction and maintenance of sepsis. Interestingly, many physical and chemical stimuli are capable of activating NF-κB. This may be one explanation for why, although there is a plethora of inciting causes for SIRS, the inflammatory outcome is similar in many cases.
461
There are many inflammatory mediators involved with sepsis and SIRS. Tumor .................interleukin-.................., ............., and ................ are examples of important mediators contributing to the pathology of sepsis in dogs and cats.
There are many inflammatory mediators involved with sepsis and SIRS. Tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α), interleukin-6 (IL-6), nitric oxide, and leukotrienes are examples of important mediators contributing to the pathology of sepsis in dogs and cats.
462
Sepsis is not simply the induction of inflammation, but rather it is induction of ...................... components of the immune system to the extent that they overwhelm normal .................. counter-regulatory mechanisms allowing inflammation to go unchecked.
Sepsis is not simply the induction of inflammation, but rather it is induction of proinflammatory components of the immune system to the extent that they overwhelm normal antiinflammatory counter-regulatory mechanisms allowing inflammation to go unchecked. Ultimately, the unchecked proinflammatory cascade leads to inflammatory cell infiltration, altered thermoregulation, vasodilation, vascular leakage, coagulation, hemodynamic instability, and multiple organ failure.
463
Web Figure 138-1 Pathophysiology of gram-negative sepsis. LPS, Lipopolysaccharide; TLR4, toll-like receptor 4. (Figure art by Donald Connor.)
Web Figure 138-1 Pathophysiology of gram-negative sepsis. LPS, Lipopolysaccharide; TLR4, toll-like receptor 4. (Figure art by Donald Connor.)
464
Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) is a devastating consequence of sepsis. Pathogenesis of organ failure (e.g., renal failure) during sepsis is multifactorial but centers around the development of ............... dysfunction.
Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) is a devastating consequence of sepsis. Pathogenesis of organ failure (e.g., renal failure) during sepsis is multifactorial but centers around the development of mitochondrial dysfunction.
465
Circulatory collapse, microcirculatory changes, hypoxemia, and inflammation lead to tissue ischemia, reduced .........and then .......... function. The resultant organ damage may be permanent, or may resolve when sepsis is resolved.
Circulatory collapse, microcirculatory changes, hypoxemia, and inflammation lead to tissue ischemia, reduced mitochondrial and then cellular function. The resultant organ damage may be permanent, or may resolve when sepsis is resolved.
466
Some forms of organ dysfunction, like acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), are the result of ..............., not circulatory collapse and mitochondrial damage. During the initiation of ARDS, inflammatory mediators and microbial products activate pulmonary ................ resulting in vasodilation, vascular leak, pulmonary edema, and neutrophilic inflammation.
Some forms of organ dysfunction, like acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), are the result of inflammation, not circulatory collapse and mitochondrial damage. During the initiation of ARDS, inflammatory mediators and microbial products activate pulmonary macrophages resulting in vasodilation, vascular leak, pulmonary edema, and neutrophilic inflammation.
467
CLINICAL ASPECTS Clinically, dogs can have either a hyperdynamic or hypodynamic response during sepsis. The hyperdynamic response is characterized by ................... As the disease process progresses, a hypodynamic response characterized by ..................... may be observed.
CLINICAL ASPECTS Clinically, dogs can have either a hyperdynamic or hypodynamic response during sepsis. The hyperdynamic response is characterized by fever, brick-red mucous membranes, tachycardia, and bounding pulses. As the disease process progresses, a hypodynamic response characterized by hypotension, pale mucous membranes, and hypothermia may be observed.
468
Often dogs will have ............ or ............ signs associated with endotoxemia. Hyperglycemia or hypoglycemia, hypoalbuminemia, azotemia, hyperbilirubinemia, increased alanine aminotransferase and/or alkaline phosphatase, leukocytosis, neutrophilia with a left shift or a leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia are clinicopathologic abnormalities that have been recognized during sepsis.
Often dogs will have gastrointestinal (GI) or respiratory signs associated with endotoxemia. Hyperglycemia or hypoglycemia, hypoalbuminemia, azotemia, hyperbilirubinemia, increased alanine aminotransferase and/or alkaline phosphatase, leukocytosis, neutrophilia with a left shift or a leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia are clinicopathologic abnormalities that have been recognized during sepsis.
469
Evidence of coagulopathy including ............................have been documented in dogs with naturally acquired sepsis.
Decreased protein C and antithrombin concentrations, prolonged prothrombin time, partial thromboplastin time, and increased D-dimer concentrations
470
Many dogs with sepsis will have myocardial dysfunction and faso......... leading to hypotension. Poor perfusion, tissue hypoxia, and cellular metabolic derangement can lead to .......................
Many dogs with sepsis will have myocardial dysfunction and vasodilation leading to hypotension. Poor perfusion, tissue hypoxia, and cellular metabolic derangement can lead to metabolic acidosis.
471
Cats with sepsis may develop clinical signs and clinicopathologic abnormalities that are similar to those of dogs during sepsis with a few exceptions. ......................(3) are frequent, unique findings in cats with sepsis. Cats also appear to develop septic shock more readily than dogs, and typically the ....................... phase is not recognized during feline sepsis. The mechanisms by which these unique manifestations develop are unknown.
Bradycardia, hypothermia, and abdominal pain are frequent, unique findings in cats with sepsis. Cats also appear to develop septic shock more readily than dogs, and typically the hyperdynamic phase is not recognized during feline sepsis. The mechanisms by which these unique manifestations develop are unknown.
472
The incidence of sepsis-induced MODS is not known in dogs or cats with sepsis although cardiovascular, GI, hepatic, renal, endocrine, and respiratory dysfunction/failure have been recognised
The incidence of sepsis-induced MODS is not known in dogs or cats with sepsis although cardiovascular, GI, hepatic, renal, endocrine, and respiratory dysfunction/failure have been recognised
473
For patients with suspected bacterial .................., .....................concentration of the blood can be compared to the peritoneal fluid to achieve a rapid diagnosis. A difference of >.........mg/dL between blood and peritoneal fluid .......... concentrations is diagnostic for septic peritoneal effusion.
For patients with suspected bacterial peritonitis, glucose concentration of the blood can be compared to the peritoneal fluid to achieve a rapid diagnosis. A difference of >20 mg/dL between blood and peritoneal fluid glucose concentrations is diagnostic for septic peritoneal effusion. In some cases, identification of infection is difficult and/or delayed and a presumptive diagnosis of infection based on the clinical picture will be necessary. However, it is important to remember that there are many causes of the SIRS that are noninfectious in origin (e.g., acute pancreatitis, autoimmune disease, envenomation). Care should be taken to consider noninfectious differentials for SIRS when appropriate
474
Broad spectrum, baxter................ antimicrobial agents (e.g., fluoroquinolone + beta-lactam antibiotic) administered IV should be instituted as quickly as possible in patients with suspected sepsis.
Broad spectrum, bactericidal antimicrobial agents (e.g., fluoroquinolone + beta-lactam antibiotic) administered IV should be instituted as quickly as possible in patients with suspected sepsis.
475
Figure 138-2 Algorithm for the diagnosis and treatment of sepsis in dogs. CRI, Constant rate infusion; GI, gastrointestinal; HR, heart rate; NMDA, N-methyl-D-aspartic acid; NSAIDs, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; PPN, partial parenteral nutrition; RR, respiratory rate; SIRS, systemic inflammatory response syndrome; T, temperature; TPN, total parenteral nutrition; WBC, white blood
Figure 138-2 Algorithm for the diagnosis and treatment of sepsis in dogs. CRI, Constant rate infusion; GI, gastrointestinal; HR, heart rate; NMDA, N-methyl-D-aspartic acid; NSAIDs, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; PPN, partial parenteral nutrition; RR, respiratory rate; SIRS, systemic inflammatory response syndrome; T, temperature; TPN, total parenteral nutrition; WBC, white blood
476
Most pets with sepsis will have a relative or absolute hypovolemia, hypotension, and/or poor tissue perfusion. Isotonic crystalloids can be used for rapid initial volume resuscitation and administered based on evaluation of end points (e.g., heart rate, blood pressure, central venous pressure). Then, fluid therapy should be tailored to the needs of the patient. Patients with sepsis will have a propensity to develop interstitial edema because of increased vascular ...................... and decreased blood ................ pressure. Colloids (e.g., hetastarch) may help prevent ................... ................... and should be considered for volume resuscitation and during maintenance of sepsis patients.
Most pets with sepsis will have a relative or absolute hypovolemia, hypotension, and/or poor tissue perfusion. Isotonic crystalloids can be used for rapid initial volume resuscitation and administered based on evaluation of end points (e.g., heart rate, blood pressure, central venous pressure). Then, fluid therapy should be tailored to the needs of the patient. Patients with sepsis will have a propensity to develop interstitial edema because of increased vascular permeability and decreased blood colloid osmotic pressure. Colloids (e.g., hetastarch) may help prevent interstitial edema and should be considered for volume resuscitation and during maintenance of sepsis patients.
477
Despite aggressive volume resuscitation, some patients will require additional support to maintain normal blood pressure and perfusion. Since the goal of treating septic shock is to maintain tissue perfusion, medications that cause vasoconstriction should be used only if absolutely necessary. Positive inotropic drugs (e.g., .............) may be a good initial management choice for septic shock since they help combat decreased cardiac output caused by myocardial dysfunction without ...........................
Since the goal of treating septic shock is to maintain tissue perfusion, medications that cause vasoconstriction should be used only if absolutely necessary. Positive inotropic drugs (e.g., dobutamine) may be a good initial management choice for septic shock since they help combat decreased cardiac output caused by myocardial dysfunction without inducing peripheral vasoconstriction.
478
If volume resuscitation and positive inotropic support has failed to restore blood pressure, a vasopressor agent (e.g., ..........................................) could be added.
If volume resuscitation and positive inotropic support has failed to restore blood pressure, a vasopressor agent (e.g., dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrine, or vasopressin) could be added. Although there are no clinical trials evaluating these drugs, epinephrine was found to adversely affect organ function, systemic perfusion, and survival compared to the use of norepinephrine or vasopressin and had detrimental effects on gastric mucosal pH and plasma lactate concentrations compared to dobutamine and norepinephrine in experimental canine sepsis. Relative adrenal insufficiency has been documented in dogs with sepsis and refractory hypotension and should be considered in any dog requiring vasopressor therapy during sepsis.
479
Hyperglycemia can be a complication of nutritional therapy, especially parenteral nutrition. Hyperglycemia has been associated with increased inflammation and a poorer prognosis in people with sepsis and SIRS. Although the importance of glucose homeostasis in dogs and cats with sepsis is unknown, iatrogenic hyperglycemia should be avoided.
Hyperglycemia can be a complication of nutritional therapy, especially parenteral nutrition. Hyperglycemia has been associated with increased inflammation and a poorer prognosis in people with sepsis and SIRS. Although the importance of glucose homeostasis in dogs and cats with sepsis is unknown, iatrogenic hyperglycemia should be avoided.
480
For the majority of patients, acid-base abnormalities are related to ........................ secondary to poor tissue perfusion. Typically these abnormalities will resolve once perfusion is restored. Therefore, bicarbonate administration is rarely needed. When organ dysfunction is recognized, specific therapy aimed at maintaining homeostasis should be considered.
For the majority of patients, acid-base abnormalities are related to lactic acidosis secondary to poor tissue perfusion. Typically these abnormalities will resolve once perfusion is restored. Therefore, bicarbonate administration is rarely needed. When organ dysfunction is recognized, specific therapy aimed at maintaining homeostasis should be considered.
481
Although many analgesics like ............ and .......... may offer specific antiinflammatory advantages during endotoxemia, some may be detrimental. ....................., for instance, augments the inflammatory response to endotoxin, has a detrimental effect on mean arterial pressure, and increases mortality in endotoxemic rats. It is not known if morphine is detrimental during canine or feline sepsis.
Although many analgesics like ketamine[32] and buprenorphine[33] may offer specific antiinflammatory advantages during endotoxemia, some may be detrimental. Morphine, for instance, augments the inflammatory response to endotoxin, has a detrimental effect on mean arterial pressure, and increases mortality in endotoxemic rats. It is not known if morphine is detrimental during canine or feline sepsis.
482
For example, despite their strong antiinflammatory properties, the use of corticosteroids for the treatment of sepsis has fallen out of favor due to their lack of efficacy combined with their .....................(3) nature. One exception may be the use of low or physiologic doses of corticosteroids for management of relative ...................... during sepsis.
For example, despite their strong antiinflammatory properties, the use of corticosteroids for the treatment of sepsis has fallen out of favor due to their lack of efficacy combined with their immunosuppressive, ulcerogenic, and prothrombotic nature.[35,36] One exception may be the use of low or physiologic doses of corticosteroids for management of relative adrenal insufficiency during sepsis.
483
Activated protein C and administration of regular insulin to maintain tight glycemic control are two antiinflammatory treatments that have been shown to be beneficial in human clinical trials. Hyperglycemia has been linked to increased inflammatory ............ production and an increased risk of ..... in people. This management strategy has not been evaluated in dogs or cats. Regardless, good glycemic control should be a consideration in septic patients.
Activated protein C and administration of regular insulin to maintain tight glycemic control are two antiinflammatory treatments that have been shown to be beneficial in human clinical trials. Hyperglycemia has been linked to increased inflammatory cytokine production and an increased risk of mortality in people. This management strategy has not been evaluated in dogs or cats. Regardless, good glycemic control should be a consideration in septic patients.
484
The only antiinflammatory therapy with some positive benefit that has been tested in canine clinical trials is polymyxin B. Polymyxin B binds to endotoxin from .................. ....................., preventing the interaction between endotoxin and the immune system.
The only antiinflammatory therapy with some positive benefit that has been tested in canine clinical trials is polymyxin B. Polymyxin B binds to endotoxin from gram-negative bacteria, preventing the interaction between endotoxin and the immune system.
485
Shock: Historically, shock was described as the effect of generalized circulatory abnormalities that led to inadequate tissue ............................. Although this classic description still holds important clinical relevance, it has been recognized that the complexity of shock states result not from the initial insult per se, but the host's systemic response to that insult. Furthermore, the ultimate result of shock is decreased cellular ................... and ....................... It is recognized that these abnormalities may occur despite normal tissue perfusion. Utilizing this definition of shock, one may consider a functional classification system whereby shock is defined as decreased cellular energy production and shock categories are expanded to include types other than the classic hypovolemic, distributive, and cardiogenic types
Historically, shock was described as the effect of generalized circulatory abnormalities that led to inadequate tissue perfusion. Although this classic description still holds important clinical relevance, it has been recognized that the complexity of shock states result not from the initial insult per se, but the host's systemic response to that insult. Furthermore, the ultimate result of shock is decreased cellular energy metabolism and adenosine triphosphate (ATP) production. It is recognized that these abnormalities may occur despite normal tissue perfusion. Utilizing this definition of shock, one may consider a functional classification system whereby shock is defined as decreased cellular energy production and shock categories are expanded to include types other than the classic hypovolemic, distributive, and cardiogenic types
486
Etiologies of shock with this system include syndromes that are clinically apparent causes of shock but that do not fit into the traditional classification scheme; for example, severe anemia, methemoglobinemia, and bromethalin exposure are often associated with clinical shock states, yet the patient has normal blood volume, cardiac function, and systemic vascular resistance.
Etiologies of shock with this system include syndromes that are clinically apparent causes of shock but that do not fit into the traditional classification scheme; for example, severe anemia, methemoglobinemia, and bromethalin exposure are often associated with clinical shock states, yet the patient has normal blood volume, cardiac function, and systemic vascular resistance.
487
Figure 139-1 Algorithm for assessment and treatment of shock. *, When administering fluids for shock, ¼ to ⅓ a shock volume is administered over 5 to 15 minutes, with repeated evaluations of cardiovascular response.
Figure 139-1 Algorithm for assessment and treatment of shock. *, When administering fluids for shock, ¼ to ⅓ a shock volume is administered over 5 to 15 minutes, with repeated evaluations of cardiovascular response.
488
TYPES Hypovolemic shock is defined as a life-threatening ................... ..............and is the most common form. It leads to inadequate delivery of oxygen and nutrients to tissues and an accumulation of byproducts of cellular metabolism due to insufficient circulating blood volume. Intravascular volume depletion can result from ....................(3).
TYPES Hypovolemic shock is defined as a life-threatening decrease in circulating blood volume and is the most common form. It leads to inadequate delivery of oxygen and nutrients to tissues and an accumulation of byproducts of cellular metabolism due to insufficient circulating blood volume. Intravascular volume depletion can result from: 1. hemorrhage (internal or external), 2. nonhemorrhagic fluid losses (e.g., gastrointestinal, urinary, third spacing), or 3.decreased intake of fluid.
489
Cardiogenic shock results predominantly from failure of adequate f................. blood flow. The dysfunction can occur in either the ............... or ................. phase or can result from an .................. of flow.
Cardiogenic shock results predominantly from failure of adequate forward blood flow. The dysfunction can occur in either the diastolic or systolic phase or can result from an obstruction of flow.
490
Systolic or forward flow failure results from an overt failure of ................... (e.g., intrinsic heart disease, drug overdose) or severe ................... Diastolic failure can result from primary cardiac disease such as ................. or .................cardiomyopathy.
Systolic or forward flow failure results from an overt failure of contractility (e.g., intrinsic heart disease, drug overdose) or severe tachyarrhythmias. Diastolic failure can result from primary cardiac disease such as hypertrophic or restrictive cardiomyopathy.
491
Obstructive shock is the result of occlusion of either ........... flow or ................ return, as seen in ................ tamponade, tension ................., ..................... disease, tumors, or distended ......................... (e.g., gastric dilatation and volvulus). Obstructive disease and systolic and diastolic dysfunction all lead to decreased ............., .............., and reduced ................. blood flow.
Obstructive shock is the result of occlusion of either forward flow or venous return, as seen in pericardial tamponade, tension pneumothorax, thromboembolic disease, tumors, or distended organs (e.g., gastric dilatation and volvulus). Obstructive disease and systolic and diastolic dysfunction all lead to decreased cardiac output, hypotension, and reduced coronary blood flow.
492
Neurohormonal compensatory mechanisms such as ............... release and salt and water................. worsen the situation by increasing myocardial ............. demand and a............, thus creating a downward spiral of cardiac function and systemic perfusion.
Neurohormonal compensatory mechanisms such as catecholamine release and salt and water retention worsen the situation by increasing myocardial oxygen demand and afterload, thus creating a downward spiral of cardiac function and systemic perfusion.
493
Distributive shock is a condition in which the systemic ...................is abnormal causing a maldistribution of blood flow. Distributive shock is most commonly associated with ......................; however, there may also be regional ................and endothelial ................. that cause sluggish capillary blood flow and arteriovenous shunting, both of which are forms of maldistribution of blood flow.
Distributive shock is a condition in which the systemic vascular resistance (SVR) is abnormal causing a maldistribution of blood flow. Distributive shock is most commonly associated with decreased SVR; however, there may also be regional vasoconstriction and endothelial dysfunction that cause sluggish capillary blood flow and arteriovenous shunting, both of which are forms of maldistribution of blood flow.
494
The classic example of distributive shock (commonly referred to as ..................... shock) is ....................... Other vasodilatory states, however, can also lead to distributive shock, such as ................................, adverse drug reactions or overdose, anaphylaxis, heat stroke, and neurogenic shock. Sepsis and heat stroke are both complicated by a vigorous systemic inflammatory response and further compromise of tissue oxygenation due to maldistribution of blood flow (i.e., arteriovenous shunting) and microcirculatory and ........... dysfunction.
The classic example of distributive shock (commonly referred to as vasodilatory shock) is septic shock. Other vasodilatory states, however, can also lead to distributive shock, such as systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), adverse drug reactions or overdose, anaphylaxis, heat stroke, and neurogenic shock. Sepsis and heat stroke are both complicated by a vigorous systemic inflammatory response and further compromise of tissue oxygenation due to maldistribution of blood flow (i.e., arteriovenous shunting) and microcirculatory and mitochondrial dysfunction.
495
Hypoxemic shock is caused by decreased ..............content. Examples of diseases associated hypoxemic shock include ....................................Despite normal blood volume and blood pressure, an animal can display cardinal signs of shock secondary to severely decreased blood oxygen content.
Hypoxemic shock is caused by decreased blood oxygen content. Examples of diseases associated hypoxemic shock include anemia, methemoglobinemia, carbon monoxide poisoning, hypoventilation, and pulmonary parenchymal disease. Despite normal blood volume and blood pressure, an animal can display cardinal signs of shock secondary to severely decreased blood oxygen content.
496
Metabolic shock is caused by deranged cellular .................that, as in all shock states, leads to decreased ................ ................... production. Examples of altered cellular metabolism might include cyanide and bromethalin ................ (both cause direct interference with mitochondrial function and ATP production), severe .............., relative ............ insufficiency, and severe ....... derangements. In addition to the vasomotor abnormalities of septic shock, there is a component of metabolic shock, and it is thought that there is an acquired defect in oxidative phosphorylation that causes decreased cellular energy production (called cytopathic hypoxia)
Metabolic shock is caused by deranged cellular metabolism that, as in all shock states, leads to decreased cellular energy production. Examples of altered cellular metabolism might include cyanide and bromethalin toxicity (both cause direct interference with mitochondrial function and ATP production), severe hypoglycemia, relative adrenal insufficiency, and severe pH derangements. In addition to the vasomotor abnormalities of septic shock, there is a component of metabolic shock, and it is thought that there is an acquired defect in oxidative phosphorylation that causes decreased cellular energy production (called cytopathic hypoxia)
497
The categories of shock are not mutually exclusive, and many animals with distributive shock will also have some degree of hypovolemia, particularly as SIRS leads to increased vascular permeability and fluid loss. Mediators of SIRS and ischemia reperfusion injury include substances that contribute to cardiac ...................... Thus progression of both................ and ................ shock can lead to cardiogenic shock. Cardiogenic shock can cause ................ shock when complicated by pulmonary edema. Any animal with inadequate intestinal perfusion may develop bacterial translocation and sepsis.
The categories of shock are not mutually exclusive, and many animals with distributive shock will also have some degree of hypovolemia, particularly as SIRS leads to increased vascular permeability and fluid loss. Mediators of SIRS and ischemia reperfusion injury include substances that contribute to cardiac dysfunction. Thus progression of both distributive and hypovolemic shock can lead to cardiogenic shock. Cardiogenic shock can cause hypoxemic shock when complicated by pulmonary edema. Any animal with inadequate intestinal perfusion may develop bacterial translocation and sepsis.
498
There may be genetic and immune factors that play a role in how the host responds to the insult. This is most clearly demonstrated in septic shock, where the cascade of events that leads to irreversible.................... collapse is the systemic inflammatory response initiated by products of infectious agents. It has been recognized that SIRS can also be triggered by .............insults including tissue hypoxia, tissue acidosis, pancreatitis, trauma, and major surgery. Similarly, although hypovolemia can be reversed, reperfusion of ischemic tissues leads to .................. and production and release of inflammatory mediators. These complex cascades confound the treatment of shock, since reversing the perfusion abnormalities may not stop the progression once the inflammatory cascade has been initiated.
There may be genetic and immune factors that play a role in how the host responds to the insult. This is most clearly demonstrated in septic shock, where the cascade of events that leads to irreversible cardiovascular collapse is the systemic inflammatory response initiated by products of infectious agents. It has been recognized that SIRS can also be triggered by noninfectious insults including tissue hypoxia, tissue acidosis, pancreatitis, trauma, and major surgery. Similarly, although hypovolemia can be reversed, reperfusion of ischemic tissues leads to inflammation and production and release of inflammatory mediators. These complex cascades confound the treatment of shock, since reversing the perfusion abnormalities may not stop the progression once the inflammatory cascade has been initiated.
499
The normal physiologic response to shock is to increase ................... tone, which causes .................. and increases in both .......... and .................... In the early (sometimes called compensated) stages of shock, tachycardia may be the only clinical sign.
The normal physiologic response to shock is to increase sympathetic tone, which causes vasoconstriction and increases in both heart and respiratory rates. In the early (sometimes called compensated) stages of shock, tachycardia may be the only clinical sign.
500
Early stages of shock may not be clinically obvious, as compensatory mechanisms are recruited to maintain cardiac output and tissue perfusion. With time and progression to the intermediate stages (also referred to as early ..................shock), profound ................ results from the attempt to increase venous return and maintain stroke volume. In the intermediate stages, additional compensatory mechanisms trigger an increase in ...... and ........ retention (i.e., the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system and antidiuretic hormone) and release of ................. (e.g., vasopressin) in an effort to increase cardiac output and redistribute blood flow to vital organs. Organ dysfunction appears, and most patients in this progressive stage of shock will die without intervention
Early stages of shock may not be clinically obvious, as compensatory mechanisms are recruited to maintain cardiac output and tissue perfusion. With time and progression to the intermediate stages (also referred to as early decompensated shock), profound vasoconstriction results from the attempt to increase venous return and maintain stroke volume. In the intermediate stages, additional compensatory mechanisms trigger an increase in salt and water retention (i.e., the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system and antidiuretic hormone) and release of vasoconstrictors (e.g., vasopressin) in an effort to increase cardiac output and redistribute blood flow to vital organs. Organ dysfunction appears, and most patients in this progressive stage of shock will die without intervention Patients in the intermediate stages of shock will show pale mucous membranes and prolonged capillary refill time (CRT); tachycardia, poor pulse quality, and hypotension; decreased mentation and weakness; tachypnea; cool extremities; and decreased rectal temperature.
501
In late stages of shock (also referred to as late ................. or ................ shock), compensatory mechanisms fail and systemic inflammation leads to ................... and ................ Successful clinical intervention is uncommon. Patients in the late stages of shock will show stupor or coma; pale mucous membranes with prolonged or absent CRT; bradycardia; hypothermia; and poor to absent pulse quality.
In late stages of shock (also referred to as late decompensated or irreversible shock), compensatory mechanisms fail and systemic inflammation leads to multiple organ failure and death. Successful clinical intervention is uncommon. Patients in the late stages of shock will show stupor or coma; pale mucous membranes with prolonged or absent CRT; bradycardia; hypothermia; and poor to absent pulse quality. This chapter will focus on the clinical presentations associated with the major types of shock in the early and intermediate stages.
502
A hallmark clinical sign of all types of shock is .................., especially as shock progresses beyond the early compensated state. In contrast, the hallmark of distributive shock is the failure of effective ................., secondary to circulating mediators that interfere with vascular tone. This failure leads to relative .....................; this is most commonly seen with distributive shock secondary to sepsis.
A hallmark clinical sign of all types of shock is mental dullness, especially as shock progresses beyond the early compensated state. In contrast, the hallmark of distributive shock is the failure of effective vasoconstriction, secondary to circulating mediators that interfere with vascular tone. This failure leads to relative hypovolemia; this is most commonly seen with distributive shock secondary to sepsis.
503
Accordingly, the clinical signs include...?
Red mucous membranes, rapid CRT (<1 second), normal or increased rectal temperature, tachycardia, tachypnea, bounding pulses, hypotension, and depressed mentation.
504
Distributive shock that is complicated by concurrent fluid loss (due to changes in vascular permeability and fluid compartment shifts or the underlying etiology) may initially be associated with clinical signs more typical of hypovolemic shock, but upon resuscitation, clinical signs of distributive shock may develop. One other unique feature of septic shock is that cats frequently become bradycardic rather than tachycardic.
Distributive shock that is complicated by concurrent fluid loss (due to changes in vascular permeability and fluid compartment shifts or the underlying etiology) may initially be associated with clinical signs more typical of hypovolemic shock, but upon resuscitation, clinical signs of distributive shock may develop. One other unique feature of septic shock is that cats frequently become bradycardic rather than tachycardic.
505
In order to differentiate cardiogenic shock from all other forms of shock that would require fluid therapy, careful heart auscultation, an electrocardiogram, and a thorough physical examination are required.
In order to differentiate cardiogenic shock from all other forms of shock that would require fluid therapy, careful heart auscultation, an electrocardiogram, and a thorough physical examination are required. Chest radiographs and cardiac ultrasound are beneficial; however, animals in shock are frequently not stable enough to obtain extensive diagnostic tests. Emergency treatment can (and should) be initiated based on physical examination and historical findings.
506
TREATMENT AND MONITORING The goal of treatment in early shock is to restore effective tissue perfusion and oxygenation. In later stages of shock, restoration of perfusion alone is usually insufficient to halt the progression of the inflammatory cascade. Aggressive support of organ function and prevention of additional proinflammatory stimuli (including hypotension, hypoxia, and infection) are critical. At all stages, correction of the inciting cause is necessary.
The goal of treatment in early shock is to restore effective tissue perfusion and oxygenation. In later stages of shock, restoration of perfusion alone is usually insufficient to halt the progression of the inflammatory cascade. Aggressive support of organ function and prevention of additional proinflammatory stimuli (including hypotension, hypoxia, and infection) are critical. At all stages, correction of the inciting cause is necessary.
507
Oxygen is universally administered regardless of the type of shock. Additional therapy depends on the etiology of the shock.
Oxygen is universally administered regardless of the type of shock. Additional therapy depends on the etiology of the shock.
508
For most forms of shock, except systolic and diastolic forms of cardiogenic shock, fluid therapy is essential and the goal is to increase the effective circulating volume. The choice of fluids depends on the cause of shock; however, crystalloids (isotonic-balanced electrolyte solutions) or colloids are typically used for initial treatment. The fluid rate and the actual volume given should be tailored to each individual animal. A shock volume of isotonic crystalloid fluid is considered to be equivalent to a blood volume of approximately ...... mL/kg in the dog and .... mL/kg in the cat. Typically, .... to .... of a shock volume is provided within the first 5 to 15 minutes, with repeated evaluation of the cardiovascular response (e.g., heart rate, mucous membrane color, pulse quality, blood pressure, and CRT). .......... should be used for shock resuscitation of hypoproteinemic animals; they may also be used to hasten resuscitation of large animals where the time taken to administer the required large volume of crystalloid fluids may be too long and, therefore, life-threatening
For most forms of shock, except systolic and diastolic forms of cardiogenic shock, fluid therapy is essential and the goal is to increase the effective circulating volume. The choice of fluids depends on the cause of shock; however, crystalloids (isotonic-balanced electrolyte solutions) or colloids are typically used for initial treatment. The fluid rate and the actual volume given should be tailored to each individual animal. A shock volume of isotonic crystalloid fluid is considered to be equivalent to a blood volume of approximately 90 mL/kg in the dog and 60 mL/kg in the cat. Typically, ¼ to ⅓ of a shock volume is provided within the first 5 to 15 minutes, with repeated evaluation of the cardiovascular response (e.g., heart rate, mucous membrane color, pulse quality, blood pressure, and CRT). Colloids should be used for shock resuscitation of hypoproteinemic animals; they may also be used to hasten resuscitation of large animals where the time taken to administer the required large volume of crystalloid fluids may be too long and, therefore, life-threatening
509
The same general principles apply to resuscitation using colloids (i.e., giving fractions of shock doses at a time) but the volumes are smaller (.... to .... mL/kg bolus in dogs, and ....to....mL/kg bolus in cats). Synthetic colloids have been associated with prolongations in clotting times at doses of greater than 20 mL/kg in 24 hours but this effect is unpredictable. Hypertonic solutions (e.g., ...............% saline) are quite effective at rapidly expanding the intravascular space; however, this crystalloid fluid rapidly redistributes to the .............. space and should be combined with a colloid to lengthen the effect on the ........vascular space.
The same general principles apply to resuscitation using colloids (i.e., giving fractions of shock doses at a time) but the volumes are smaller (5 to 20 mL/kg bolus in dogs, and 3 to15 mL/kg bolus in cats). Synthetic colloids have been associated with prolongations in clotting times at doses of greater than 20 mL/kg in 24 hours but this effect is unpredictable. Hypertonic solutions (e.g., 7.2% to 7.5% saline) are quite effective at rapidly expanding the intravascular space; however, this crystalloid fluid rapidly redistributes to the extravascular space and should be combined with a colloid to lengthen the effect on the intravascular space.
510
Never administer undiluted 23% saline to a patient because it will cause hemolysis and phlebitis
Never administer undiluted 23% saline to a patient because it will cause hemolysis and phlebitis
511
The resuscitative fluid of choice for hemorrhagic hypovolemic shock is............... Administration of ....mL/kg of packed red blood cells or ....mL/kg of whole blood will raise the hematocrit by approximately......%. Massive transfusions (greater than one blood volume in 24 hours or greater than ½ blood volume in 3 hours) may be required in some cases (see Chapter 142). Expected side effects of massive transfusions include ....................(3)
The resuscitative fluid of choice for hemorrhagic hypovolemic shock is blood. Administration of 1 mL/kg of packed red blood cells or 2 mL/kg of whole blood will raise the hematocrit by approximately 1%. Massive transfusions (greater than one blood volume in 24 hours or greater than ½ blood volume in 3 hours) may be required in some cases (see Chapter 142). Expected side effects of massive transfusions include thrombocytopenia, ionized hypocalcemia, and coagulopathy.
512
In .............. and ............. forms of cardiogenic shock and in ............ shock due to lung injury, aggressive fluid therapy may be fatal. Treatment of cardiogenic shock relies on correction of the underlying cause. Treatment with .............................................(4) may be required.
In systolic and diastolic forms of cardiogenic shock and in hypoxemic shock due to lung injury, aggressive fluid therapy may be fatal. Treatment of cardiogenic shock relies on correction of the underlying cause. Treatment with antiarrhythmics, diuretics, vasodilators, or inotropes may be required.
513
In obstructive shock, fluid therapy is often required. Resolution of obstruction to flow may require physical intervention (e.g., surgery for tumors and gastric dilation and volvulus) or medical management (e.g., thrombolytics for thromboembolic disease). Prior to intervention, adequate circulatory volume and optimal perfusion must be established.
In obstructive shock, fluid therapy is often required. Resolution of obstruction to flow may require physical intervention (e.g., surgery for tumors and gastric dilation and volvulus) or medical management (e.g., thrombolytics for thromboembolic disease). Prior to intervention, adequate circulatory volume and optimal perfusion must be established.
514
Specific therapy should be directed at the cause of shock. For example, in hemorrhagic hypovolemia, bleeding must be controlled, and in septic shock the source of infection must be eliminated. ................. may be required when hypotension persists despite adequate volume repletion.
Specific therapy should be directed at the cause of shock. For example, in hemorrhagic hypovolemia, bleeding must be controlled, and in septic shock the source of infection must be eliminated. Vasopressors may be required when hypotension persists despite adequate volume repletion.
515
Venous oxygen saturation: SvO2 is pathologically decreased (below 65% to 70%) when oxygen delivery is decreased (e.g., decreased cardiac output, anemia, hypoxemia) or when oxygen consumption is increased. Mixed venous oxygen saturation can be pathologically increased in states of decreased tissue oxygen consumption (e.g., cytopathic hypoxia, microvascular shunting) or increased oxygen delivery (e.g., increased cardiac output in the hyperdynamic phase of septic shock).
Venous oxygen saturation: SvO2 is pathologically decreased (below 65% to 70%) when oxygen delivery is decreased (e.g., decreased cardiac output, anemia, hypoxemia) or when oxygen consumption is increased. Mixed venous oxygen saturation can be pathologically increased in states of decreased tissue oxygen consumption (e.g., cytopathic hypoxia, microvascular shunting) or increased oxygen delivery (e.g., increased cardiac output in the hyperdynamic phase of septic shock).
516
Systemic Anaphylaxis: Systemic anaphylaxis is an acute, life-threatening allergic reaction resulting from massive, generalized release of ................. mediators, including ............. Anaphylaxis can be triggered by venoms from insects and reptiles; medications such as hormones, antibiotics, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs, anesthetics, and sedatives; parasiticides; and other miscellaneous drugs and foods (Box 140-1). Immediate recognition and treatment of anaphylaxis in a dog or cat is essential for a successful outcome.
Systemic anaphylaxis is an acute, life-threatening allergic reaction resulting from massive, generalized release of mast cell mediators, including histamine. Anaphylaxis can be triggered by venoms from insects and reptiles; medications such as hormones, antibiotics, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs, anesthetics, and sedatives; parasiticides; and other miscellaneous drugs and foods (Box 140-1). Immediate recognition and treatment of anaphylaxis in a dog or cat is essential for a successful outcome.
517
PATHOGENESIS Hypersensitivity reactions are classified as one of four types, depending on immunologic response: Which ones?
Type I, immediate (immunoglobulin E [IgE] dependent); Type II, cytotoxic (IgG, IgM dependent); Type III, immune complex (IgG or IgM complex dependent); Type IV, delayed (T lymphocyte dependent).
518
Anaphylaxis can be caused by either an ........... or ............ reaction.
Anaphylaxis can be caused by either an anaphylactic or anaphylactoid reaction. Anaphylactoid and anaphylactic reactions have exactly the same clinical appearance and are treated identically.
519
Anaphylaxis is defined as a type I, ........-mediated hypersensitivity reaction with an interaction of ....... and ............ on the surface of sensitized........ cells. This interaction causes the release of ............... and other inflammatory mediators.
Anaphylaxis is defined as a type I, IgE-mediated hypersensitivity reaction with an interaction of antigen and IgE antibody on the surface of sensitized mast cells. This interaction causes the release of histamine and other inflammatory mediators.
520
Type I: Sensitization requires previous exposure to an ..... or ........, which can range in size from a protein to a small, low–molecular weight drug. Proteins act directly as an ........, while the smaller drugs will bind to cells and act as ............
Sensitization requires previous exposure to an antigen or hapten, which can range in size from a protein to a small, low–molecular weight drug. Proteins act directly as an antigen, while the smaller drugs will bind to cells and act as haptens.
521
IgE is produced by and bound on the surface of ...... cells and ....... by high-affinity receptors (FcϵRI) for the Fc portion of the immunoglobulin. When an antigen causes cross-linkage of two surface IgE molecules, the ......cell is activated and primary and secondary ..........are released (Table 140-1).
IgE is produced by and bound on the surface of mast cells and basophils by high-affinity receptors (FcϵRI) for the Fc portion of the immunoglobulin. When an antigen causes cross-linkage of two surface IgE molecules, the mast cell is activated and primary and secondary mediators are released (Table 140-1).
522
The cross-linking of the FcϵRI receptors activates .......... kinases, which cause activation of .............. C, leading to production of diacylglycerol and inositol triphosphate. These mediators increase intracellular calcium concentrations and activate multiple protein kinases. Phosphorylation of myosin, found in intracellular filaments, causes granules to move to the cell surface, fuse, and release the primary mediators of anaphylaxis: ...............................................................Cross-linking of the FcϵRI receptors also activates ...................................., which produces arachidonic acid from membrane ................... resulting in release of the secondary mediators: ......................................The protein kinases also alter gene expression, causing synthesis and secretion of other cytokines (interleukin-4 [IL-4], IL-5, IL-6, IL-13, tumor necrosis factor-α, macrophage inflammatory protein-1α), responsible for the late-phase inflammatory response.
The cross-linking of the FcϵRI receptors activates tyrosine kinases, which cause activation of phospholipase C, leading to production of diacylglycerol and inositol triphosphate. These mediators increase intracellular calcium concentrations and activate multiple protein kinases. Phosphorylation of myosin, found in intracellular filaments, causes granules to move to the cell surface, fuse, and release the primary mediators of anaphylaxis: histamine, heparin, tryptase, kallikreins, proteases, proteoglycans, eosinophilic chemotactic factor of anaphylaxis (ECF-A), and neutrophil chemotactic factor of anaphylaxis (NCF-A). Cross-linking of the FcϵRI receptors also activates phospholipase A2, which produces arachidonic acid from membrane phospholipids, resulting in release of the secondary mediators: leukotrienes, prostaglandins, thromboxanes, and platelet-activating factor. The protein kinases also alter gene expression, causing synthesis and secretion of other cytokines (interleukin-4 [IL-4], IL-5, IL-6, IL-13, tumor necrosis factor-α, macrophage inflammatory protein-1α), responsible for the late-phase inflammatory response.
523
Release of the inflammatory mediators is rapid: granule exocytosis occurs within seconds to minutes, activation of the arachidonic acid cascade in minutes, and cytokine synthesis and secretion within 2 to 24 hours.
Release of the inflammatory mediators is rapid: granule exocytosis occurs within seconds to minutes, activation of the arachidonic acid cascade in minutes, and cytokine synthesis and secretion within 2 to 24 hours.
524
Anaphylactoid reactions cause anaphylaxis without ....... either through directly activating ......cells to release ....... or, more commonly, by activating the ..............pathway. They .......................previous exposure and sensitization.
Anaphylactoid reactions cause anaphylaxis without IgE, either through directly activating mast cells to release histamine or, more commonly, by activating the complement pathway. They do not require previous exposure and sensitization.
525
Activation of complement results in production of .....a and ......a, the anaphylatoxins, which causes degranulation of mast cells and release of histamine and other primary mediators, activation of the ............. cascade, and .....expression and synthesis of the ......................mediators.
Activation of complement results in production of C3a and C5a, the anaphylatoxins, which causes degranulation of mast cells and release of histamine and other primary mediators, activation of the arachidonic acid cascade, and gene expression and synthesis of the inflammatory mediators.
526
Both anaphylactoid and anaphylactic types of reactions result in .....volemia and vaso........, potentially leading to severe hypovolemic shock. Histamine and the .................... are potent ................and increase vascular .................., allowing leakage of protein and fluid into the interstitial space.
Both anaphylactoid and anaphylactic types of reactions result in hypovolemia and vasodilation, potentially leading to severe hypovolemic shock. Histamine and the leukotrienes are potent vasodilators and increase vascular permeability, allowing leakage of protein and fluid into the interstitial space.
527
There are three types of histamine receptors that contribute to the signs seen during anaphylaxis. Which ones?
Activation of H1 receptors results in pruritus and bronchoconstriction and stimulates endothelial cells to produce nitric oxide, a potent vasodilator that significantly contributes to hypotension. H1 receptors also mediate coronary artery vasoconstriction and cardiac depression. H2 receptors stimulate gastric acid production, as well as cause coronary artery and systemic vasodilation and increase heart rate and contractility. H3 receptors are located on presynaptic terminals of sympathetic effector nerves that innervate the heart and systemic vasculature and inhibit endogenous norepinephrine release from sympathetic nerves.[1] Activation of the H3 receptors results in worsened signs of anaphylactic shock because it inhibits normal compensatory sympathetic responses.
528
CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS Anaphylaxis can result in...?
hypotension, bronchospasm, urticaria, erythema, pruritus, pharyngeal and laryngeal edema, arrhythmias, vomiting, and hyperperistalsis. Clinical signs are dependent on species and method of exposure.
529
In dogs, the ....... is considered the shock organ, and clinical signs result from ......... congestion and .........h................ Initial signs may include excitement, vomiting, defecation (often diarrhea), then progress to respiratory distress, collapse secondary to hypovolemic shock, and death within 1 hour if not treated. A dog with anaphylaxis may have generalized wheals, angioedema (particularly of the face), pruritus (Web Figure 140-1), pale mucous membranes, poor capillary refill time, tachycardia, poor pulse quality, and appear depressed or even collapsed. Severe cases may result in respiratory distress secondary to upper airway obstruction from laryngeal and pharyngeal edema.
In dogs, the liver is considered the shock organ, and clinical signs result from hepatic vein congestion and portal hypertension. Initial signs may include excitement, vomiting, defecation (often diarrhea), then progress to respiratory distress, collapse secondary to hypovolemic shock, and death within 1 hour if not treated. A dog with anaphylaxis may have generalized wheals, angioedema (particularly of the face), pruritus (Web Figure 140-1), pale mucous membranes, poor capillary refill time, tachycardia, poor pulse quality, and appear depressed or even collapsed. Severe cases may result in respiratory distress secondary to upper airway obstruction from laryngeal and pharyngeal edema.
530
In cats, the l......... are considered the shock organ, and ...............distress is the first sign in cats with systemic anaphylaxis.
In cats, the lungs are considered the shock organ, and respiratory distress is the first sign in cats with systemic anaphylaxis.
531
Respiratory distress results from airway ........secondary to .............................. Other signs in cats include severe pruritus, vomiting, diarrhea, depression, and death. On physical examination, a cat in anaphylactic shock usually will be in severe respiratory distress, have wheezes on auscultation, and have pale mucous membranes, poor capillary refill time, and poor pulse quality.
Respiratory distress results from airway obstruction secondary to laryngeal edema, bronchoconstriction, and increased mucus production. Other signs in cats include severe pruritus, vomiting, diarrhea, depression, and death. On physical examination, a cat in anaphylactic shock usually will be in severe respiratory distress, have wheezes on auscultation, and have pale mucous membranes, poor capillary refill time, and poor pulse quality.
532
The most severe anaphylactic reactions are generally seen if the antigen is given by ................ injection. Oral ingestion often causes vomiting, diarrhea, urticaria, and angioedema. Inhalation can result in rhinitis and bronchospasm. Topical administrations can cause conjunctivitis and urticaria with or without systemic signs. In general, patients that have the most rapid onset of clinical signs after exposure to an antigen develop the most severe signs of anaphylactic shock.
The most severe anaphylactic reactions are generally seen if the antigen is given by parental injection. Oral ingestion often causes vomiting, diarrhea, urticaria, and angioedema. Inhalation can result in rhinitis and bronchospasm. Topical administrations can cause conjunctivitis and urticaria with or without systemic signs. In general, patients that have the most rapid onset of clinical signs after exposure to an antigen develop the most severe signs of anaphylactic shock.
533
Treatment: Epinephrine is useful because of its inotropic and chronotropic effects on the heart. Epinephrine also causes bronchi................... and increased intracellular concentrations of ......................................., which decreases synthesis and release of inflammatory mediators of anaphylaxis.
Epinephrine is useful because of its inotropic and chronotropic effects on the heart. Epinephrine also causes bronchodilation and increased intracellular concentrations of cyclic adenosine monophosphate, which decreases synthesis and release of inflammatory mediators of anaphylaxis.
534
Other medications that may be useful in the treatment of systemic anaphylaxis include ?
Pressors, glucocorticoids, antihistamines, aminophylline, atropine. Dopamine at a dose of 4 to 10 µg/kg/min or other pressors may be used if refractory hypotension is present. Aminophylline may be used if bronchoconstriction is refractory to epinephrine. It will cause bronchodilation, increase respiratory drive, and increase contractility of the muscles of respiration. Glucocorticoids are useful in blocking the arachidonic acid cascade and reducing the severity of the late-phase anaphylactic reactions.. Antihistamines competitively bind at the histamine receptors and block its effects. Diphenhydramine, an H1 blocker, should be administered at 0.5 to 1.0 mg/kg slow IV or IM to reduce pruritus and angioedema. The H2 blockers such as ranitidine at 1 mg/kg IV or famotidine at 0.5 mg/kg IV can be used to decrease gastric acid secretion stimulated by histamine. These antihistamines are not very useful in the acute, life-threatening stage of anaphylaxis, but may be helpful after a dog or cat has been stabilized. In one study, pretreatment of dogs with the experimental H3 blocker thioperamide maleate resulted in increased heart rate and improved left ventricular stroke work, but its clinical usefulness in naturally occurring anaphylaxis after the onset of signs remains to be determined.[1]
535
Thoracic Trauma: Trauma to the thorax can be classified as blunt or penetrating.
Trauma to the thorax can be classified as blunt or penetrating.
536
TRAUMA-ASSOCIATED PLEURAL SPACE PATHOLOGY Trauma-associated pleural space pathology includes ...?
Pneumothorax, hemothorax, and diaphragmatic hernia. As a group, these injuries are most likely to manifest with varying degrees of dyspnea accompanied by muffled lung and heart sounds on auscultation of the thorax
537
Pneumothorax is the accumulation of air in the pleural space between the ........ and ........... pleurae and is one of the two most commonly recognized results of traumatic injury to the thorax. T
Pneumothorax is the accumulation of air in the pleural space between the parietal and visceral pleurae and is one of the two most commonly recognized results of traumatic injury to the thorax. Traumatic pneumothorax is classified as “closed” or “open.”
538
Tension pneumothorax occurs due to...?
Tension pneumothorax occurs due to a one-way–valve effect, in which air enters the pleural space during inspiration and cannot be evacuated during expiration. The resultant increase in intrapleural pressure results in hypoventilation and decreased venous return, manifesting with signs of severe respiratory and cardiovascular compromise.
539
Hemothorax is the accumulation of blood in the pleural space. Hemothorax results from disruption of .................................... blood vessels. Hemothorax can also be seen in dogs and cats with diaphragmatic hernia and concurrent hemoabdomen. Clinically significant hemothorax (although uncommon) is a physical examination diagnosis. Hemothorax results in decreased lung and heart sounds ventrally to diffusely and concurrent signs of hypovolemic shock (pale mucous membranes, slow capillary refill time [CRT], high pulse rate, weak pulses) and dyspnea
Disruption of pulmonary, thoracic wall, or mediastinal blood vessels. Hemothorax can also be seen in dogs and cats with diaphragmatic hernia and concurrent hemoabdomen. Clinically significant hemothorax (although uncommon) is a physical examination diagnosis. Hemothorax results in decreased lung and heart sounds ventrally to diffusely and concurrent signs of hypovolemic shock (pale mucous membranes, slow capillary refill time [CRT], high pulse rate, weak pulses) and dyspnea
540
Diaphragmatic hernia is most often recognized after blunt thoracic trauma and is thought to result from rapid compression of the abdomen with the majority of the force directed ............... Penetrating thoracic and abdominal injuries can also cause diaphragmatic hernia. The dog or cat with diaphragmatic hernia may not show clinical signs or may have dyspnea, decreased lungs sounds ventrally to diffusely, borborygmi on auscultation of the thorax, an “empty” abdominal palpation, or a combination thereof. Diaphragmatic hernia is commonly associated with .................. Some dogs and cats may develop clinical signs of diaphragmatic hernia months to years after the initial trauma
Diaphragmatic hernia is most often recognized after blunt thoracic trauma and is thought to result from rapid compression of the abdomen with the majority of the force directed cranially. Penetrating thoracic and abdominal injuries can also cause diaphragmatic hernia. The dog or cat with diaphragmatic hernia may not show clinical signs or may have dyspnea, decreased lungs sounds ventrally to diffusely, borborygmi on auscultation of the thorax, an “empty” abdominal palpation, or a combination thereof. Diaphragmatic hernia is commonly associated with pleural effusion. Some dogs and cats may develop clinical signs of diaphragmatic hernia months to years after the initial trauma
541
TRAUMA-ASSOCIATED PULMONARY INJURIES Pulmonary contusion (PC) refers to lung lesions that occur after a compression-decompression injury. Subsequent hemorrhage and edema lead to alveolar collapse and lung consolidation.[2-4] Hypoxemia results from ventilation: perfusion mismatch, shunt, diffusion impairment, and in severe cases, hypoventilation. Much like pneumothorax, pulmonary contusion is common after trauma. All dogs that have sustained trauma have PC until proven otherwise. The presence of clinically significant PC (severe enough to cause clinical signs) is a physical examination diagnosis
TRAUMA-ASSOCIATED PULMONARY INJURIES Pulmonary contusion (PC) refers to lung lesions that occur after a compression-decompression injury. Subsequent hemorrhage and edema lead to alveolar collapse and lung consolidation.[2-4] Hypoxemia results from ventilation: perfusion mismatch, shunt, diffusion impairment, and in severe cases, hypoventilation. Much like pneumothorax, pulmonary contusion is common after trauma. All dogs that have sustained trauma have PC until proven otherwise. The presence of clinically significant PC (severe enough to cause clinical signs) is a physical examination diagnosis. Treatment of PC is largely supportive. The cornerstones of therapy include oxygen delivery by cage, hood, or nasal cannulae to maintain SpO2 greater than 92% on FiO2 less than 0.60 without severe increases in respiratory effort. Despite numerous opinions, there is no clear answer to the question of whether crystalloid or colloid therapy is most appropriate for dogs with PC.
542
TRAUMA-ASSOCIATED MYOCARDIAL INJURY TRAUMA-ASSOCIATED MEDIASTINAL INJURY
Se i Ettinger
543
Pneumomediastinum Pneumomediastinum is defined as an accumulation of air within the mediastinal space and, like rib fractures, should serve as a “flag” for concurrent injuries. Pneumomediastinum may result from injury to the ......airways (see below), ......, ........ (with subsequent tracking of air back into the mediastinum), and the ..... in the ........ region. In the cervical region, air can track along the trachea and vascular structures of the neck into the mediastinum. Pneumomediastinum is rarely of clinical consequence. Pneumomediastinum can be definitively diagnosed on thoracic radiographs. An effort should be made to identify and definitively treat concurrent and causative injuries.
Pneumomediastinum Pneumomediastinum is defined as an accumulation of air within the mediastinal space and, like rib fractures, should serve as a “flag” for concurrent injuries. Pneumomediastinum may result from injury to the large airways (see below), esophagus, alveoli (with subsequent tracking of air back into the mediastinum), and the skin in the cervical region. In the cervical region, air can track along the trachea and vascular structures of the neck into the mediastinum. Pneumomediastinum is rarely of clinical consequence. Pneumomediastinum can be definitively diagnosed on thoracic radiographs. An effort should be made to identify and definitively treat concurrent and causative injuries.
544
Tracheal Avulsion Tracheal avulsion is thought to occur due to a rapid and extreme hyperextension injury to the head or neck and is more common in cats than in dogs. Tracheal avulsion may affect the intrathoracic or extrathoracic trachea. Both intrathoracic and extrathoracic tracheal avulsion can be associated with subcutaneous emphysema, signs of respiratory distress, and airway obstruction on initial physical examination.
Tracheal Avulsion Tracheal avulsion is thought to occur due to a rapid and extreme hyperextension injury to the head or neck and is more common in cats than in dogs. Tracheal avulsion may affect the intrathoracic or extrathoracic trachea. Both intrathoracic and extrathoracic tracheal avulsion can be associated with subcutaneous emphysema, signs of respiratory distress, and airway obstruction on initial physical examination.
545
Blood Transfusions, Component Therapy, and Oxygen-Carrying Solutions Blood transfusions can play an essential role in the management of diseases of nearly every body system. Transfusion's critical role in replenishing red blood cells, coagulation factors, platelets, and albumin can provide lifesaving supportive treatment until a primary disorder can be controlled or resolved. A wide variety of clinical conditions require blood transfusions and multiple factors must be considered in determining a transfusion protocol. The decision to transfuse an anemic dog or cat is usually based on the “transfusion trigger,” commonly defined as the .....................(........................(3) below which a transfusion is considered needed to sustain life. Although the PCV (or Hb concentration or Hct) provides information about the oxygen-carrying capacity of the blood and serves as a general guideline for the initiation of transfusion in patients, it is inadequate as the sole criterion for instituting red blood cell transfusion (Table 142-1). Additional factors considered in the decision to administer a red blood cell transfusion to a dog or cat include the perfusion status, the ability of the lungs to oxygenate the blood, the chronicity of the anemia, and the regenerative capacity of the bone marrow
Blood transfusions can play an essential role in the management of diseases of nearly every body system. Transfusion's critical role in replenishing red blood cells, coagulation factors, platelets, and albumin can provide lifesaving supportive treatment until a primary disorder can be controlled or resolved. A wide variety of clinical conditions require blood transfusions and multiple factors must be considered in determining a transfusion protocol. The decision to transfuse an anemic dog or cat is usually based on the “transfusion trigger,” commonly defined as the packed cell volume (PCV, or hemoglobin [Hb] or hematocrit [Hct]) below which a transfusion is considered needed to sustain life. Although the PCV (or Hb concentration or Hct) provides information about the oxygen-carrying capacity of the blood and serves as a general guideline for the initiation of transfusion in patients, it is inadequate as the sole criterion for instituting red blood cell transfusion (Table 142-1). Additional factors considered in the decision to administer a red blood cell transfusion to a dog or cat include the perfusion status, the ability of the lungs to oxygenate the blood, the chronicity of the anemia, and the regenerative capacity of the bone marrow
546
Perfusion status is reflected by the state of volume repletion and cardiac output. Chronicity of anemia determines the impact of physiologic compensatory mechanisms. These mechanisms include the ability of tissues to increase their oxygen extraction ratio, the ability of the heart to increase cardiac output, and adaptations in the Hb's ability to uptake oxygen from the lungs and download oxygen to the tissues. In a model of acute anemia in dogs, the compensatory mechanisms appeared to fail when the PCV reached ......%. Thus, ........% is often used as the transfusion trigger in dogs with anemia due to acute hemorrhage. Higher or lower PCVs may be chosen as the transfusion trigger depending on the condition affecting an animal.
20%
547
Pneumonia, pulmonary edema, myocardial failure, or sepsis may require more ................ transfusion strategies while more .................. transfusion criteria may be applied in chronic anemia due to retroviral infection, bone marrow failure, or chronic renal failure. When the PCV reaches approximately .........%, the myocardium exhausts its ability to compensate for anemia and becomes .................., and providing increased oxygen-carrying capacity becomes ............
Pneumonia, pulmonary edema, myocardial failure, or sepsis may require more liberal transfusion strategies while more restrictive transfusion criteria may be applied in chronic anemia due to retroviral infection, bone marrow failure, or chronic renal failure. When the PCV reaches approximately 10%, the myocardium exhausts its ability to compensate for anemia and becomes hypoxic, and providing increased oxygen-carrying capacity becomes imperative.[3]
548
TRANSFUSION IN ANEMIC DOGS AND CATS Red blood cells can be provided via whole blood transfusion or by transfusion of ...................... blood cells.
TRANSFUSION IN ANEMIC DOGS AND CATS Red blood cells can be provided via whole blood transfusion or by transfusion of packed red blood cells.
549
Anemia is often categorized based on its cause: such as?
1. Hemolysis, 2. blood loss, 3. erythropoietic failure.
550
Blood loss anemia is the most common anemia category for which red blood cells are transfused in both dogs and cats (Table 142-2). Dogs and cats with coagulation disorders often require treatment of........ in addition to ........ treatment. Because each of these categories of anemia is different with regard to transfusion needs, the following sections of this chapter will discuss the transfusion needs for each category. Regardless of the category of anemia being treated, the goals of a red blood cell transfusion are to reduce morbidity, mortality, and functional impairment caused by inadequate delivery of oxygen.
Blood loss anemia is the most common anemia category for which red blood cells are transfused in both dogs and cats (Table 142-2). Dogs and cats with coagulation disorders often require treatment of anemia in addition to coagulopathy treatment. Because each of these categories of anemia is different with regard to transfusion needs, the following sections of this chapter will discuss the transfusion needs for each category. Regardless of the category of anemia being treated, the goals of a red blood cell transfusion are to reduce morbidity, mortality, and functional impairment caused by inadequate delivery of oxygen.
551
PRETRANSFUSION TESTING IN ANEMIC DOGS AND CATS Prior to transfusion of red blood cells, data should be collected to ensure compatibility, safety, and efficacy. Pretransfusion compatibility testing prior to transfusion of a red blood cell–containing component should include a ........... if a cat has not previously been transfused to ensure the recipient and donor are the same blood .........
PRETRANSFUSION TESTING IN ANEMIC DOGS AND CATS Prior to transfusion of red blood cells, data should be collected to ensure compatibility, safety, and efficacy. Pretransfusion compatibility testing prior to transfusion of a red blood cell–containing component should include a blood type if a cat has not previously been transfused to ensure the recipient and donor are the same blood type.
552
Feline blood types A, B, and AB can be determined by card typing, gel tube typing, or slide typing. If these methods are not available, crossmatching can be performed prior to the first transfusion to determine red blood cell compatibility. Blood typing or crossmatching prior to the first transfusion is not necessary in dogs.
Feline blood types A, B, and AB can be determined by card typing, gel tube typing, or slide typing. If these methods are not available, crossmatching can be performed prior to the first transfusion to determine red blood cell compatibility. Blood typing or crossmatching prior to the first transfusion is not necessary in dogs.
553
Blood-typing cards or gel tube typing can determine the dog erythrocyte antigen (DEA) .....status of a dog. Blood typing is useful in dogs even if the recipient has not previously been transfused if the donor blood is DEA .....–...............
Blood-typing cards or gel tube typing can determine the dog erythrocyte antigen (DEA) 1.1 status of a dog. Blood typing is useful in dogs even if the recipient has not previously been transfused if the donor blood is DEA 1.1–positive.
554
DEA 1.1–positive blood administered to a DEA 1.1–negative dog causes production of ............ against DEA 1.1 and may cause an acute ....................... if DEA 1.1–positive blood is administered in......................... transfusions. DEA .....alloantibodies can also cause an acute hemolytic transfusion reaction if a DEA ..− dog is transfused with DEA ...+ blood and an anti–DEA ... antibodies are produced. Subsequent transfusions of DEA ......+ blood are likely to cause an acute ......... eaction.
DEA 1.1–positive blood administered to a DEA 1.1–negative dog causes production of antibodies against DEA 1.1 and may cause an acute hemolytic transfusion reaction if DEA 1.1–positive blood is administered in subsequent transfusions.[7] DEA 4 alloantibodies can also cause an acute hemolytic transfusion reaction if a DEA 4− dog is transfused with DEA 4+ blood and an anti–DEA 4 antibodies are produced. Subsequent transfusions of DEA 4+ blood are likely to cause an acute hemolytic transfusion reaction.
555
Recently, two new blood groups have been identified, one in dogs (....) and one in cats (....).
Recently, two new blood groups have been identified, one in dogs (Dal) and one in cats (Mik).
556
Dal appears to be common in dogs and transfusion of Dal− dogs with Dal+ blood results in antibody production that may lead to an acute hemolytic transfusion reaction. The Dal antigen appears to be lacking in some ............
Dal appears to be common in dogs and transfusion of Dal− dogs with Dal+ blood results in antibody production that may lead to an acute hemolytic transfusion reaction. The Dal antigen appears to be lacking in some Dalmatians.
557
Mik− cats appear to have a naturally occurring anti-mil ..................... that may cause transfusion incompatibility without prior transfusion. The prevalence of these antigens in the general pet population is unknown, and their significance in transfusions is not known. When a second transfusion is administered more than....... days after the first transfusion, a c.......... should be performed in both dogs and cats to determine compatibility of the red blood cells to be transfused.
Mik− cats appear to have a naturally occurring anti-Mik alloantibody that may cause transfusion incompatibility without prior transfusion. The prevalence of these antigens in the general pet population is unknown, and their significance in transfusions is not known. When a second transfusion is administered more than 4 days after the first transfusion, a crossmatch should be performed in both dogs and cats to determine compatibility of the red blood cells to be transfused.
558
If Oxyglobin is the product being used to treat anemia, blood typing and crossmatching are ...............
If Oxyglobin is the product being used to treat anemia, blood typing and crossmatching are not necessary.
559
In order to assess the effect of a red blood cell transfusion on the dog or cat, a ...........,..........,or................. should be measured prior to and following administration of red blood cells. The choice can be based on test availability, except in the case of .......................... administration.
In order to assess the effect of a red blood cell transfusion on the dog or cat, a Hct, PCV, or Hb should be measured prior to and following administration of red blood cells. The choice can be based on test availability, except in the case of Oxyglobin administration.
560
Oxyglobin is a hemoglobin-based oxygen carrier (HBOC), and although it is used to treat anemia, it does not contain ........................ cells. Measurement plasma ....... and total ..... should be used to determine the response to administration of Oxyglobin.
Oxyglobin is a hemoglobin-based oxygen carrier (HBOC), and although it is used to treat anemia, it does not contain red blood cells. Measurement plasma Hb and total Hb should be used to determine the response to administration of Oxyglobin.
561
A transfusion should be discontinued if vomiting, diarrhea, collapse, or urticaria are noted.
A transfusion should be discontinued if vomiting, diarrhea, collapse, or urticaria are noted.
562
TRANSFUSION FOR BLOOD LOSS ANEMIA The transfusion trigger is variable in cases of blood loss anemia. Acute blood loss resulting in hemodynamic instability despite volume replacement requires red blood cell transfusions at a higher ..... than does chronic blood loss. If blood loss is internal, approximately ........% of the hemorrhaged red blood cells will reenter the circulation over 24 hours. In those cases, red blood cell dosage can be more conservative than in cases of external hemorrhage.
TRANSFUSION FOR BLOOD LOSS ANEMIA The transfusion trigger is variable in cases of blood loss anemia. Acute blood loss resulting in hemodynamic instability despite volume replacement requires red blood cell transfusions at a higher PCV than does chronic blood loss. If blood loss is internal, approximately 50% of the hemorrhaged red blood cells will reenter the circulation over 24 hours. In those cases, red blood cell dosage can be more conservative than in cases of external hemorrhage.
563
If blood loss has been slow, allowing for physiologic compensation, a PCV of greater than .... % may be adequate for routine diagnostic testing, but if anesthesia is required, if a pet has cardiac or respiratory disease, or if blood loss from an invasive procedure may occur, red blood cell transfusion is indicated. Chronic blood loss may result in erythropoietic failure.
If blood loss has been slow, allowing for physiologic compensation, a PCV of greater than 15% may be adequate for routine diagnostic testing, but if anesthesia is required, if a pet has cardiac or respiratory disease, or if blood loss from an invasive procedure may occur, red blood cell transfusion is indicated. Chronic blood loss may result in erythropoietic failure.
564
Several products are available to increase oxygen-carrying capacity in blood loss anemia (Table 142-3). Whole blood is the least appropriate since it contains .............., which is unnecessary for the treatment of anemia.
Several products are available to increase oxygen-carrying capacity in blood loss anemia (Table 142-3). Whole blood is the least appropriate since it contains plasma, which is unnecessary for the treatment of anemia.
565
Although Oxyglobin does not contain ............ cells, it is recommended for treating reduced oxygen-carrying capacity when appropriate blood products are not available. Oxyglobin should be used cautiously in dogs and cats with ................... disease and circulatory overload states.
Although Oxyglobin does not contain red blood cells, it is recommended for treating reduced oxygen-carrying capacity when appropriate blood products are not available. Oxyglobin should be used cautiously in dogs and cats with cardiovascular disease and circulatory overload states.
566
Massive transfusion is defined as transfusion dose greater than 1 blood volume in a 24-hour period. In the dog, this had been defined as 90 mL/kg in 24 hours or 45 mL/kg in 3 hours.[12] The large volume of citrate-based anticoagulant administered with the red blood cells results in hypocalcemia and hypomagnesemia. Dilutional coagulopathy results if the blood administered has been stored and does not contain active coagulation factors. Acid-base abnormalities may also occur after a massive transfusion. Therefore, after any dog or cat is given a massive transfusion, electrolytes, coagulation parameters, and acid-base status should be monitored.
Massive transfusion is defined as transfusion dose greater than 1 blood volume in a 24-hour period. In the dog, this had been defined as 90 mL/kg in 24 hours or 45 mL/kg in 3 hours.[12] The large volume of citrate-based anticoagulant administered with the red blood cells results in hypocalcemia and hypomagnesemia. Dilutional coagulopathy results if the blood administered has been stored and does not contain active coagulation factors. Acid-base abnormalities may also occur after a massive transfusion. Therefore, after any dog or cat is given a massive transfusion, electrolytes, coagulation parameters, and acid-base status should be monitored.
567
TRANSFUSION FOR IMMUNE-MEDIATED HEMOLYTIC ANEMIA Red blood cell transfusion is a common treatment for dogs and cats with immune-mediated hemolytic anemia (IMHA). Historically, red blood cell transfusion was discouraged because of the fear it would promote hemolysis and worsen the patient's condition. This has largely been refuted in recent years. Determining the patient's requirement for increased oxygen-carrying capacity has become the major factor influencing the transfusion trigger in IMHA, as it should be for animals with other conditions. If clinical signs indicate need for increased oxygen-carrying capacity, withholding transfusion risks progressive hypoxic damage to the heart, liver, and kidneys.
TRANSFUSION FOR IMMUNE-MEDIATED HEMOLYTIC ANEMIA Red blood cell transfusion is a common treatment for dogs and cats with immune-mediated hemolytic anemia (IMHA). Historically, red blood cell transfusion was discouraged because of the fear it would promote hemolysis and worsen the patient's condition. This has largely been refuted in recent years. Determining the patient's requirement for increased oxygen-carrying capacity has become the major factor influencing the transfusion trigger in IMHA, as it should be for animals with other conditions. If clinical signs indicate need for increased oxygen-carrying capacity, withholding transfusion risks progressive hypoxic damage to the heart, liver, and kidneys.
568
A reasonable recommendation is to transfuse DEA 1.1–negative red blood cells in the smallest volume necessary to improve a dog or cat's clinical status. Any of the .................. cell products are appropriate selections in IMHA (see Table 142-3). Daily transfusions may be required until immunosuppressive therapy ....... the hemolytic process and the pet is able to maintain its own oxygen-carrying capacity. Concerns of inducing accelerated hemolysis have led to the recommendation to use a .................... for increasing oxygen-carrying capacity in IMHA because the ........ red blood cell ....... have been ........ during manufacturing. This theoretical recommendation not been confirmed in clinical trials, but individual cases of IMHA respond well to transfusion of HBOC
A reasonable recommendation is to transfuse DEA 1.1–negative red blood cells in the smallest volume necessary to improve a dog or cat's clinical status.[18] Any of the packed red blood cell products are appropriate selections in IMHA (see Table 142-3). Daily transfusions may be required until immunosuppressive therapy arrests the hemolytic process and the pet is able to maintain its own oxygen-carrying capacity. Concerns of inducing accelerated hemolysis have led to the recommendation to use a HBOC (Oxyglobin) for increasing oxygen-carrying capacity in IMHA because the antigenic red blood cell membranes have been removed during manufacturing. This theoretical recommendation not been confirmed in clinical trials, but individual cases of IMHA respond well to transfusion of HBOC
569
IMHA may represent a unique situation where blood typing and crossmatching are ........... due to .............. of the patient's sample; however, blood from most dogs and cats with this disorder can successfully be crossmatched to a ..............
IMHA may represent a unique situation where blood typing and crossmatching are not possible due to autoagglutination of the patient's sample; however, blood from most dogs and cats with this disorder can successfully be crossmatched to a donor
570
TRANSFUSION FOR ANEMIA OF ERYTHROPOIETIC FAILURE Because anemia caused by erythropoietic failure typically takes weeks to resolve, ...........–containing products are optimal. The half-life of red blood cell–containing products depends on the storage medium but ranges from ....to..... ......... The half-life of Oxyglobin is .......... when it is administered at a dose of 10 to 30 mL/kg. Packed red blood cell products have an advantage over both whole blood and Oxyglobin in the treatment of anemia caused by erythropoietic failure. Animals with this type of anemia are usually ........volemic or .........volemic, and packed red blood cells have the same amount of oxygen-carrying capacity in a smaller volume than either whole blood or Oxyglobin.
TRANSFUSION FOR ANEMIA OF ERYTHROPOIETIC FAILURE Because anemia caused by erythropoietic failure typically takes weeks to resolve, red blood cell–containing products are optimal. The half-life of red blood cell–containing products depends on the storage medium but ranges from 21 to 35 days.[20-26] The half-life of Oxyglobin is 18 to 43 hours when it is administered at a dose of 10 to 30 mL/kg. Packed red blood cell products have an advantage over both whole blood and Oxyglobin in the treatment of anemia caused by erythropoietic failure. Animals with this type of anemia are usually normovolemic or hypervolemic, and packed red blood cells have the same amount of oxygen-carrying capacity in a smaller volume than either whole blood or Oxyglobin.
571
ADMINISTRATION CONSIDERATIONS IN TRANSFUSION FOR ANEMIA The initial dosage of red blood cell–containing blood products varies based on the product selected and the type of anemia being treated (Table 142-4). Chronic and nonregenerative anemia may require a smaller increase in oxygen-carrying support, and thus a lower dosage to alleviate clinical signs, than acute and regenerative anemia since the body will have responded to chronic anemia through compensatory mechanisms. The rate of administration of oxygen-carrying products will be influenced by the volume status of the pet, which depends on the concurrently administered intravenous solutions as well as the type of anemia.
The initial dosage of red blood cell–containing blood products varies based on the product selected and the type of anemia being treated (Table 142-4). Chronic and nonregenerative anemia may require a smaller increase in oxygen-carrying support, and thus a lower dosage to alleviate clinical signs, than acute and regenerative anemia since the body will have responded to chronic anemia through compensatory mechanisms. The rate of administration of oxygen-carrying products will be influenced by the volume status of the pet, which depends on the concurrently administered intravenous solutions as well as the type of anemia.
572
Initially, 1 to 3 mL of red blood cells can be administered over a period of about 5 minutes while the pet is observed for adverse reactions. Following the initial transfusion, normovolemic patients and those with chronic anemia can be transfused at a rate of 10 to 20 mL/kg/hr.[28] Hypovolemic patients with acute anemia may be given as much as 60 mL/kg/hr. Slow transfusion rates are indicated in dogs or cats with cardiac disease.
Initially, 1 to 3 mL of red blood cells can be administered over a period of about 5 minutes while the pet is observed for adverse reactions. Following the initial transfusion, normovolemic patients and those with chronic anemia can be transfused at a rate of 10 to 20 mL/kg/hr.[28] Hypovolemic patients with acute anemia may be given as much as 60 mL/kg/hr. Slow transfusion rates are indicated in dogs or cats with cardiac disease.
573
POSTTRANSFUSION MONITORING IN DOGS AND CATS TRANSFUSED FOR ANEMIA In order to assess the effect of the red blood cell transfusion on the patient and determine if additional transfusion is required, Hct, PCV, or Hb should be measured following administration of red blood cells. Measurement of ......... is the appropriate test to determine the response to administration of Oxyglobin. Body temperature, respiratory rate, heart rate, and blood pressure should be monitored after any transfusion. Changes in any of these parameters during or immediately following transfusion are an indication of a transfusion-associated adverse event. Extra emphasis should be placed on monitoring respiratory rate, heart rate, and thoracic auscultation when Oxyglobin is administered because this product increases the risk of ............
POSTTRANSFUSION MONITORING IN DOGS AND CATS TRANSFUSED FOR ANEMIA In order to assess the effect of the red blood cell transfusion on the patient and determine if additional transfusion is required, Hct, PCV, or Hb should be measured following administration of red blood cells. Measurement of Hb is the appropriate test to determine the response to administration of Oxyglobin. Body temperature, respiratory rate, heart rate, and blood pressure should be monitored after any transfusion. Changes in any of these parameters during or immediately following transfusion are an indication of a transfusion-associated adverse event. Extra emphasis should be placed on monitoring respiratory rate, heart rate, and thoracic auscultation when Oxyglobin is administered because this product increases the risk of circulatory overload.
574
ADVERSE EVENTS ASSOCIATED WITH RED BLOOD CELL ADMINISTRATION The most serious adverse effect of administration of any red blood cell–containing component is .......................... due to recipient ............ against the donor red blood cells. Transfusions also carry risk of ............ Type.........hypersensitivity reactions, .......... and ........
ADVERSE EVENTS ASSOCIATED WITH RED BLOOD CELL ADMINISTRATION The most serious adverse effect of administration of any red blood cell–containing component is acute hemolytic transfusion reaction due to recipient antibodies against the donor red blood cells. Transfusions also carry risk of circulatory overload, Type I hypersensitivity reactions, vomiting, and fever.
575
The most common reaction, fever, is believed to be due to .......... contained in the transfused blood or from antibodies against red blood cells, white blood cells, or platelets. Fever also occurs with .........contamination of blood. An increase in body temperature of ......° C should be considered a transfusion-associated fever.
The most common reaction, fever, is believed to be due to cytokines contained in the transfused blood or from antibodies against red blood cells, white blood cells, or platelets. Fever also occurs with bacterial contamination of blood. An increase in body temperature of 1° C should be considered a transfusion-associated fever.
576
Adverse events associated with Oxyglobin are different than those related to transfusion of red blood cell–containing products and are due to the unique properties of Oxyglobin. Oxyglobin does not contain .................. and will not cause an acute ...................... reaction. The most common adverse event associated with Oxyglobin administration is ..........., manifested as .........or.................... Posttransfusion monitoring should focus on assessment of parameters, such as blood pressure or central venous pressure, either of which could aid in identifying development of ................. Oxyglobin has strong colloid effect because its colloid osmotic pressure (COP) is ........ mm Hg and it also causes transient ......... of mucus membranes (muddy pink, icteric orange, or brown), skin, and urine (pigmenturia). Vomiting and diarrhea are less commonly seen adverse effects.
Adverse events associated with Oxyglobin are different than those related to transfusion of red blood cell–containing products and are due to the unique properties of Oxyglobin. Oxyglobin does not contain antigenic red blood cell membranes and will not cause an acute hemolytic transfusion reaction. The most common adverse event associated with Oxyglobin administration is circulatory overload, manifested as pulmonary edema or pleural effusion.[39] Posttransfusion monitoring should focus on assessment of parameters, such as blood pressure or central venous pressure, either of which could aid in identifying development of circulatory overload. Oxyglobin has strong colloid effect because its colloid osmotic pressure (COP) is 43 mm Hg and it also causes transient discoloration of mucus membranes (muddy pink, icteric orange, or brown), skin, and urine (pigmenturia). Vomiting and diarrhea are less commonly seen adverse effects.
577
POTENTIAL LONG-TERM PROBLEMS AFTER TRANSFUSIONS FOR ANEMIC DOGS AND CATS Diseases where multiple transfusions are given over a prolonged period of time are uncommon in veterinary transfusion medicine; consequently, long-term problems caused by transfusion are rarely described. One such adverse event is posttransfusion ............. In this transfusion complication, ........... occurs 1 to 2 weeks following transfusion. The recipient, sensitized by transfusions containing platelet ............., can produce antibodies against platelets which, in turn, can cause ................. The syndrome usually naturally resolves in 1 to 4 weeks. A second long-term problem caused by transfusions in dogs is ...................... Iron from senescent transfused red blood cells accumulates in the liver, ultimately resulting in liver failure from transfusional hemochromatosis. All transfusions carry the risk of infectious disease transmission. Of greatest concern in veterinary patients are canine and feline vector-borne diseases and feline retroviral diseases. Blood donor screening recommendations have been made to minimize the risk of disease transmission, but transmission of infectious disease via transfusion does cause morbidity and mortality.
POTENTIAL LONG-TERM PROBLEMS AFTER TRANSFUSIONS FOR ANEMIC DOGS AND CATS Diseases where multiple transfusions are given over a prolonged period of time are uncommon in veterinary transfusion medicine; consequently, long-term problems caused by transfusion are rarely described. One such adverse event is posttransfusion purpura.[40] In this transfusion complication, thrombocytopenia occurs 1 to 2 weeks following transfusion. The recipient, sensitized by transfusions containing platelet antigens, can produce antibodies against platelets which, in turn, can cause thrombocytopenia. The syndrome usually naturally resolves in 1 to 4 weeks. A second long-term problem caused by transfusions in dogs is hemochromatosis.[41] Iron from senescent transfused red blood cells accumulates in the liver, ultimately resulting in liver failure from transfusional hemochromatosis. All transfusions carry the risk of infectious disease transmission. Of greatest concern in veterinary patients are canine and feline vector-borne diseases and feline retroviral diseases.[42] Blood donor screening recommendations have been made to minimize the risk of disease transmission, but transmission of infectious disease via transfusion does cause morbidity and mortality.
578
TRANSFUSION IN COAGULOPATHIC DOGS AND CATS Deficiencies of ........... and platelets can be treated with ............... and its related products, ................. and .............., ............, or........................ These products are not appropriate for the treatment of ........ deficiencies, ............., or as ............. supplementation.
TRANSFUSION IN COAGULOPATHIC DOGS AND CATS Deficiencies of coagulation factors and platelets can be treated with fresh frozen plasma and its related products, cryoprecipitate and cryosupernate plasma, platelet-rich plasma, or platelet concentrates. These products are not appropriate for the treatment of nutritional deficiencies, hypoalbuminemia, or as colloid supplementation.
579
Treatment of decreased colloid osmotic pressure will be discussed in a following section. Cats frequently have abnormal coagulation tests despite the absence of spontaneous hemorrhage. Coagulation test results are commonly abnormal in cats with .......................(3) diseases. In dogs the most common inherited coagulation disorder is .............. and the most common acquired coagulation disorder is .....................................
Treatment of decreased colloid osmotic pressure will be discussed in a following section. Cats frequently have abnormal coagulation tests despite the absence of spontaneous hemorrhage. Coagulation test results are commonly abnormal in cats with liver disease, neoplasia, and infectious diseases. In dogs the most common inherited coagulation disorder is von Willebrand disease (vWD) and the most common acquired coagulation disorder is immune-mediated thrombocytopenia.
580
PRETRANSFUSION TESTING IN COAGULOPATHIC DOGS AND CATS Prior to transfusion of plasma products for the treatment of coagulopathy, safety and efficacy testing should be performed. Compatibility testing, which is critical in.................................transfusions, is not routinely performed in the dog, but ..................... plasma must be given to cats since Type...... cat plasma contains anti-........ antibodies and Type .....cat plasma contains anti-...... antibodies.
PRETRANSFUSION TESTING IN COAGULOPATHIC DOGS AND CATS Prior to transfusion of plasma products for the treatment of coagulopathy, safety and efficacy testing should be performed. Compatibility testing, which is critical in red blood cell transfusions, is not routinely performed in the dog, but blood type–compatible plasma must be given to cats since Type A cat plasma contains anti-B antibodies and Type B cat plasma contains anti-A antibodies.
581
Compatibility can be determined by ....................... methods. Both anti-....and anti-..... antibodies can cause a hemolytic transfusion reaction if plasma is given to a cat with a different blood type.
Compatibility can be determined by crossmatching or blood typing using card, gel tube, or slide-typing methods. Both anti-A and anti-B antibodies can cause a hemolytic transfusion reaction if plasma is given to a cat with a different blood type.
582
The availability of point of care coagulation testing has made possible pretransfusion testing to assess efficacy of plasma transfusions for coagulation disorders. A dog or cat with hemorrhage should be evaluated for coagulopathy using a ................................................. Platelet count should be determined by reviewing a blood smear or by automated methods. Once an abnormality in one or more of these parameters has been identified as the cause of hemorrhage, a diagnosis can be made and the appropriate transfusion initiated.
he availability of point of care coagulation testing has made possible pretransfusion testing to assess efficacy of plasma transfusions for coagulation disorders. A dog or cat with hemorrhage should be evaluated for coagulopathy using a prothrombin time (PT) and either an activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) or activated clotting time. Platelet count should be determined by reviewing a blood smear or by automated methods. Once an abnormality in one or more of these parameters has been identified as the cause of hemorrhage, a diagnosis can be made and the appropriate transfusion initiated.
583
Correcting abnormal coagulation tests or thrombocytopenia is not necessary in the absence of ................ unless an invasive procedure is planned. Major bleeding complications are more common when platelet counts are lower than .......,000/µL. Kidney biopsies are associated with more bleeding complications than liver biopsies.
Correcting abnormal coagulation tests or thrombocytopenia is not necessary in the absence of hemorrhage unless an invasive procedure is planned. Major bleeding complications are more common when platelet counts are lower than 80,000/µL. Kidney biopsies are associated with more bleeding complications than liver biopsies.
584
ADMINISTRATION AND MONITORING OF PLASMA PRODUCT TRANSFUSIONS Body temperature, respiratory rate, heart rate, and blood pressure should be monitored prior to plasma transfusion to establish baseline monitoring criteria. Frozen plasma products must be thawed prior to administration, but warming is not usually required. Warming may be advantageous if large volumes of cold products are being administered, if the recipient is hypothermic, or if the animal is small.
ADMINISTRATION AND MONITORING OF PLASMA PRODUCT TRANSFUSIONS Body temperature, respiratory rate, heart rate, and blood pressure should be monitored prior to plasma transfusion to establish baseline monitoring criteria. Frozen plasma products must be thawed prior to administration, but warming is not usually required. Warming may be advantageous if large volumes of cold products are being administered, if the recipient is hypothermic, or if the animal is small.
585
TRANSFUSION FOR SPECIFIC COAGULOPATHY Anticoagulant rodenticide intoxication is a significant cause of morbidity and mortality in dogs and cats. Although dogs appear to be more commonly affected, anticoagulation rodenticide intoxication in cats does occur, resembling the disorder in dogs both in clinical signs and laboratory abnormalities. Vitamin K is the antidote for the rodenticide-induced depletion of coagulation factors. In pets with life-threatening hemorrhage, central nervous system hemorrhage, pulmonary or pleural hemorrhage, or hemorrhage resulting in severe anemia, replacement of .................by transfusion should be initiated in addition to administration of vitamin K. ............... is the ideal product for treatment of anticoagulant rodenticide intoxication because it contains factors ...........................
TRANSFUSION FOR SPECIFIC COAGULOPATHY Anticoagulant rodenticide intoxication is a significant cause of morbidity and mortality in dogs and cats. Although dogs appear to be more commonly affected, anticoagulation rodenticide intoxication in cats does occur, resembling the disorder in dogs both in clinical signs and laboratory abnormalities. Vitamin K is the antidote for the rodenticide-induced depletion of coagulation factors. In pets with life-threatening hemorrhage, central nervous system hemorrhage, pulmonary or pleural hemorrhage, or hemorrhage resulting in severe anemia, replacement of coagulation factors by transfusion should be initiated in addition to administration of vitamin K. Cryosupernatant plasma is the ideal product for treatment of anticoagulant rodenticide intoxication because it contains factors II, VII, IX, and X (Table 142-6).
586
TYPE OF COAGULOPATHY Anticoagulant rodenticide intoxication Disseminated intravascular coagulation von Willebrand disease Hemophilia A Factor VIII deficiency Fibrinogen (factor I) deficiency Hemophilia B Factor IX deficiency Factor II, VII, X, IX deficiency Liver disease coagulopathy (hepatic synthetic failure) Thrombocytopenia/thrombocytopathy OPTIMAL COMPONENT?
OPTIMAL COMPONENT Anticoagulant rodenticide intoxication: Cryosupernatant plasma Disseminated intravascular coagulation: Fresh frozen plasma von Willebrand disease: Cryoprecipitate Hemophilia A: Cryoprecipitate Factor VIII deficiency: Cryoprecipitate Fibrinogen (factor I) deficiency: Cryoprecipitate Hemophilia B: Cryosupernatant plasma Factor IX deficiency: Cryosupernatant plasma Factor II, VII, X, IX deficiency: Cryosupernatant plasma Liver disease coagulopathy (hepatic synthetic failure):Fresh frozen plasma Thrombocytopenia/thrombocytopathy: Platelet-rich plasma
587
Although fresh whole blood can be used to treat anticoagulant rodenticide toxicity, if the pet is not ........... from hemorrhage, the red blood cells contained in the whole blood transfusion are not necessary. Administration of one plasma dose often stops ............ and improves coagulation test results.
Although fresh whole blood can be used to treat anticoagulant rodenticide toxicity, if the pet is not anemic from hemorrhage, the red blood cells contained in the whole blood transfusion are not necessary. Administration of one plasma dose often stops hemorrhage and improves coagulation test results.
588
Deficiency of von Willebrand factor (vWF, FVIIIR:a) results in vWD, which is a common inherited bleeding disorder in dogs. It is rarely reported in cats. Spontaneous hemorrhage occurs in severe conditions; however, dogs with 30% or less of the normal level of vWF are usually at risk for surgical hemorrhage
Deficiency of von Willebrand factor (vWF, FVIIIR:a) results in vWD, which is a common inherited bleeding disorder in dogs.[54-56] It is rarely reported in cats.[57] Spontaneous hemorrhage occurs in severe conditions; however, dogs with 30% or less of the normal level of vWF are usually at risk for surgical hemorrhage
589
Control of spontaneous hemorrhage or prevention of interoperative hemorrhage is often required in dogs with vWD. Treatment has predominantly been empiric with either ................. or.......................
Control of spontaneous hemorrhage or prevention of interoperative hemorrhage is often required in dogs with vWD. Treatment has predominantly been empiric with either fresh frozen plasma or cryoprecipitate.
590
Cryoprecipitate is rich in the hemostatically active ............................ multimers of vWF. Evidence suggests using cryoprecipitate prepared by treating donors with arginine .............. (1 µg/kg SQ) prior to blood donation for the treatment of vWD results in higher plasma levels of vWF and improved buccal mucosal bleeding times when compared with treatment using fresh frozen plasma (see Table 142-6). The recommended dosage of cryoprecipitate does not always result in control of hemorrhage, and additional cryoprecipitate may be required. Plasma levels of vWF remain elevated for approximately....... hours following infusion. Additional infusions of cryoprecipitate may be required 4 hours after initial infusion. Because vWD is rare in the cat, little is known about treatment, and canine treatment recommendations should be adapted for cats with vWD.
Cryoprecipitate is rich in the hemostatically active high–molecular weight multimers of vWF. Evidence suggests using cryoprecipitate prepared by treating donors with arginine vasopressin (1 µg/kg SQ) prior to blood donation for the treatment of vWD results in higher plasma levels of vWF and improved buccal mucosal bleeding times when compared with treatment using fresh frozen plasma[56,59] (see Table 142-6). The recommended dosage of cryoprecipitate does not always result in control of hemorrhage, and additional cryoprecipitate may be required. Plasma levels of vWF remain elevated for approximately 2 hours following infusion. Additional infusions of cryoprecipitate may be required 4 hours after initial infusion. Because vWD is rare in the cat, little is known about treatment, and canine treatment recommendations should be adapted for cats with vWD.
591
Disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) is a secondary syndrome provoked by a primary disease and resulting in excessive ............................. and ................ In veterinary patients, most pets with DIC are recognized when consumption of platelets and coagulation factors exceed their production and hemorrhage occurs. Coagulation testing in these patients typically shows .......................................... Treatment of DIC with blood products is empiric and symptomatic. Fresh frozen plasma is used concurrently with treatment of the primary disease to replace coagulation factors and to control hemorrhage.
Disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) is a secondary syndrome provoked by a primary disease and resulting in excessive consumption of coagulation factors and platelets. In veterinary patients, most pets with DIC are recognized when consumption of platelets and coagulation factors exceed their production and hemorrhage occurs. Coagulation testing in these patients typically shows thrombocytopenia, prolonged coagulation times, and evidence of increased fibrinolysis (increased fibrin degradation products, or D-dimer). Treatment of DIC with blood products is empiric and symptomatic. Fresh frozen plasma is used concurrently with treatment of the primary disease to replace coagulation factors and to control hemorrhage. A dosage of 12-15 mL/kg BID resulted in improvement of prolonged aPTT and PT in critically ill dogs.[61] Additional units of plasma should be administered based on daily reevaluation of the clinical status, platelet count, and coagulation times.
592
Liver disease is a common cause of coagulation abnormalities. Liver disease–associated coagulation disorders include............. synthetic failure, vitamin ..... deficiency, and .......
Liver disease is a common cause of coagulation abnormalities. Liver disease–associated coagulation disorders include hepatic synthetic failure, vitamin K deficiency, and DIC.
593
Treatment of DIC is described above. Pets with hepatic failure can be treated with ........... if spontaneous hemorrhage is recognized or if a liver biopsy is required (see Table 142-6). Plasma can be administered as often as TID until coagulation times normalize.
Treatment of DIC is described above. Pets with hepatic failure can be treated with fresh frozen plasma if spontaneous hemorrhage is recognized or if a liver biopsy is required (see Table 142-6). Plasma can be administered as often as TID until coagulation times normalize.
594
Congenital factor deficiencies other than canine vWD are rare in veterinary patients. Clinical signs of .............appear in puppies and kittens associated with normal activity, during teething, or following neutering. Deficiencies of fibrinogen (factor...........) and hemophilia A (factor ..........) necessitate transfusion of ............. or ..............
Congenital factor deficiencies other than canine vWD are rare in veterinary patients.[64-66] Clinical signs of hemophilia appear in puppies and kittens associated with normal activity, during teething, or following neutering. Deficiencies of fibrinogen (factor I) and hemophilia A (factor VIII) necessitate transfusion of cryoprecipitate or fresh frozen plasma.
595
Fresh whole blood can be administered if the patient is also .......... Deficiencies of other factors, such as factor....... (hemophilia B), factor II, VII, X, or XI are treated with ............... or ................. Stored whole blood can be administered to these patients if they are also anemic.
Fresh whole blood can be administered if the patient is also anemic. Deficiencies of other factors, such as factor IX (hemophilia B), factor II, VII, X, or XI are treated with cryosupernatant or stored plasma. Stored whole blood can be administered to these patients if they are also anemic.
596
Thrombocytopenia is the most common acquired coagulation disorder in the dog. Immune-mediated thrombocytopenia (ITP) is relatively common in dogs but rarely occurs in cats..................................... transfusion is common in cases of ITP; if the patient requires an increase in oxygen-carrying capacity guidelines can be found in the previous section on blood loss anemia. In cases of ITP with life-threatening hemorrhage, central nervous system hemorrhage, pulmonary or pleural hemorrhage, or hemorrhage resulting in severe anemia, transfusion of .......................... products should be considered; however, the efficacy of ................. transfusions in this disease (where platelets are destroyed) remains unproven.
Thrombocytopenia is the most common acquired coagulation disorder in the dog. Immune-mediated thrombocytopenia (ITP) is relatively common in dogs but rarely occurs in cats. Red blood cell transfusion is common in cases of ITP; if the patient requires an increase in oxygen-carrying capacity guidelines can be found in the previous section on blood loss anemia. In cases of ITP with life-threatening hemorrhage, central nervous system hemorrhage, pulmonary or pleural hemorrhage, or hemorrhage resulting in severe anemia, transfusion of platelet-containing products should be considered; however, the efficacy of platelet transfusions in this disease (where platelets are destroyed) remains unproven. Some evidence indicates transfusion of platelets is of little benefit in increasing the platelet count in ITP. Fresh platelets, either as platelet concentrate or platelet-rich plasma have a shelf life of 48 hours. Frozen platelets have a 6-month shelf life, but lose function as a result of cryopreservation.
597
ADVERSE EVENTS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFUSION FOR COAGULOPATHY Physical examination parameters should be monitored intermittently during and for several hours after the transfusion to promote early identification of a transfusion-related adverse event. The occurrence of vomiting, diarrhea, collapse, or urticaria during a transfusion should result in the discontinuation of the transfusion and investigation of its cause. The most common adverse event associated with administration of plasma-containing transfusions is .............. Slowing the rate of transfusion and administering antihistamines and glucocorticoids are adequate in most cases. .............................. is another potential complication of plasma transfusion and is especially common in patients receiving large volumes of crystalloids and colloid solutions in addition to blood products. The use of............................., when appropriate, as opposed to fresh frozen plasma, lessens the risk of this complication because cryoprecipitate is contained .................... compared to fresh frozen plasma.
ADVERSE EVENTS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFUSION FOR COAGULOPATHY Physical examination parameters should be monitored intermittently during and for several hours after the transfusion to promote early identification of a transfusion-related adverse event. The occurrence of vomiting, diarrhea, collapse, or urticaria during a transfusion should result in the discontinuation of the transfusion and investigation of its cause. The most common adverse event associated with administration of plasma-containing transfusions is urticaria.[65] Slowing the rate of transfusion and administering antihistamines and glucocorticoids are adequate in most cases. Circulatory overload is another potential complication of plasma transfusion and is especially common in patients receiving large volumes of crystalloids and colloid solutions in addition to blood products. The use of cryoprecipitate, when appropriate, as opposed to fresh frozen plasma, lessens the risk of this complication because cryoprecipitate is contained in a smaller volume of plasma (30 to 40 mL) compared to fresh frozen plasma, which has a volume of approximately 250 mL.
598
TRANSFUSIONS IN PATIENTS WITH DECREASED COLLOID OSMOTIC PRESSURE The serum ........ concentration contributes 60% to 70% of the vascular COP component of Starling's forces and is critical in maintaining fluid homeostasis.
The serum albumin concentration contributes 60% to 70% of the vascular COP component of Starling's forces and is critical in maintaining fluid homeostasis.
599
Repair of hypoalbuminemia with.........% human albumin has been described in critically ill dogs and cats with hemorrhage, protein-losing enteropathy and nephropathy, liver failure, malnutrition, and septic peritonitis. Administration of 25% human albumin results in an increase in....................... but should be reserved for those patients with hypoalbuminemia where standard therapy has failed to improve the clinical condition. The PCV, total protein concentration, serum albumin concentration, or the COP should not be the sole criterion for administration of colloid supplementation. Patients with hypoalbuminemia but lacking clinical signs of hypoalbuminemia should not automatically be administered colloid support.
Repair of hypoalbuminemia with 25% human albumin has been described in critically ill dogs and cats with hemorrhage, protein-losing enteropathy and nephropathy, liver failure, malnutrition, and septic peritonitis.[72-74] Administration of 25% human albumin results in an increase in total solids, albumin concentration, and blood pressure, but should be reserved for those patients with hypoalbuminemia where standard therapy has failed to improve the clinical condition. The PCV, total protein concentration, serum albumin concentration, or the COP should not be the sole criterion for administration of colloid supplementation. Patients with hypoalbuminemia but lacking clinical signs of hypoalbuminemia should not automatically be administered colloid support.
600
For patients requiring surgery, the recommendation has been made to keep the total protein above ..... g/dL and in those not requiring surgery to keep the albumin between ........and......g/dL and the COP between 13 and 20 mg Hg.[75] The choice of synthetic colloid, species-specific plasma, or heterologous albumin depends on the underlying disease, cost, and product availability. Species-specific plasma requires administration of a large volume to increase the albumin. One calculation suggests .... mL of plasma per kilogram of body weight is required to increase the albumin 1 g/dL. The limited availability of plasma and the large volume required to increase albumin concentration restricts its utility for treatment of hypoalbuminemia.
For patients requiring surgery, the recommendation has been made to keep the total protein above 3.5 g/dL and in those not requiring surgery to keep the albumin between 2.0 and 2.5 g/dL and the COP between 13 and 20 mg Hg.[75] The choice of synthetic colloid, species-specific plasma, or heterologous albumin depends on the underlying disease, cost, and product availability. Species-specific plasma requires administration of a large volume to increase the albumin. One calculation suggests 45 mL of plasma per kilogram of body weight is required to increase the albumin 1 g/dL. The limited availability of plasma and the large volume required to increase albumin concentration restricts its utility for treatment of hypoalbuminemia.
601
In protein-losing nephropathy and enteropathy, administration of albumin-containing colloid solutions is likely to only transiently increase the albumin concentration and ....................... may be more appropriate since the large molecules in this product are less likely to be lost through the kidney or intestine. Prior to administration of species-specific plasma or heterologous albumin, testing should include ........................... concentration as well a measurement of vital signs to establish a baseline for the recipient. Monitoring blood pressure is critical with administration of albumin since it has been shown to increase blood pressure. A suggested dosage for administering 25% human albumin solutions is ... mL/kg.
In protein-losing nephropathy and enteropathy, administration of albumin-containing colloid solutions is likely to only transiently increase the albumin concentration and hydroxyethyl starch may be more appropriate since the large molecules in this product are less likely to be lost through the kidney or intestine. Prior to administration of species-specific plasma or heterologous albumin, testing should include COP, total protein concentration, and serum albumin concentration as well a measurement of vital signs to establish a baseline for the recipient. Monitoring blood pressure is critical with administration of albumin since it has been shown to increase blood pressure.[72] A suggested dosage for administering 25% human albumin solutions is 2 mL/kg. Albumin can be administered as a slow bolus (recommended maximum dosage of 4 mL/kg) or as a continuous rate infusion (0.1 to 1.7mL/kg/hr).[72]
602
ADVERSE EVENTS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFUSION FOR DECREASED COLLOID OSMOTIC PRESSURE Clinical investigations of administration of both human to normal dogs unexpectedly resulted in .......... and Type...........(delayed) hypersensitivity reactions. In a few dogs these reactions were fatal; however, the adverse reactions to administration of albumin to hypoalbuminemic dogs and cats have been minor. Dogs without a history of prior human albumin administration appear to have ......... antibodies against human albumin and may have a hypersensitivity reaction in response to an initial albumin infusion. Dogs administered human albumin develop a pronounced ........... response following exposure; consequently, repeated administration appears to result in adverse reactions.
ADVERSE EVENTS ASSOCIATED WITH TRANSFUSION FOR DECREASED COLLOID OSMOTIC PRESSURE Clinical investigations of administration of both human to normal dogs unexpectedly resulted in anaphylactoid and Type III (delayed) hypersensitivity reactions. In a few dogs these reactions were fatal; however, the adverse reactions to administration of albumin to hypoalbuminemic dogs and cats have been minor. Dogs without a history of prior human albumin administration appear to have IgG antibodies against human albumin and may have a hypersensitivity reaction in response to an initial albumin infusion. Dogs administered human albumin develop a pronounced IgG response following exposure; consequently, repeated administration appears to result in adverse reactions.
603
During albumin administration, dogs and cats should be carefully monitored for signs of an anaphylactoid reaction. When the pet is discharged, the owners should be advised to monitor for signs of delayed hypersensitivity reactions, which have been described to occur as late as 14 days after human albumin administration. Facial edema and urticaria with vomiting, inappetence, and lethargy appear to be the common clinical signs.
During albumin administration, dogs and cats should be carefully monitored for signs of an anaphylactoid reaction. When the pet is discharged, the owners should be advised to monitor for signs of delayed hypersensitivity reactions, which have been described to occur as late as 14 days after human albumin administration. Facial edema and urticaria with vomiting, inappetence, and lethargy appear to be the common clinical signs.
604
TRANSFUSIONS IN PATIENTS WITH MISCELLANEOUS DISORDERS Failure of Passive Transfer Neonatal puppies and kittens that have failed to receive adequate colostrum may benefit for replacement of ................ through transfusion. ........................................may all be used as the source of ..........; the choice depends on the most readily available product. Pretransfusion testing is ...........
TRANSFUSIONS IN PATIENTS WITH MISCELLANEOUS DISORDERS Failure of Passive Transfer Neonatal puppies and kittens that have failed to receive adequate colostrum may benefit for replacement of immunoglobulin through transfusion. Fresh plasma, fresh frozen plasma, frozen plasma, or serum may all be used as the source of immunoglobulin; the choice depends on the most readily available product. Pretransfusion testing is not recommended.
605
Immune-Mediated Disorders Using the traditional definition of blood transfusion, transfusions replace a missing component of blood—for example, .............. in an anemic patient. Purified human ........... is transfused not to replace immunoglobulin deficiency but as an immunomodulatory agent in disorders of the immune system such as IMHA, ITP, and some immune-mediated dermatologic disorders.
Immune-Mediated Disorders Using the traditional definition of blood transfusion, transfusions replace a missing component of blood—for example, red blood cells in an anemic patient. Purified human immunoglobulin is transfused not to replace immunoglobulin deficiency but as an immunomodulatory agent in disorders of the immune system such as IMHA, ITP, and some immune-mediated dermatologic disorders.
606
Laboratory investigation demonstrates the mechanism of action of human intravenous immunoglobulin occurs via binding to the ..... receptor of canine......... and ............ and through inhibition of ........-mediated............... of antibody-coated ..........................
Laboratory investigation demonstrates the mechanism of action of human intravenous immunoglobulin occurs via binding to the Fc receptor of canine lymphocytes and monocytes and through inhibition of Fc-mediated phagocytosis of antibody-coated red blood cells.
607
The use of intravenous immunoglobulin has been recommended in the treatment of immune-mediated diseases because of its apparent rapid onset of immunosuppression. When the drug is effective in IMHA, hemolysis abates within ...... days and sometimes as soon as ...... days following infusion. A similar rapid response has been seen in cases of ITP and cutaneous manifestations of adverse drug reactions. It is not used frequently for long-term management of these diseases because of the risk of ............... due to ............ formation following repeated administrations, its cost, and the concern that a single administration of the drug does not result in long-term immunosuppressive effects. Blood typing and crossmatching are ....................... prior to administration. Multiple different doses of intravenous immunoglobulin have recommended (Table 142-7).
The use of intravenous immunoglobulin has been recommended in the treatment of immune-mediated diseases because of its apparent rapid onset of immunosuppression. When the drug is effective in IMHA, hemolysis abates within 7 days and sometimes as soon as 2 days following infusion. A similar rapid response has been seen in cases of ITP and cutaneous manifestations of adverse drug reactions. It is not used frequently for long-term management of these diseases because of the risk of anaphylaxis due to antibody formation following repeated administrations, its cost, and the concern that a single administration of the drug does not result in long-term immunosuppressive effects. Blood typing and crossmatching are not necessary prior to administration. Multiple different doses of intravenous immunoglobulin have recommended (Table 142-7). The patient's volume status should be monitored closely during and following administration since these dogs typically have received multiple transfusions and large volumes of crystalloids or colloids and are at risk for circulatory overload. Reported adverse events following administration of intravenous immunoglobulin for the treatment of IMHA include thrombosis and thrombocytopenia; however, these adverse events are common complications of IMHA and may not be associated with administration of intravenous immunoglobulin.
608
Initial Evaluation of Respiratory Emergencies: One scheme to classify the causes of respiratory distress involves the following eight categories: which ones?
(1) upper airway obstruction, (2) lower airway obstruction, (3) flail chest, (4) abdominal enlargement, (5) pulmonary parenchymal disease, (6) pleural cavity disorders, (7) pulmonary thromboembolism (PTE), and (8) “look-alike” syndromes. This classification system is useful because the first four causes can be usually be recognized quickly at the time of initial assessment. Each of these four conditions can be distinguished by the physical appearance of the dog or cat, the cycle of respiration predominantly affected, and audible sounds that might be heard resulting from certain disorders (to be discussed later). The remaining four causes will require additional diagnostic testing to establish a definitive diagnosis
609
eight major categories OF RESPIRATORY DISTRESS Upper airway obstruction is due to mechanical or functional obstruction of the large airways (.................................) and includes intraluminal or extraluminal masses (neoplasia, granuloma, abscess, blood clots, polyps), foreign bodies, laryngeal paralysis, laryngeal collapse, elongated soft palate, everted laryngeal saccules, tracheal collapse, tracheal stenosis, or tracheal stricture.
eight major categories OF RESPIRATORY DISTRESS Upper airway obstruction is due to mechanical or functional obstruction of the large airways (pharynx, larynx, or trachea cranial to the thoracic inlet) and includes intraluminal or extraluminal masses (neoplasia, granuloma, abscess, blood clots, polyps), foreign bodies, laryngeal paralysis, laryngeal collapse, elongated soft palate, everted laryngeal saccules, tracheal collapse, tracheal stenosis, or tracheal stricture.
610
Obstruction of the trachea within the thoracic cavity is included in the category of lower airway obstruction. Lower airway obstruction also arises from narrowing of the ............... lumen due to ............, accumulation of .......... or other ..........., bronchial wall ........., or diffuse ........... The classic example of a disease associated with the first three of these changes is feline asthma. Asthma in dogs is an exceedingly rare diagnosis, but lower airway obstruction in dogs can be seen with severe chronic bronchitis due to bronchomalacia, which allows for ........ collapse of the airways on exhalation.
Obstruction of the trachea within the thoracic cavity is included in the category of lower airway obstruction. Lower airway obstruction also arises from narrowing of the bronchial lumen due to bronchospasm, accumulation of mucus or other exudate, bronchial wall edema, or diffuse bronchomalacia. The classic example of a disease associated with the first three of these changes is feline asthma. Asthma in dogs is an exceedingly rare diagnosis, but lower airway obstruction in dogs can be seen with severe chronic bronchitis due to bronchomalacia, which allows for passive collapse of the airways on exhalation.
611
Flail chest results from trauma to the ..............., where there is destabilization of a portion of the.......cage (i.e., multiple ribs are fractured at two different locations, leaving a segment that is detached from the rest of the rib cage). Paradoxical respiration is seen so that, as an animal inhales, the chest wall segment is ......... inward, and as it exhales, the segment is ........... outwards.
Flail chest results from trauma to the thoracic cavity, where there is destabilization of a portion of the rib cage (i.e., multiple ribs are fractured at two different locations, leaving a segment that is detached from the rest of the rib cage). Paradoxical respiration is seen so that, as an animal inhales, the chest wall segment is sucked inward, and as it exhales, the segment is blown outwards.
612
Severe abdominal enlargement can put pressure on the diaphragm and make it more difficult for the thoracic cavity to expand on ........... Examples of conditions associated with abdominal enlargement include .............................
Severe abdominal enlargement can put pressure on the diaphragm and make it more difficult for the thoracic cavity to expand on inhalation. Examples of conditions associated with abdominal enlargement include ascites, gastric dilatation, hepatosplenomegaly, neoplastic abdominal masses, pregnancy, or pyometra.
613
Pulmonary parenchymal diseases are disorders affecting the terminal and respiratory bronchioles, interstitium, alveoli, or vasculature. They may be associated with infiltration by infectious microorganisms, inflammatory cells, or neoplastic cells; the airspaces may be filled with edema fluid or foreign material; or lung tissue may be replaced with fibrotic tissue.
Pulmonary parenchymal diseases are disorders affecting the terminal and respiratory bronchioles, interstitium, alveoli, or vasculature. They may be associated with infiltration by infectious microorganisms, inflammatory cells, or neoplastic cells; the airspaces may be filled with edema fluid or foreign material; or lung tissue may be replaced with fibrotic tissue.
614
Examples of conditions affecting the pulmonary parenchyma include infectious pneumonia (bacterial, fungal, viral, protozoal, and parasitic), aspiration pneumonitis, aspiration pneumonia, interstitial lung diseases, pulmonary edema (cardiogenic or noncardiogenic), hemorrhage, neoplasia, and acute lung injury (ALI) or acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).
Examples of conditions affecting the pulmonary parenchyma include infectious pneumonia (bacterial, fungal, viral, protozoal, and parasitic), aspiration pneumonitis, aspiration pneumonia, interstitial lung diseases, pulmonary edema (cardiogenic or noncardiogenic), hemorrhage, neoplasia, and acute lung injury (ALI) or acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).
615
Pleural cavity disorders arise when the space between the ..........................pleura, which normally contains just a small amount of fluid for lubrication, fills with fluid (pleural effusion), air (pneumothorax), a mass, or abdominal organs (e.g., diaphragmatic hernia).
Pleural cavity disorders arise when the space between the parietal and visceral pleura, which normally contains just a small amount of fluid for lubrication, fills with fluid (pleural effusion), air (pneumothorax), a mass, or abdominal organs (e.g., diaphragmatic hernia).
616
Pulmonary thromboembolism refers to obstruction of blood flow in the pulmonary vasculature by a thrombus or embolus formed in the ................... system or ............. side of the heart. Any condition causing an abnormality in ........................ can predispose to thromboembolism.
Pulmonary thromboembolism refers to obstruction of blood flow in the pulmonary vasculature by a thrombus or embolus formed in the systemic venous system or right side of the heart. Any condition causing an abnormality in blood flow, endothelial damage, or hypercoagulability can predispose to thromboembolism.
617
Finally, look-alike syndromes are conditions that result in apparent difficulty in breathing due to nonrespiratory causes, such as pain, severe anemia, hyperthermia, acidosis, drugs (e.g., opioids), and hypotension.
Finally, look-alike syndromes are conditions that result in apparent difficulty in breathing due to nonrespiratory causes, such as pain, severe anemia, hyperthermia, acidosis, drugs (e.g., opioids), and hypotension.
618
Figure 143-1 Flow chart to localize the cause of respiratory distress based on the pattern of breathing.
Figure 143-1 Flow chart to localize the cause of respiratory distress based on the pattern of breathing.
619
CONCLUSION Having a scheme to classify the causes of respiratory distress can help in the approach to patients presenting in an emergency situation. Identification of breathing patterns (inspiratory distress, expiratory distress, paradoxical breathing, and mixed inspiratory and expiratory distress) assists in localizing the site of respiratory disease. After stabilizing the patient, appropriate diagnostics and therapeutics can be targeted to focus on the location of the respiratory disease.
CONCLUSION Having a scheme to classify the causes of respiratory distress can help in the approach to patients presenting in an emergency situation. Identification of breathing patterns (inspiratory distress, expiratory distress, paradoxical breathing, and mixed inspiratory and expiratory distress) assists in localizing the site of respiratory disease. After stabilizing the patient, appropriate diagnostics and therapeutics can be targeted to focus on the location of the respiratory disease.